US20130143765A1 - Inhibitors of calcium-activated chloride channels - Google Patents
Inhibitors of calcium-activated chloride channels Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US20130143765A1 US20130143765A1 US13/601,216 US201213601216A US2013143765A1 US 20130143765 A1 US20130143765 A1 US 20130143765A1 US 201213601216 A US201213601216 A US 201213601216A US 2013143765 A1 US2013143765 A1 US 2013143765A1
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- calcium
- cell
- optionally substituted
- cacc
- compounds
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
- 108010062745 Chloride Channels Proteins 0.000 title claims abstract description 204
- 102000011045 Chloride Channels Human genes 0.000 title claims abstract description 200
- 239000003112 inhibitor Substances 0.000 title claims abstract description 43
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 claims abstract description 234
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 148
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 82
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 claims description 304
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 claims description 124
- -1 hydroxy, carboxy Chemical group 0.000 claims description 120
- 210000002919 epithelial cell Anatomy 0.000 claims description 113
- 239000000556 agonist Substances 0.000 claims description 107
- XMBWDFGMSWQBCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydrogen iodide Chemical compound I XMBWDFGMSWQBCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 100
- 230000004941 influx Effects 0.000 claims description 95
- 150000001450 anions Chemical class 0.000 claims description 81
- 125000004435 hydrogen atom Chemical group [H]* 0.000 claims description 79
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 claims description 74
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 72
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 claims description 72
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 claims description 68
- 230000001086 cytosolic effect Effects 0.000 claims description 60
- 125000001997 phenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 claims description 52
- 150000004820 halides Chemical class 0.000 claims description 46
- 239000013598 vector Substances 0.000 claims description 42
- 108091005957 yellow fluorescent proteins Proteins 0.000 claims description 42
- 125000000623 heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 31
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 claims description 31
- BHPQYMZQTOCNFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Calcium cation Chemical compound [Ca+2] BHPQYMZQTOCNFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 30
- 229910001424 calcium ion Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 30
- 125000004169 (C1-C6) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 29
- 239000011575 calcium Substances 0.000 claims description 27
- 230000001177 retroviral effect Effects 0.000 claims description 26
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 claims description 24
- 239000013604 expression vector Substances 0.000 claims description 23
- 230000027455 binding Effects 0.000 claims description 22
- 238000003259 recombinant expression Methods 0.000 claims description 22
- 125000000547 substituted alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 22
- 102000003787 Anoctamin-1 Human genes 0.000 claims description 21
- 108090000160 Anoctamin-1 Proteins 0.000 claims description 21
- 210000002490 intestinal epithelial cell Anatomy 0.000 claims description 21
- 229940002612 prodrug Drugs 0.000 claims description 19
- 239000000651 prodrug Substances 0.000 claims description 19
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 claims description 19
- 125000000999 tert-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 claims description 19
- 239000000546 pharmaceutical excipient Substances 0.000 claims description 17
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 claims description 14
- 125000000951 phenoxy group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(O*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 claims description 14
- 230000007423 decrease Effects 0.000 claims description 12
- 238000013537 high throughput screening Methods 0.000 claims description 12
- 125000005415 substituted alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 12
- 239000013603 viral vector Substances 0.000 claims description 12
- 125000002490 anilino group Chemical group [H]N(*)C1=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 claims description 10
- 125000005346 substituted cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 9
- 125000001973 tert-pentyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C(*)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 claims description 7
- 101000757261 Homo sapiens Anoctamin-1 Proteins 0.000 claims description 6
- 102000046556 human ANO1 Human genes 0.000 claims description 6
- 230000002685 pulmonary effect Effects 0.000 claims description 5
- 125000005017 substituted alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000004356 hydroxy functional group Chemical group O* 0.000 claims description 3
- 125000001475 halogen functional group Chemical group 0.000 claims 1
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-M Chloride anion Chemical compound [Cl-] VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 abstract description 75
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 abstract description 63
- 230000028327 secretion Effects 0.000 abstract description 54
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 abstract description 33
- 230000001965 increasing effect Effects 0.000 abstract description 32
- 208000035475 disorder Diseases 0.000 abstract description 30
- RAIPHJJURHTUIC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-thiazol-2-amine Chemical class NC1=NC=CS1 RAIPHJJURHTUIC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 abstract description 28
- 206010012735 Diarrhoea Diseases 0.000 abstract description 28
- GLQWRXYOTXRDNH-UHFFFAOYSA-N thiophen-2-amine Chemical compound NC1=CC=CS1 GLQWRXYOTXRDNH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 abstract description 27
- 239000012530 fluid Substances 0.000 abstract description 21
- 201000009881 secretory diarrhea Diseases 0.000 abstract description 20
- AIXAANGOTKPUOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N carbachol Chemical compound [Cl-].C[N+](C)(C)CCOC(N)=O AIXAANGOTKPUOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 39
- 229960004484 carbachol Drugs 0.000 description 39
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 38
- 102000012605 Cystic Fibrosis Transmembrane Conductance Regulator Human genes 0.000 description 35
- 108010079245 Cystic Fibrosis Transmembrane Conductance Regulator Proteins 0.000 description 35
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 description 30
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 30
- 230000002401 inhibitory effect Effects 0.000 description 27
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 25
- 229960005069 calcium Drugs 0.000 description 25
- 229910052791 calcium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 25
- NHNBFGGVMKEFGY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nitrate Chemical compound [O-][N+]([O-])=O NHNBFGGVMKEFGY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 24
- 239000000523 sample Substances 0.000 description 24
- 125000005843 halogen group Chemical group 0.000 description 23
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 23
- 229910002651 NO3 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 22
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 22
- 108091033319 polynucleotide Proteins 0.000 description 22
- 102000040430 polynucleotide Human genes 0.000 description 22
- 239000002157 polynucleotide Substances 0.000 description 22
- OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Calcium Chemical compound [Ca] OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 21
- 230000014509 gene expression Effects 0.000 description 21
- 230000000968 intestinal effect Effects 0.000 description 20
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 20
- 108091006146 Channels Proteins 0.000 description 19
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 19
- 238000003556 assay Methods 0.000 description 19
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 19
- 238000012216 screening Methods 0.000 description 19
- 0 CC[C@]1*(C)CC(CC*C)*1 Chemical compound CC[C@]1*(C)CC(CC*C)*1 0.000 description 18
- OHCQJHSOBUTRHG-KGGHGJDLSA-N FORSKOLIN Chemical compound O=C([C@@]12O)C[C@](C)(C=C)O[C@]1(C)[C@@H](OC(=O)C)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1[C@]2(C)[C@@H](O)CCC1(C)C OHCQJHSOBUTRHG-KGGHGJDLSA-N 0.000 description 18
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 18
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 18
- 125000004178 (C1-C4) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 17
- 230000005764 inhibitory process Effects 0.000 description 17
- 125000002023 trifluoromethyl group Chemical group FC(F)(F)* 0.000 description 17
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 16
- 230000004913 activation Effects 0.000 description 16
- 210000004072 lung Anatomy 0.000 description 16
- 125000001424 substituent group Chemical group 0.000 description 16
- 229950003476 aminothiazole Drugs 0.000 description 15
- 125000003710 aryl alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 15
- 102000004657 Calcium-Calmodulin-Dependent Protein Kinase Type 2 Human genes 0.000 description 14
- 108010003721 Calcium-Calmodulin-Dependent Protein Kinase Type 2 Proteins 0.000 description 14
- 201000003883 Cystic fibrosis Diseases 0.000 description 14
- NTYJJOPFIAHURM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Histamine Chemical group NCCC1=CN=CN1 NTYJJOPFIAHURM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 14
- 208000006673 asthma Diseases 0.000 description 14
- 229910002092 carbon dioxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 14
- 125000000113 cyclohexyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 14
- 230000033001 locomotion Effects 0.000 description 14
- 239000002953 phosphate buffered saline Substances 0.000 description 14
- 102000004196 processed proteins & peptides Human genes 0.000 description 14
- 108090000765 processed proteins & peptides Proteins 0.000 description 14
- JIMHYXZZCWVCMI-ZSOIEALJSA-N 4-[(z)-[4-oxo-2-sulfanylidene-3-[3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-1,3-thiazolidin-5-ylidene]methyl]benzoic acid Chemical compound C1=CC(C(=O)O)=CC=C1\C=C/1C(=O)N(C=2C=C(C=CC=2)C(F)(F)F)C(=S)S\1 JIMHYXZZCWVCMI-ZSOIEALJSA-N 0.000 description 13
- ACLUEOBQFRYTQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-tert-butyl-2-(furan-2-carbonylamino)-4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-1-benzothiophene-3-carboxylic acid Chemical compound C1C(C(C)(C)C)CCC(C=2C(O)=O)=C1SC=2NC(=O)C1=CC=CO1 ACLUEOBQFRYTQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 13
- HIYAVKIYRIFSCZ-CVXKHCKVSA-N Calcimycin Chemical compound CC([C@H]1OC2([C@@H](C[C@H]1C)C)O[C@H]([C@H](CC2)C)CC=1OC2=CC=C(C(=C2N=1)C(O)=O)NC)C(=O)C1=CC=CN1 HIYAVKIYRIFSCZ-CVXKHCKVSA-N 0.000 description 13
- 241000282414 Homo sapiens Species 0.000 description 13
- HATRDXDCPOXQJX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Thapsigargin Natural products CCCCCCCC(=O)OC1C(OC(O)C(=C/C)C)C(=C2C3OC(=O)C(C)(O)C3(O)C(CC(C)(OC(=O)C)C12)OC(=O)CCC)C HATRDXDCPOXQJX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 13
- 201000009267 bronchiectasis Diseases 0.000 description 13
- HIYAVKIYRIFSCZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N calcium ionophore A23187 Natural products N=1C2=C(C(O)=O)C(NC)=CC=C2OC=1CC(C(CC1)C)OC1(C(CC1C)C)OC1C(C)C(=O)C1=CC=CN1 HIYAVKIYRIFSCZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 13
- 125000001072 heteroaryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 13
- IXFPJGBNCFXKPI-FSIHEZPISA-N thapsigargin Chemical compound CCCC(=O)O[C@H]1C[C@](C)(OC(C)=O)[C@H]2[C@H](OC(=O)CCCCCCC)[C@@H](OC(=O)C(\C)=C/C)C(C)=C2[C@@H]2OC(=O)[C@@](C)(O)[C@]21O IXFPJGBNCFXKPI-FSIHEZPISA-N 0.000 description 13
- UMGDCJDMYOKAJW-UHFFFAOYSA-N thiourea Chemical compound NC(N)=S UMGDCJDMYOKAJW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 13
- 208000019693 Lung disease Diseases 0.000 description 12
- 125000004432 carbon atom Chemical group C* 0.000 description 12
- 125000000592 heterocycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 12
- 125000000956 methoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])O* 0.000 description 12
- 125000004191 (C1-C6) alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 11
- 208000006545 Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease Diseases 0.000 description 11
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 11
- 238000002474 experimental method Methods 0.000 description 11
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 description 11
- 210000003097 mucus Anatomy 0.000 description 11
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 11
- 150000003254 radicals Chemical group 0.000 description 11
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 11
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 11
- TWRXJAOTZQYOKJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L Magnesium chloride Chemical compound [Mg+2].[Cl-].[Cl-] TWRXJAOTZQYOKJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 10
- 229910003827 NRaRb Inorganic materials 0.000 description 10
- PGHMRUGBZOYCAA-ADZNBVRBSA-N ionomycin Chemical compound O1[C@H](C[C@H](O)[C@H](C)[C@H](O)[C@H](C)/C=C/C[C@@H](C)C[C@@H](C)C(/O)=C/C(=O)[C@@H](C)C[C@@H](C)C[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C)CC[C@@]1(C)[C@@H]1O[C@](C)([C@@H](C)O)CC1 PGHMRUGBZOYCAA-ADZNBVRBSA-N 0.000 description 10
- PGHMRUGBZOYCAA-UHFFFAOYSA-N ionomycin Natural products O1C(CC(O)C(C)C(O)C(C)C=CCC(C)CC(C)C(O)=CC(=O)C(C)CC(C)CC(CCC(O)=O)C)CCC1(C)C1OC(C)(C(C)O)CC1 PGHMRUGBZOYCAA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 239000008194 pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 description 10
- SUZLHDUTVMZSEV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Deoxycoleonol Natural products C12C(=O)CC(C)(C=C)OC2(C)C(OC(=O)C)C(O)C2C1(C)C(O)CCC2(C)C SUZLHDUTVMZSEV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanol Chemical compound OC OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 238000004113 cell culture Methods 0.000 description 9
- OHCQJHSOBUTRHG-UHFFFAOYSA-N colforsin Natural products OC12C(=O)CC(C)(C=C)OC1(C)C(OC(=O)C)C(O)C1C2(C)C(O)CCC1(C)C OHCQJHSOBUTRHG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 229920001184 polypeptide Polymers 0.000 description 9
- 150000003384 small molecules Chemical class 0.000 description 9
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 description 9
- 125000000229 (C1-C4)alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 8
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethylsulphoxide Chemical compound CS(C)=O IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- HEDRZPFGACZZDS-MICDWDOJSA-N Trichloro(2H)methane Chemical compound [2H]C(Cl)(Cl)Cl HEDRZPFGACZZDS-MICDWDOJSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 241000700605 Viruses Species 0.000 description 8
- 125000003545 alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 8
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 8
- 125000001309 chloro group Chemical group Cl* 0.000 description 8
- 125000000753 cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 8
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 description 8
- 208000015181 infectious disease Diseases 0.000 description 8
- 125000000959 isobutyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 8
- 230000011664 signaling Effects 0.000 description 8
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 8
- CURLTUGMZLYLDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon dioxide Chemical compound O=C=O CURLTUGMZLYLDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N Glucose Natural products OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N 0.000 description 7
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N beta-D-glucose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 7
- 210000000170 cell membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 7
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 208000037765 diseases and disorders Diseases 0.000 description 7
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 description 7
- TZBJGXHYKVUXJN-UHFFFAOYSA-N genistein Natural products C1=CC(O)=CC=C1C1=COC2=CC(O)=CC(O)=C2C1=O TZBJGXHYKVUXJN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 125000004446 heteroarylalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 229960001340 histamine Drugs 0.000 description 7
- 238000010369 molecular cloning Methods 0.000 description 7
- 108091003079 Bovine Serum Albumin Proteins 0.000 description 6
- DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycine Chemical compound NCC(O)=O DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[Na+] HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 6
- NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfur Chemical group [S] NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 6
- 125000004450 alkenylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 125000002947 alkylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 230000000903 blocking effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 230000003247 decreasing effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 6
- 239000012091 fetal bovine serum Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000002609 medium Substances 0.000 description 6
- 125000004123 n-propyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 6
- 239000013612 plasmid Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000011148 porous material Substances 0.000 description 6
- 230000003389 potentiating effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- UCSJYZPVAKXKNQ-HZYVHMACSA-N streptomycin Chemical compound CN[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](CO)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@](C=O)(O)[C@H](C)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](NC(N)=N)[C@H](O)[C@@H](NC(N)=N)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O UCSJYZPVAKXKNQ-HZYVHMACSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 239000003053 toxin Substances 0.000 description 6
- 231100000765 toxin Toxicity 0.000 description 6
- 108700012359 toxins Proteins 0.000 description 6
- JKMHFZQWWAIEOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[4-(2-hydroxyethyl)piperazin-1-yl]ethanesulfonic acid Chemical compound OCC[NH+]1CCN(CCS([O-])(=O)=O)CC1 JKMHFZQWWAIEOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- ZKHQWZAMYRWXGA-KQYNXXCUSA-N Adenosine triphosphate Chemical compound C1=NC=2C(N)=NC=NC=2N1[C@@H]1O[C@H](COP(O)(=O)OP(O)(=O)OP(O)(O)=O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O ZKHQWZAMYRWXGA-KQYNXXCUSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 239000006144 Dulbecco’s modified Eagle's medium Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000007995 HEPES buffer Substances 0.000 description 5
- ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-VKHMYHEASA-N L-glutamine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCC(N)=O ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 5
- 239000012867 bioactive agent Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000028956 calcium-mediated signaling Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 description 5
- 125000000524 functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 230000012010 growth Effects 0.000 description 5
- 125000001188 haloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 229910052736 halogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 229910001629 magnesium chloride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 5
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N nitrogen Substances N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 239000002773 nucleotide Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 description 5
- 102000005962 receptors Human genes 0.000 description 5
- 108020003175 receptors Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 229920006395 saturated elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000002463 transducing effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000001131 transforming effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- NIWLUIYEFZWWQH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[(2-chlorobenzoyl)amino]-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-4h-cyclohepta[b]thiophene-3-carboxylic acid Chemical compound S1C=2CCCCCC=2C(C(=O)O)=C1NC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1Cl NIWLUIYEFZWWQH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- WSCCAZITJLVSOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[2-(4-ethoxyanilino)-4-(4-methylphenyl)-1,3-thiazol-5-yl]acetic acid Chemical compound C1=CC(OCC)=CC=C1NC1=NC(C=2C=CC(C)=CC=2)=C(CC(O)=O)S1 WSCCAZITJLVSOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- QDYMHZHYDQJVLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-benzamido-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-4h-cyclohepta[b]thiophene-3-carboxylic acid Chemical compound S1C=2CCCCCC=2C(C(=O)O)=C1NC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 QDYMHZHYDQJVLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- BOXKQUNGQKROGE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-benzamido-6-tert-butyl-4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-1-benzothiophene-3-carboxylic acid Chemical compound C1C(C(C)(C)C)CCC(C=2C(O)=O)=C1SC=2NC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 BOXKQUNGQKROGE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- KBTQCSAMDKNHOT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-hydroxy-5-[[4-(4-methylphenyl)-1,3-thiazol-2-yl]amino]benzoic acid Chemical compound C1=CC(C)=CC=C1C1=CSC(NC=2C=C(C(O)=CC=2)C(O)=O)=N1 KBTQCSAMDKNHOT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- ZKHQWZAMYRWXGA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Adenosine triphosphate Natural products C1=NC=2C(N)=NC=NC=2N1C1OC(COP(O)(=O)OP(O)(=O)OP(O)(O)=O)C(O)C1O ZKHQWZAMYRWXGA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- HMMSZUQCCUWXRA-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(C)(C)CCC(=O)O Chemical compound CC(C)(C)CCC(=O)O HMMSZUQCCUWXRA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- UXVMQQNJUSDDNG-UHFFFAOYSA-L Calcium chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].[Cl-].[Ca+2] UXVMQQNJUSDDNG-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 4
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical compound [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229940118183 Chloride channel agonist Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 102100038132 Endogenous retrovirus group K member 6 Pro protein Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 101710091045 Envelope protein Proteins 0.000 description 4
- PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerine Chemical compound OCC(O)CO PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrochloric acid Chemical compound Cl VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 description 4
- JGFZNNIVVJXRND-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Diisopropylethylamine (DIPEA) Chemical compound CCN(C(C)C)C(C)C JGFZNNIVVJXRND-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 108091028043 Nucleic acid sequence Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 101710188315 Protein X Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 241000700159 Rattus Species 0.000 description 4
- UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium bicarbonate Chemical compound [Na+].OC([O-])=O UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 4
- XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Urea Natural products NC(N)=O XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229940024606 amino acid Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 150000001413 amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 239000003242 anti bacterial agent Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000012472 biological sample Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000001110 calcium chloride Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229910001628 calcium chloride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 239000003467 chloride channel stimulating agent Substances 0.000 description 4
- 125000004093 cyano group Chemical group *C#N 0.000 description 4
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 230000004907 flux Effects 0.000 description 4
- 125000002541 furyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 239000008103 glucose Substances 0.000 description 4
- ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N glutamine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCC(N)=O ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 238000001727 in vivo Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000003834 intracellular effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000012423 maintenance Methods 0.000 description 4
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 125000003729 nucleotide group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 235000015097 nutrients Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 125000004043 oxo group Chemical group O=* 0.000 description 4
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 239000001301 oxygen Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 150000003906 phosphoinositides Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 230000026731 phosphorylation Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000006366 phosphorylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000013600 plasmid vector Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000013641 positive control Substances 0.000 description 4
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 description 4
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000010076 replication Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000007423 screening assay Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000010561 standard procedure Methods 0.000 description 4
- 125000003107 substituted aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000032258 transport Effects 0.000 description 4
- 241001430294 unidentified retrovirus Species 0.000 description 4
- 230000003612 virological effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 125000006727 (C1-C6) alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- SEOHGKRVDZVGKM-CMDGGOBGSA-N (e)-4-[(6-tert-butyl-3-ethoxycarbonyl-4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-1-benzothiophen-2-yl)amino]-4-oxobut-2-enoic acid Chemical compound C1C(C(C)(C)C)CCC2=C1SC(NC(=O)\C=C\C(O)=O)=C2C(=O)OCC SEOHGKRVDZVGKM-CMDGGOBGSA-N 0.000 description 3
- PIEXCQIOSMOEOU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-bromo-3-chloro-5,5-dimethylimidazolidine-2,4-dione Chemical group CC1(C)N(Br)C(=O)N(Cl)C1=O PIEXCQIOSMOEOU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000001644 13C nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000005160 1H NMR spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 3
- ZIKGFJAEZZNKAB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[(3-methoxybenzoyl)amino]-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-4h-cyclohepta[b]thiophene-3-carboxylic acid Chemical compound COC1=CC=CC(C(=O)NC2=C(C=3CCCCCC=3S2)C(O)=O)=C1 ZIKGFJAEZZNKAB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- QMARCNKWRJFPOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[(3-methylbenzoyl)amino]-4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-1-benzothiophene-3-carboxylic acid Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC(C(=O)NC2=C(C=3CCCCC=3S2)C(O)=O)=C1 QMARCNKWRJFPOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- ZTOMHNQMRUBYGE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[(4-methylbenzoyl)amino]-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-4h-cyclohepta[b]thiophene-3-carboxylic acid Chemical compound C1=CC(C)=CC=C1C(=O)NC1=C(C(O)=O)C(CCCCC2)=C2S1 ZTOMHNQMRUBYGE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- LWLNRGPRSNBZGO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[(6-tert-butyl-3-ethoxycarbonyl-4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-1-benzothiophen-2-yl)carbamoyl]cyclohexane-1-carboxylic acid Chemical compound S1C=2CC(C(C)(C)C)CCC=2C(C(=O)OCC)=C1NC(=O)C1CCCCC1C(O)=O LWLNRGPRSNBZGO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- JLYNGMUQVIZMEO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[2-(2,4-dichloroanilino)-4-(4-methylphenyl)-1,3-thiazol-5-yl]acetic acid Chemical compound C1=CC(C)=CC=C1C1=C(CC(O)=O)SC(NC=2C(=CC(Cl)=CC=2)Cl)=N1 JLYNGMUQVIZMEO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- KFMWKFGUNROIFN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[2-(3-bromoanilino)-4-(4-methylphenyl)-1,3-thiazol-5-yl]acetic acid Chemical compound C1=CC(C)=CC=C1C1=C(CC(O)=O)SC(NC=2C=C(Br)C=CC=2)=N1 KFMWKFGUNROIFN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- ZIOIPVSPKLZYGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[2-(3-chloro-4-methylanilino)-4-(4-methylphenyl)-1,3-thiazol-5-yl]acetic acid Chemical compound C1=CC(C)=CC=C1C1=C(CC(O)=O)SC(NC=2C=C(Cl)C(C)=CC=2)=N1 ZIOIPVSPKLZYGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- URLNZKOZKSOTOE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[2-(4-bromoanilino)-4-(2,4-dimethylphenyl)-1,3-thiazol-5-yl]acetic acid Chemical compound CC1=CC(C)=CC=C1C1=C(CC(O)=O)SC(NC=2C=CC(Br)=CC=2)=N1 URLNZKOZKSOTOE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- AOQQVZHYHOCWAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[4-(4-methylphenyl)-2-[3-(trifluoromethyl)anilino]-1,3-thiazol-5-yl]acetic acid Chemical compound C1=CC(C)=CC=C1C1=C(CC(O)=O)SC(NC=2C=C(C=CC=2)C(F)(F)F)=N1 AOQQVZHYHOCWAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- BQNUUZJLWXRCIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-[2-(4-methoxyanilino)-4-(4-methoxyphenyl)-1,3-thiazol-5-yl]propanoic acid Chemical compound C1=CC(OC)=CC=C1NC1=NC(C=2C=CC(OC)=CC=2)=C(CCC(O)=O)S1 BQNUUZJLWXRCIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- SMAVGDBULOEMTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-methyl-n-[4-(4-methylphenyl)-5-phenyl-1,3-thiazol-2-yl]benzamide Chemical compound C1=CC(C)=CC=C1C1=C(C=2C=CC=CC=2)SC(NC(=O)C=2C=C(C)C=CC=2)=N1 SMAVGDBULOEMTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- QQXQGNPOHNNPGG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-[(6-tert-butyl-3-ethoxycarbonyl-4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-1-benzothiophen-2-yl)amino]-4-oxobutanoic acid Chemical compound C1C(C(C)(C)C)CCC2=C1SC(NC(=O)CCC(O)=O)=C2C(=O)OCC QQXQGNPOHNNPGG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- FOCPDNCUJACZMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-[(6-tert-butyl-3-methoxycarbonyl-4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-1-benzothiophen-2-yl)amino]-4-oxobutanoic acid Chemical compound C1C(C(C)(C)C)CCC2=C1SC(NC(=O)CCC(O)=O)=C2C(=O)OC FOCPDNCUJACZMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- HVOJRGYQIHEFSM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-[[4-(2,4-dimethylphenyl)-5-propyl-1,3-thiazol-2-yl]amino]benzoic acid Chemical compound N=1C(C=2C(=CC(C)=CC=2)C)=C(CCC)SC=1NC1=CC=C(C(O)=O)C=C1 HVOJRGYQIHEFSM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- QSLPKEKBAKXEID-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-[[6-tert-butyl-3-[(3-methylphenyl)carbamoyl]-4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-1-benzothiophen-2-yl]amino]-4-oxobutanoic acid Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC(NC(=O)C=2C=3CCC(CC=3SC=2NC(=O)CCC(O)=O)C(C)(C)C)=C1 QSLPKEKBAKXEID-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- AAWUYRPZLXBHIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-[[6-tert-butyl-3-[(4-methoxyphenyl)carbamoyl]-4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-1-benzothiophen-2-yl]amino]-4-oxobutanoic acid Chemical compound C1=CC(OC)=CC=C1NC(=O)C1=C(NC(=O)CCC(O)=O)SC2=C1CCC(C(C)(C)C)C2 AAWUYRPZLXBHIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- WUBBRNOQWQTFEX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-aminosalicylic acid Chemical compound NC1=CC=C(C(O)=O)C(O)=C1 WUBBRNOQWQTFEX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- DHAOJRGMBAQRMU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-[(6-tert-butyl-3-methoxycarbonyl-4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-1-benzothiophen-2-yl)amino]-5-oxopentanoic acid Chemical compound C1C(C(C)(C)C)CCC2=C1SC(NC(=O)CCCC(O)=O)=C2C(=O)OC DHAOJRGMBAQRMU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- ATTHJAOCLHVNJL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-tert-butyl-2-[(2-chlorobenzoyl)amino]-4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-1-benzothiophene-3-carboxylic acid Chemical compound C1C(C(C)(C)C)CCC(C=2C(O)=O)=C1SC=2NC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1Cl ATTHJAOCLHVNJL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- FYDXSAYAXIZEPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-tert-butyl-2-[(3-chlorobenzoyl)amino]-4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-1-benzothiophene-3-carboxylic acid Chemical compound C1C(C(C)(C)C)CCC(C=2C(O)=O)=C1SC=2NC(=O)C1=CC=CC(Cl)=C1 FYDXSAYAXIZEPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 208000030507 AIDS Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 102100022900 Actin, cytoplasmic 1 Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108010085238 Actins Proteins 0.000 description 3
- VHUUQVKOLVNVRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonium hydroxide Chemical compound [NH4+].[OH-] VHUUQVKOLVNVRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 241000894006 Bacteria Species 0.000 description 3
- 241000283690 Bos taurus Species 0.000 description 3
- WSNMPAVSZJSIMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N COc1c(C)c2COC(=O)c2c(O)c1CC(O)C1(C)CCC(=O)O1 Chemical compound COc1c(C)c2COC(=O)c2c(O)c1CC(O)C1(C)CCC(=O)O1 WSNMPAVSZJSIMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 206010008631 Cholera Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 208000017667 Chronic Disease Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 206010009900 Colitis ulcerative Diseases 0.000 description 3
- YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dichloromethane Chemical compound ClCCl YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 241000588724 Escherichia coli Species 0.000 description 3
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000004471 Glycine Substances 0.000 description 3
- 241000283973 Oryctolagus cuniculus Species 0.000 description 3
- 229930182555 Penicillin Natural products 0.000 description 3
- JGSARLDLIJGVTE-MBNYWOFBSA-N Penicillin G Chemical compound N([C@H]1[C@H]2SC([C@@H](N2C1=O)C(O)=O)(C)C)C(=O)CC1=CC=CC=C1 JGSARLDLIJGVTE-MBNYWOFBSA-N 0.000 description 3
- DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propylene glycol Chemical compound CC(O)CO DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 102000006601 Thymidine Kinase Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108020004440 Thymidine kinase Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 201000006704 Ulcerative Colitis Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 125000003277 amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 239000000908 ammonium hydroxide Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229940088710 antibiotic agent Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 239000002585 base Substances 0.000 description 3
- 210000004369 blood Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 239000008280 blood Substances 0.000 description 3
- 150000001721 carbon Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 150000001732 carboxylic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 230000001413 cellular effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 3
- 210000000038 chest Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 150000001805 chlorine compounds Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 201000003478 cholangiolocellular carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 230000001684 chronic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000012258 culturing Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000002950 deficient Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000009826 distribution Methods 0.000 description 3
- 210000003527 eukaryotic cell Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- YFHXZQPUBCBNIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N fura-2 Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(N(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O)C(OCCOC=2C(=CC=3OC(=CC=3C=2)C=2OC(=CN=2)C(O)=O)N(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O)=C1 YFHXZQPUBCBNIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000001963 growth medium Substances 0.000 description 3
- DMEGYFMYUHOHGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N heptamethylene Natural products C1CCCCCC1 DMEGYFMYUHOHGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000005842 heteroatom Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 238000003119 immunoblot Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000002513 implantation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000000338 in vitro Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000000543 intermediate Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000037427 ion transport Effects 0.000 description 3
- 150000002540 isothiocyanates Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000003843 mucus production Effects 0.000 description 3
- LCCQQZIALTYLGJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-(4-cyclohexylphenyl)-4-[3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-1,3-thiazol-2-amine Chemical compound FC(F)(F)C1=CC=CC(C=2N=C(NC=3C=CC(=CC=3)C3CCCCC3)SC=2)=C1 LCCQQZIALTYLGJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- QMCJYSAIJDOBTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-[4-(2-methylpropyl)phenyl]-4-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1,3-thiazol-2-amine Chemical compound C1=CC(CC(C)C)=CC=C1NC1=NC(C=2C=CC(OC=3C=CC=CC=3)=CC=2)=CS1 QMCJYSAIJDOBTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- GMKSVOUWXRBGFP-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-ethyl-4-(4-methylphenyl)-1,3-thiazol-2-amine Chemical compound S1C(NCC)=NC(C=2C=CC(C)=CC=2)=C1 GMKSVOUWXRBGFP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000013642 negative control Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000000449 nitro group Chemical group [O-][N+](*)=O 0.000 description 3
- QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N nitrogen group Chemical group [N] QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000004806 packaging method and process Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229940049954 penicillin Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 239000004033 plastic Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229920003023 plastic Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000010791 quenching Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000000171 quenching effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000000376 reactant Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000001105 regulatory effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000007858 starting material Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000000638 stimulation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229960005322 streptomycin Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 229910052717 sulfur Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 239000011593 sulfur Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 239000006228 supernatant Substances 0.000 description 3
- 208000024891 symptom Diseases 0.000 description 3
- NONOKGVFTBWRLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N thioisocyanate group Chemical group S(N=C=O)N=C=O NONOKGVFTBWRLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- ZWZVWGITAAIFPS-UHFFFAOYSA-N thiophosgene Chemical compound ClC(Cl)=S ZWZVWGITAAIFPS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000000464 thioxo group Chemical group S=* 0.000 description 3
- 238000010361 transduction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000026683 transduction Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000001890 transfection Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000009466 transformation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000003981 vehicle Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000005406 washing Methods 0.000 description 3
- UARFVLQVPQBSTO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[4-(2,4-dimethylphenyl)-2-[3-(trifluoromethyl)anilino]-1,3-thiazol-5-yl]acetic acid Chemical compound CC1=CC(C)=CC=C1C1=C(CC(O)=O)SC(NC=2C=C(C=CC=2)C(F)(F)F)=N1 UARFVLQVPQBSTO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CHMCAONONXEMOV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[[3-ethoxycarbonyl-6-(2-methylbutan-2-yl)-4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-1-benzothiophen-2-yl]carbamoyl]cyclohexane-1-carboxylic acid Chemical compound S1C=2CC(C(C)(C)CC)CCC=2C(C(=O)OCC)=C1NC(=O)C1CCCCC1C(O)=O CHMCAONONXEMOV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KRVGXFREOJHJAX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-bromo-1-(4-methylphenyl)ethanone Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(C(=O)CBr)C=C1 KRVGXFREOJHJAX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- APIXJSLKIYYUKG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3 Isobutyl 1 methylxanthine Chemical compound O=C1N(C)C(=O)N(CC(C)C)C2=C1N=CN2 APIXJSLKIYYUKG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- AEQPUDJFCPDKHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-tert-butyl-2-[(2-methylbenzoyl)amino]-4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-1-benzothiophene-3-carboxylic acid Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1C(=O)NC1=C(C(O)=O)C(CCC(C2)C(C)(C)C)=C2S1 AEQPUDJFCPDKHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000713826 Avian leukosis virus Species 0.000 description 2
- BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-M Bicarbonate Chemical compound OC([O-])=O BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- HMRNLPCZVBVKLZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(C)(C)C1=C(Cl)C=CC=C1 Chemical compound CC(C)(C)C1=C(Cl)C=CC=C1 HMRNLPCZVBVKLZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- OKPOBWCIKZZZJG-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(C)(C)C1=CC(C(F)(F)F)=CC=C1 Chemical compound CC(C)(C)C1=CC(C(F)(F)F)=CC=C1 OKPOBWCIKZZZJG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- YTZKOQUCBOVLHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(C)(C)C1=CC=CC=C1 Chemical compound CC(C)(C)C1=CC=CC=C1 YTZKOQUCBOVLHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FVPFFBYHXHQMCY-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(C)(C)C1CCCCC1C(=O)O Chemical compound CC(C)(C)C1CCCCC1C(=O)O FVPFFBYHXHQMCY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- AXHVNJGQOJFMHT-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1=C(C(C)(C)C)C=CC=C1 Chemical compound CC1=C(C(C)(C)C)C=CC=C1 AXHVNJGQOJFMHT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FIRWPECOXVVSRF-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1=CC=CC(C(=O)C(C)(C)C)=C1 Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC(C(=O)C(C)(C)C)=C1 FIRWPECOXVVSRF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000589876 Campylobacter Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000282465 Canis Species 0.000 description 2
- KXDHJXZQYSOELW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Carbamate Chemical compound NC([O-])=O KXDHJXZQYSOELW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- RGSFGYAAUTVSQA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cyclopentane Chemical compound C1CCCC1 RGSFGYAAUTVSQA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000701022 Cytomegalovirus Species 0.000 description 2
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N D-Mannitol Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N EDTA Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000282324 Felis Species 0.000 description 2
- 208000022559 Inflammatory bowel disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- XEEYBQQBJWHFJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Iron Chemical compound [Fe] XEEYBQQBJWHFJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000713666 Lentivirus Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000124008 Mammalia Species 0.000 description 2
- 229930195725 Mannitol Natural products 0.000 description 2
- YNAVUWVOSKDBBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Morpholine Chemical compound C1COCCN1 YNAVUWVOSKDBBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000699670 Mus sp. Species 0.000 description 2
- RJKFOVLPORLFTN-LEKSSAKUSA-N Progesterone Chemical compound C1CC2=CC(=O)CC[C@]2(C)[C@@H]2[C@@H]1[C@@H]1CC[C@H](C(=O)C)[C@@]1(C)CC2 RJKFOVLPORLFTN-LEKSSAKUSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102000000033 Purinergic Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010080192 Purinergic Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 241000283984 Rodentia Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000607142 Salmonella Species 0.000 description 2
- 229920002472 Starch Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229930006000 Sucrose Natural products 0.000 description 2
- CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N Sucrose Chemical compound O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@]1(CO)O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000282898 Sus scrofa Species 0.000 description 2
- NKANXQFJJICGDU-QPLCGJKRSA-N Tamoxifen Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C(/CC)=C(C=1C=CC(OCCN(C)C)=CC=1)/C1=CC=CC=C1 NKANXQFJJICGDU-QPLCGJKRSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000001594 aberrant effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000004480 active ingredient Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000654 additive Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000001464 adherent effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000003342 alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000003282 alkyl amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000000304 alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 150000001412 amines Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000003321 amplification Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000003963 antioxidant agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000006708 antioxidants Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 description 2
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical group [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000002619 bicyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000001246 bromo group Chemical group Br* 0.000 description 2
- 230000011496 cAMP-mediated signaling Effects 0.000 description 2
- AIYUHDOJVYHVIT-UHFFFAOYSA-M caesium chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].[Cs+] AIYUHDOJVYHVIT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- HUCVOHYBFXVBRW-UHFFFAOYSA-M caesium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[Cs+] HUCVOHYBFXVBRW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 239000000969 carrier Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000000423 cell based assay Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000013553 cell monolayer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000002738 chelating agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000003636 chemical group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 238000004440 column chromatography Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000012790 confirmation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000004122 cyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- NZNMSOFKMUBTKW-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclohexanecarboxylic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1CCCCC1 NZNMSOFKMUBTKW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HGCIXCUEYOPUTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclohexene Chemical compound C1CCC=CC1 HGCIXCUEYOPUTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000001511 cyclopentyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 210000000805 cytoplasm Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 238000010511 deprotection reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000004663 dialkyl amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 238000010790 dilution Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000012895 dilution Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000003028 elevating effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000000369 enteropathogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000000688 enterotoxigenic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000002255 enzymatic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000004494 ethyl ester group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- DEFVIWRASFVYLL-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethylene glycol bis(2-aminoethyl)tetraacetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCOCCOCCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O DEFVIWRASFVYLL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000011156 evaluation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000005284 excitation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000001723 extracellular space Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 238000003818 flash chromatography Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000012458 free base Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229960003692 gamma aminobutyric acid Drugs 0.000 description 2
- BTCSSZJGUNDROE-UHFFFAOYSA-N gamma-aminobutyric acid Chemical compound NCCCC(O)=O BTCSSZJGUNDROE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229940045109 genistein Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 235000006539 genistein Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- ZCOLJUOHXJRHDI-CMWLGVBASA-N genistein 7-O-beta-D-glucoside Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1OC1=CC(O)=C2C(=O)C(C=3C=CC(O)=CC=3)=COC2=C1 ZCOLJUOHXJRHDI-CMWLGVBASA-N 0.000 description 2
- RWSXRVCMGQZWBV-WDSKDSINSA-N glutathione Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCC(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)NCC(O)=O RWSXRVCMGQZWBV-WDSKDSINSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 235000011187 glycerol Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 150000002367 halogens Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 210000004754 hybrid cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 150000002430 hydrocarbons Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000001976 improved effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- SEOVTRFCIGRIMH-UHFFFAOYSA-N indole-3-acetic acid Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(CC(=O)O)=CNC2=C1 SEOVTRFCIGRIMH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000002458 infectious effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000007529 inorganic bases Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- NOESYZHRGYRDHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N insulin Chemical compound N1C(=O)C(NC(=O)C(CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)C(C(C)C)NC(=O)C(NC(=O)CN)C(C)CC)CSSCC(C(NC(CO)C(=O)NC(CC(C)C)C(=O)NC(CC=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)C(=O)NC(CCC(N)=O)C(=O)NC(CC(C)C)C(=O)NC(CCC(O)=O)C(=O)NC(CC(N)=O)C(=O)NC(CC=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)C(=O)NC(CSSCC(NC(=O)C(C(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(C)NC(=O)C(CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)C(C(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC=2NC=NC=2)NC(=O)C(CO)NC(=O)CNC2=O)C(=O)NCC(=O)NC(CCC(O)=O)C(=O)NC(CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)NCC(=O)NC(CC=3C=CC=CC=3)C(=O)NC(CC=3C=CC=CC=3)C(=O)NC(CC=3C=CC(O)=CC=3)C(=O)NC(C(C)O)C(=O)N3C(CCC3)C(=O)NC(CCCCN)C(=O)NC(C)C(O)=O)C(=O)NC(CC(N)=O)C(O)=O)=O)NC(=O)C(C(C)CC)NC(=O)C(CO)NC(=O)C(C(C)O)NC(=O)C1CSSCC2NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(NC(=O)C(CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(CC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(NC(=O)C(N)CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(C)C)CC1=CN=CN1 NOESYZHRGYRDHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000002551 irritable bowel syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 239000003446 ligand Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000002502 liposome Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000004895 liquid chromatography mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000011068 loading method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000005265 lung cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium stearate Chemical compound [Mg+2].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 239000000594 mannitol Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000010355 mannitol Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 2
- ANGDWNBGPBMQHW-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl cyanoacetate Chemical compound COC(=O)CC#N ANGDWNBGPBMQHW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000004702 methyl esters Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 150000007522 mineralic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000002950 monocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000001624 naphthyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 238000003199 nucleic acid amplification method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 150000007523 nucleic acids Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 210000000056 organ Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 150000007524 organic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 150000007530 organic bases Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 238000007911 parenteral administration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 244000052769 pathogen Species 0.000 description 2
- 230000007310 pathophysiology Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000137 peptide hydrolase inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000012071 phase Substances 0.000 description 2
- NCAIGTHBQTXTLR-UHFFFAOYSA-N phentermine hydrochloride Chemical compound [Cl-].CC(C)([NH3+])CC1=CC=CC=C1 NCAIGTHBQTXTLR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000002504 physiological saline solution Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000000069 prophylactic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- KIDHWZJUCRJVML-UHFFFAOYSA-N putrescine Chemical compound NCCCCN KIDHWZJUCRJVML-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000001603 reducing effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 2
- 108091008146 restriction endonucleases Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 238000007363 ring formation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000002966 serum Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 229910000030 sodium bicarbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000012453 solvate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000010473 stable expression Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000008107 starch Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000019698 starch Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000005556 structure-activity relationship Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000007920 subcutaneous administration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000005720 sucrose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000002459 sustained effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000013268 sustained release Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000012730 sustained-release form Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000008685 targeting Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000003507 tetrahydrothiofenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000004632 tetrahydrothiopyranyl group Chemical group S1C(CCCC1)* 0.000 description 2
- 125000004001 thioalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000001052 transient effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000010474 transient expression Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000011144 upstream manufacturing Methods 0.000 description 2
- PKPZZAVJXDZHDW-LJTMIZJLSA-N (2r,3r,4r,5s)-6-(methylamino)hexane-1,2,3,4,5-pentol;hydrochloride Chemical compound Cl.CNC[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO PKPZZAVJXDZHDW-LJTMIZJLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003161 (C1-C6) alkylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- VXNZUUAINFGPBY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-Butene Chemical group CCC=C VXNZUUAINFGPBY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004973 1-butenyl group Chemical group C(=CCC)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004972 1-butynyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C#C* 0.000 description 1
- IXPNQXFRVYWDDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-methyl-2,4-dioxo-1,3-diazinane-5-carboximidamide Chemical compound CN1CC(C(N)=N)C(=O)NC1=O IXPNQXFRVYWDDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000006023 1-pentenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000006069 2,3-dimethyl-2-butenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- GANBJDIOIDQSGI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(chloromethyl)furan Chemical compound ClCC1=CC=CO1 GANBJDIOIDQSGI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BQZMSIHWJVSLGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[4-(2,4-dimethylphenyl)-2-[4-(trifluoromethyl)anilino]-1,3-thiazol-5-yl]acetic acid Chemical compound CC1=CC(C)=CC=C1C1=C(CC(O)=O)SC(NC=2C=CC(=CC=2)C(F)(F)F)=N1 BQZMSIHWJVSLGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QKNYBSVHEMOAJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-amino-2-(hydroxymethyl)propane-1,3-diol;hydron;chloride Chemical compound Cl.OCC(N)(CO)CO QKNYBSVHEMOAJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004974 2-butenyl group Chemical group C(C=CC)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000069 2-butynyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C#CC([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- ZIMJXJIBJXEDMN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-cycloheptylthiophene Chemical class C1CCCCCC1C1=CC=CS1 ZIMJXJIBJXEDMN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000006029 2-methyl-2-butenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001622 2-naphthyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C2C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C([H])C2=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000006024 2-pentenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- URAAFNPXYSWIGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-tert-butyl-1-benzothiophene Chemical compound C1=CC=C2SC(C(C)(C)C)=CC2=C1 URAAFNPXYSWIGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZRYDPLOWJSFQAE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-tert-butylcyclohexan-1-one Chemical compound CC(C)(C)C1CCCCC1=O ZRYDPLOWJSFQAE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000006027 3-methyl-1-butenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001255 4-fluorophenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(*)=C([H])C([H])=C1F 0.000 description 1
- HBAQYPYDRFILMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 8-[3-(1-cyclopropylpyrazol-4-yl)-1H-pyrazolo[4,3-d]pyrimidin-5-yl]-3-methyl-3,8-diazabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-2-one Chemical class C1(CC1)N1N=CC(=C1)C1=NNC2=C1N=C(N=C2)N1C2C(N(CC1CC2)C)=O HBAQYPYDRFILMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XGWFJBFNAQHLEF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 9-anthroic acid Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(C(=O)O)=C(C=CC=C3)C3=CC2=C1 XGWFJBFNAQHLEF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M Acetate Chemical compound CC([O-])=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N Alpha-Lactose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](CO)O[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241001664176 Alpharetrovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000005995 Aluminium silicate Substances 0.000 description 1
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-O Ammonium Chemical compound [NH4+] QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 1
- PAYRUJLWNCNPSJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Aniline Chemical class NC1=CC=CC=C1 PAYRUJLWNCNPSJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000002198 Annona diversifolia Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 206010003445 Ascites Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000713838 Avian myeloblastosis virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000035143 Bacterial infection Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000012304 Bestrophin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108050002823 Bestrophin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241001231757 Betaretrovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000713704 Bovine immunodeficiency virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000714266 Bovine leukemia virus Species 0.000 description 1
- COVZYZSDYWQREU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Busulfan Chemical compound CS(=O)(=O)OCCCCOS(C)(=O)=O COVZYZSDYWQREU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RPVPMVHPERYZNF-SNAWJCMRSA-N CC(C)(C)/C=C/C(=O)O Chemical compound CC(C)(C)/C=C/C(=O)O RPVPMVHPERYZNF-SNAWJCMRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XHMMRLCYBCKKBB-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(C)(C)C1=C(Cl)C=C(Cl)C=C1 Chemical compound CC(C)(C)C1=C(Cl)C=C(Cl)C=C1 XHMMRLCYBCKKBB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FDXXHPYFJDKWJS-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(C)(C)C1=CC(Br)=CC=C1 Chemical compound CC(C)(C)C1=CC(Br)=CC=C1 FDXXHPYFJDKWJS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XAICWTLLSRXZPB-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(C)(C)C1=CC(C(=O)O)=C(O)C=C1 Chemical compound CC(C)(C)C1=CC(C(=O)O)=C(O)C=C1 XAICWTLLSRXZPB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KYXNATZCTBFSTH-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(C)(C)C1=CC(Cl)=CC=C1 Chemical compound CC(C)(C)C1=CC(Cl)=CC=C1 KYXNATZCTBFSTH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XHCAGOVGSDHHNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(C)(C)C1=CC=C(Br)C=C1 Chemical compound CC(C)(C)C1=CC=C(Br)C=C1 XHCAGOVGSDHHNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KDVYCTOWXSLNNI-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(C)(C)C1=CC=C(C(=O)O)C=C1 Chemical compound CC(C)(C)C1=CC=C(C(=O)O)C=C1 KDVYCTOWXSLNNI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AGYWEUQFCAQALX-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(C)(C)C1=CC=C(C2CCCCC2)C=C1 Chemical compound CC(C)(C)C1=CC=C(C2CCCCC2)C=C1 AGYWEUQFCAQALX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BGQBONSBNSNYIO-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(C)(C)C1=CC=CO1 Chemical compound CC(C)(C)C1=CC=CO1 BGQBONSBNSNYIO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VBHRLSQLJDHSCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(C)(C)CCCC(=O)O Chemical compound CC(C)(C)CCCC(=O)O VBHRLSQLJDHSCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BNMPTGXSMLHHNS-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(C)CC1=CC=C(C(C)(C)C)C=C1 Chemical compound CC(C)CC1=CC=C(C(C)(C)C)C=C1 BNMPTGXSMLHHNS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GPHQXTFRTJKHPI-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1=C(Cl)C=C(C(C)(C)C)C=C1 Chemical compound CC1=C(Cl)C=C(C(C)(C)C)C=C1 GPHQXTFRTJKHPI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HSWVXQUVZGSPNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1=CC(NC(C)(C)C)=CC=C1 Chemical compound CC1=CC(NC(C)(C)C)=CC=C1 HSWVXQUVZGSPNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QCWXDVFBZVHKLV-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1=CC=C(C(C)(C)C)C=C1 Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(C(C)(C)C)C=C1 QCWXDVFBZVHKLV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JTIAYWZZZOZUTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1=CC=CC(C(C)(C)C)=C1 Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC(C(C)(C)C)=C1 JTIAYWZZZOZUTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RMSGBIDKBWPHMJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N CCOC1=CC=C(C(C)(C)C)C=C1 Chemical compound CCOC1=CC=C(C(C)(C)C)C=C1 RMSGBIDKBWPHMJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MCUPBIBNSTXCPQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N COC1=CC=C(C(C)(C)C)C=C1 Chemical compound COC1=CC=C(C(C)(C)C)C=C1 MCUPBIBNSTXCPQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OVJMEKXRIWAMTD-UHFFFAOYSA-N COC1=CC=C(NC(C)(C)C)C=C1 Chemical compound COC1=CC=C(NC(C)(C)C)C=C1 OVJMEKXRIWAMTD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IPGSPXKLIPOGON-UHFFFAOYSA-N COC1=CC=CC(C(C)(C)C)=C1 Chemical compound COC1=CC=CC(C(C)(C)C)=C1 IPGSPXKLIPOGON-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101710116137 Calcium/calmodulin-dependent protein kinase II Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000000584 Calmodulin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010041952 Calmodulin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000282832 Camelidae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000282472 Canis lupus familiaris Species 0.000 description 1
- KXDHJXZQYSOELW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbamic acid Chemical group NC(O)=O KXDHJXZQYSOELW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920002134 Carboxymethyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 201000009030 Carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000014914 Carrier Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010078791 Carrier Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108091005462 Cation channels Proteins 0.000 description 1
- NJESAXZANHETJV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cc1ccc(C(O)=O)c(O)c1 Chemical compound Cc1ccc(C(O)=O)c(O)c1 NJESAXZANHETJV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000282693 Cercopithecidae Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000009016 Cholera Toxin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010049048 Cholera Toxin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010009685 Cholinergic Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000193163 Clostridioides difficile Species 0.000 description 1
- RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Copper Chemical compound [Cu] RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000034534 Cotransporters Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108020003264 Cotransporters Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000699800 Cricetinae Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000011231 Crohn disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000195493 Cryptophyta Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000008953 Cryptosporidiosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010011502 Cryptosporidiosis infection Diseases 0.000 description 1
- PMPVIKIVABFJJI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cyclobutane Chemical compound C1CCC1 PMPVIKIVABFJJI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XDTMQSROBMDMFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cyclohexane Chemical compound C1CCCCC1 XDTMQSROBMDMFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LVZWSLJZHVFIQJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cyclopropane Chemical compound C1CC1 LVZWSLJZHVFIQJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000179197 Cyclospora Species 0.000 description 1
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-QTVWNMPRSA-N D-mannopyranose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-QTVWNMPRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000012410 DNA Ligases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010061982 DNA Ligases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000007399 DNA isolation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 102000016928 DNA-directed DNA polymerase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010014303 DNA-directed DNA polymerase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241001663879 Deltaretrovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 229920002307 Dextran Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004375 Dextrin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001353 Dextrin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 206010013554 Diverticulum Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010014418 Electrolyte imbalance Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000196324 Embryophyta Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000224432 Entamoeba histolytica Species 0.000 description 1
- 101710146739 Enterotoxin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004190 Enzymes Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000790 Enzymes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241001663878 Epsilonretrovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000283073 Equus caballus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000701959 Escherichia virus Lambda Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000001856 Ethyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- ZZSNKZQZMQGXPY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl cellulose Chemical compound CCOCC1OC(OC)C(OCC)C(OCC)C1OC1C(O)C(O)C(OC)C(CO)O1 ZZSNKZQZMQGXPY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000713800 Feline immunodeficiency virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000714165 Feline leukemia virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000714174 Feline sarcoma virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000282326 Felis catus Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010016952 Food poisoning Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000019331 Foodborne disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- BDAGIHXWWSANSR-UHFFFAOYSA-M Formate Chemical compound [O-]C=O BDAGIHXWWSANSR-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 108091006027 G proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102220566479 GDNF family receptor alpha-1_S72A_mutation Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102220566483 GDNF family receptor alpha-1_V68L_mutation Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000030782 GTP binding Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091000058 GTP-Binding Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241001663880 Gammaretrovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000018522 Gastrointestinal disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108700039691 Genetic Promoter Regions Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000699694 Gerbillinae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000224466 Giardia Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000713813 Gibbon ape leukemia virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 108010024636 Glutathione Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000282575 Gorilla Species 0.000 description 1
- 108010043121 Green Fluorescent Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004144 Green Fluorescent Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241000713858 Harvey murine sarcoma virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 229920000209 Hexadimethrine bromide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 108010033040 Histones Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000282412 Homo Species 0.000 description 1
- 101000907783 Homo sapiens Cystic fibrosis transmembrane conductance regulator Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000701024 Human betaherpesvirus 5 Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000725303 Human immunodeficiency virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010020751 Hypersensitivity Diseases 0.000 description 1
- DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M Ilexoside XXIX Chemical compound C[C@@H]1CC[C@@]2(CC[C@@]3(C(=CC[C@H]4[C@]3(CC[C@@H]5[C@@]4(CC[C@@H](C5(C)C)OS(=O)(=O)[O-])C)C)[C@@H]2[C@]1(C)O)C)C(=O)O[C@H]6[C@@H]([C@H]([C@@H]([C@H](O6)CO)O)O)O.[Na+] DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 206010061218 Inflammation Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000004877 Insulin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090001061 Insulin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229930182816 L-glutamine Natural products 0.000 description 1
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N Lactose Natural products OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O[C@H]2[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)O[C@@H]2CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000283953 Lagomorpha Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000282838 Lama Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000004086 Ligand-Gated Ion Channels Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000543 Ligand-Gated Ion Channels Proteins 0.000 description 1
- WHXSMMKQMYFTQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lithium Chemical compound [Li] WHXSMMKQMYFTQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Magnesium Chemical compound [Mg] FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010052285 Membrane Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000713869 Moloney murine leukemia virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000713333 Mouse mammary tumor virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000714177 Murine leukemia virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000699666 Mus <mouse, genus> Species 0.000 description 1
- 101000969137 Mus musculus Metallothionein-1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000282339 Mustela Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000713883 Myeloproliferative sarcoma virus Species 0.000 description 1
- HFHHKGFQONJUAY-UHFFFAOYSA-N N=CCCNc1ccc(C(O)=O)c(O)c1 Chemical compound N=CCCNc1ccc(C(O)=O)c(O)c1 HFHHKGFQONJUAY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910020700 Na3VO4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 206010028980 Neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- GRYLNZFGIOXLOG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nitric acid Chemical class O[N+]([O-])=O GRYLNZFGIOXLOG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JCXJVPUVTGWSNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nitrogen dioxide Chemical compound O=[N]=O JCXJVPUVTGWSNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241001263478 Norovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- LLOJFKCODXBTKS-UHFFFAOYSA-N OC(c(c(O)c1)ccc1N=C=S)=O Chemical compound OC(c(c(O)c1)ccc1N=C=S)=O LLOJFKCODXBTKS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102100027069 Odontogenic ameloblast-associated protein Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101710091533 Odontogenic ameloblast-associated protein Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000283283 Orcinus orca Species 0.000 description 1
- 229910019142 PO4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 241000282577 Pan troglodytes Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001494479 Pecora Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000008673 Persea americana Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 240000002426 Persea americana var. drymifolia Species 0.000 description 1
- ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Potassium Chemical compound [K] ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010036790 Productive cough Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229940124158 Protease/peptidase inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 101710092489 Protein kinase 2 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000125945 Protoparvovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000005700 Putrescine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241000712909 Reticuloendotheliosis virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000702670 Rotavirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000714474 Rous sarcoma virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000369757 Sapovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- BUGBHKTXTAQXES-UHFFFAOYSA-N Selenium Chemical compound [Se] BUGBHKTXTAQXES-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010079723 Shiga Toxin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000607768 Shigella Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000713311 Simian immunodeficiency virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 101500008206 Sindbis virus Spike glycoprotein E2 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000282887 Suidae Species 0.000 description 1
- FZWLAAWBMGSTSO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Thiazole Chemical compound C1=CSC=N1 FZWLAAWBMGSTSO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000004357 Transferases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000992 Transferases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004338 Transferrin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000901 Transferrin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920004890 Triton X-100 Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000013504 Triton X-100 Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108090000848 Ubiquitin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000044159 Ubiquitin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241000607626 Vibrio cholerae Species 0.000 description 1
- 108010067390 Viral Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- HCHKCACWOHOZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Zinc Chemical compound [Zn] HCHKCACWOHOZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000002835 absorbance Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010521 absorption reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000000218 acetic acid group Chemical group C(C)(=O)* 0.000 description 1
- 102000034337 acetylcholine receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 230000003213 activating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012190 activator Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000004442 acylamino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000010933 acylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005917 acylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000004423 acyloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005035 acylthio group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005073 adamantyl group Chemical group C12(CC3CC(CC(C1)C3)C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 239000000443 aerosol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000001338 aliphatic hydrocarbons Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000005194 alkoxycarbonyloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004414 alkyl thio group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 208000026935 allergic disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000007815 allergy Effects 0.000 description 1
- XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminium Chemical compound [Al] XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052782 aluminium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000012211 aluminium silicate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000000747 amidyl group Chemical group [H][N-]* 0.000 description 1
- 150000003863 ammonium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000010171 animal model Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000002178 anthracenyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC2=CC3=CC=CC=C3C=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 230000000798 anti-retroviral effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940111136 antiinflammatory and antirheumatic drug fenamates Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002246 antineoplastic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940124522 antiretrovirals Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000007900 aqueous suspension Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002102 aryl alkyloxo group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005110 aryl thio group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004104 aryloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229940009098 aspartate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000005334 azaindolyl group Chemical group N1N=C(C2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000852 azido group Chemical group *N=[N+]=[N-] 0.000 description 1
- 208000022362 bacterial infectious disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000003287 bathing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011324 bead Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000009286 beneficial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000008107 benzenesulfonic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000003785 benzimidazolyl group Chemical group N1=C(NC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000499 benzofuranyl group Chemical group O1C(=CC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 150000001558 benzoic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzoic acid group Chemical group C(C1=CC=CC=C1)(=O)O WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001164 benzothiazolyl group Chemical group S1C(=NC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004196 benzothienyl group Chemical group S1C(=CC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004541 benzoxazolyl group Chemical group O1C(=NC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 108091008324 binding proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000012742 biochemical analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003115 biocidal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000033228 biological regulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001574 biopsy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000001124 body fluid Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000010839 body fluid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000001185 bone marrow Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000005388 borosilicate glass Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007975 buffered saline Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008366 buffered solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011148 calcium chloride Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960002713 calcium chloride Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000009460 calcium influx Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000001506 calcium phosphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910000389 calcium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000011010 calcium phosphates Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 201000011510 cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 125000002837 carbocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000001720 carbohydrates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000014633 carbohydrates Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000001569 carbon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- MOIPGXQKZSZOQX-UHFFFAOYSA-N carbonyl bromide Chemical class BrC(Br)=O MOIPGXQKZSZOQX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002915 carbonyl group Chemical group [*:2]C([*:1])=O 0.000 description 1
- 239000001768 carboxy methyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010948 carboxy methyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008112 carboxymethyl-cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000001768 cations Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000010261 cell growth Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000008004 cell lysis buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000005754 cellular signaling Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000001913 cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002678 cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000010980 cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000005119 centrifugation Methods 0.000 description 1
- PBAYDYUZOSNJGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N chelidonic acid Natural products OC(=O)C1=CC(=O)C=C(C(O)=O)O1 PBAYDYUZOSNJGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000973 chemotherapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002512 chemotherapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940044683 chemotherapy drug Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960005091 chloramphenicol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000004651 chloromethoxy group Chemical group ClCO* 0.000 description 1
- 238000004587 chromatography analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000000259 cinnolinyl group Chemical group N1=NC(=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 238000010367 cloning Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000013599 cloning vector Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011248 coating agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000000576 coating method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000003271 compound fluorescence assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000009833 condensation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000005494 condensation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000470 constituent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001276 controlling effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052802 copper Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000010949 copper Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002425 crystallisation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008025 crystallization Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000004748 cultured cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- MLIREBYILWEBDM-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyanoacetic acid Chemical class OC(=O)CC#N MLIREBYILWEBDM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WZHCOOQXZCIUNC-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclandelate Chemical compound C1C(C)(C)CC(C)CC1OC(=O)C(O)C1=CC=CC=C1 WZHCOOQXZCIUNC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001316 cycloalkyl alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001995 cyclobutyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- VZFUCHSFHOYXIS-UHFFFAOYSA-N cycloheptane carboxylic acid Natural products OC(=O)C1CCCCCC1 VZFUCHSFHOYXIS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000582 cycloheptyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- YKFKEYKJGVSEIX-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclohexanone, 4-(1,1-dimethylethyl)- Chemical compound CC(C)(C)C1CCC(=O)CC1 YKFKEYKJGVSEIX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000596 cyclohexenyl group Chemical group C1(=CCCCC1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000002433 cyclopentenyl group Chemical group C1(=CCCC1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001559 cyclopropyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 230000034994 death Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000517 death Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 125000004855 decalinyl group Chemical group C1(CCCC2CCCCC12)* 0.000 description 1
- 230000018044 dehydration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006297 dehydration reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003111 delayed effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002999 depolarising effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000019425 dextrin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008121 dextrose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000741 diarrhetic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000009792 diffusion process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003085 diluting agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I dipotassium trisodium dihydrogen phosphate hydrogen phosphate dichloride Chemical compound P(=O)(O)(O)[O-].[K+].P(=O)(O)([O-])[O-].[Na+].[Na+].[Cl-].[K+].[Cl-].[Na+] LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I 0.000 description 1
- 229940042399 direct acting antivirals protease inhibitors Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000002224 dissection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010494 dissociation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000005593 dissociations Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000009510 drug design Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000009509 drug development Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007877 drug screening Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003596 drug target Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000975 dye Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001378 electrochemiluminescence detection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004520 electroporation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000001671 embryonic stem cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000000839 emulsion Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000002889 endothelial cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000003623 enhancer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940007078 entamoeba histolytica Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 244000000021 enteric pathogen Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000000147 enterotoxin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 231100000655 enterotoxin Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 238000006911 enzymatic reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010931 ester hydrolysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- AVOLMBLBETYQHX-UHFFFAOYSA-N etacrynic acid Chemical compound CCC(=C)C(=O)C1=CC=C(OCC(O)=O)C(Cl)=C1Cl AVOLMBLBETYQHX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960003199 etacrynic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000005678 ethenylene group Chemical group [H]C([*:1])=C([H])[*:2] 0.000 description 1
- 235000019325 ethyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920001249 ethyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 125000000816 ethylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([*:1])C([H])([H])[*:2] 0.000 description 1
- 125000005469 ethylenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000005713 exacerbation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001747 exhibiting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000605 extraction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000013861 fat-free Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000002349 favourable effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000002950 fibroblast Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000000796 flavoring agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001917 fluorescence detection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002073 fluorescence micrograph Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001506 fluorescence spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000001153 fluoro group Chemical group F* 0.000 description 1
- 235000013355 food flavoring agent Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000005194 fractionation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004108 freeze drying Methods 0.000 description 1
- VPSRLGDRGCKUTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N fura-2-acetoxymethyl ester Chemical compound CC(=O)OCOC(=O)CN(CC(=O)OCOC(C)=O)C1=CC=C(C)C=C1OCCOC(C(=C1)N(CC(=O)OCOC(C)=O)CC(=O)OCOC(C)=O)=CC2=C1OC(C=1OC(=CN=1)C(=O)OCOC(C)=O)=C2 VPSRLGDRGCKUTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000007789 gas Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002496 gastric effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000001035 gastrointestinal tract Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000001415 gene therapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000005182 global health Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000001727 glucose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000002307 glutamic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229960003180 glutathione Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000005090 green fluorescent protein Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003102 growth factor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000004438 haloalkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003106 haloaryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000036541 health Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003862 health status Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000003958 hematopoietic stem cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000003494 hepatocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 125000003187 heptyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000004404 heteroalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000012188 high-throughput screening assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- HNDVDQJCIGZPNO-UHFFFAOYSA-N histidine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CN=CN1 HNDVDQJCIGZPNO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000002410 histidine derivatives Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000000265 homogenisation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 102000056427 human CFTR Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 230000007062 hydrolysis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006460 hydrolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-M hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-] XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 230000002102 hyperpolarization Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000002883 imidazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001841 imino group Chemical group [H]N=* 0.000 description 1
- 230000006872 improvement Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000099 in vitro assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011503 in vivo imaging Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010348 incorporation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011534 incubation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003617 indole-3-acetic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000001041 indolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000002757 inflammatory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004054 inflammatory process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001802 infusion Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052500 inorganic mineral Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229940125396 insulin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000002011 intestinal secretion Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000007918 intramuscular administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007913 intrathecal administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007915 intraurethral administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001990 intravenous administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000002346 iodo group Chemical group I* 0.000 description 1
- 239000002555 ionophore Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000236 ionophoric effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000002500 ions Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910052742 iron Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000005468 isobutylenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000012948 isocyanate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000002513 isocyanates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000000904 isoindolyl group Chemical group C=1(NC=C2C=CC=CC12)* 0.000 description 1
- 229960000310 isoleucine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- AGPKZVBTJJNPAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N isoleucine Natural products CCC(C)C(N)C(O)=O AGPKZVBTJJNPAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000002519 isoleucine derivatives Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001972 isopentyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001449 isopropyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000002183 isoquinolinyl group Chemical group C1(=NC=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001786 isothiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- NLYAJNPCOHFWQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N kaolin Chemical compound O.O.O=[Al]O[Si](=O)O[Si](=O)O[Al]=O NLYAJNPCOHFWQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000002510 keratinocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 150000002576 ketones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000008101 lactose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004811 liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052744 lithium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 210000004185 liver Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000001165 lymph node Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000011777 magnesium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052749 magnesium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- ZLNQQNXFFQJAID-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium carbonate Chemical compound [Mg+2].[O-]C([O-])=O ZLNQQNXFFQJAID-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000001095 magnesium carbonate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910000021 magnesium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000019359 magnesium stearate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000003211 malignant effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000004962 mammalian cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000007726 management method Methods 0.000 description 1
- WPBNNNQJVZRUHP-UHFFFAOYSA-L manganese(2+);methyl n-[[2-(methoxycarbonylcarbamothioylamino)phenyl]carbamothioyl]carbamate;n-[2-(sulfidocarbothioylamino)ethyl]carbamodithioate Chemical compound [Mn+2].[S-]C(=S)NCCNC([S-])=S.COC(=O)NC(=S)NC1=CC=CC=C1NC(=S)NC(=O)OC WPBNNNQJVZRUHP-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 238000004949 mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011159 matrix material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000010534 mechanism of action Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002483 medication Methods 0.000 description 1
- 108020004999 messenger RNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 235000013336 milk Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008267 milk Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000004080 milk Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 235000010755 mineral Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011707 mineral Substances 0.000 description 1
- 244000309715 mini pig Species 0.000 description 1
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000002757 morpholinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000000877 morphologic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010172 mouse model Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003551 muscarinic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000003098 myoblast Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 125000004108 n-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001280 n-hexyl group Chemical group C(CCCCC)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000740 n-pentyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 229930014626 natural product Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 230000007935 neutral effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000252 nontoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000003000 nontoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000346 nonvolatile oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000414 obstructive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000005985 organic acids Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000006053 organic reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003960 organic solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000012261 overproduction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000002971 oxazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003566 oxetanyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000466 oxiranyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- IPCSVZSSVZVIGE-UHFFFAOYSA-N palmitic acid group Chemical group C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)(=O)O IPCSVZSSVZVIGE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 244000045947 parasite Species 0.000 description 1
- 230000036961 partial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000010412 perfusion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000003884 phenylalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K phosphate Chemical compound [O-]P([O-])([O-])=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 239000010452 phosphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008363 phosphate buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000004592 phthalazinyl group Chemical group C1(=NN=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000003386 piperidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000005498 polishing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000011591 potassium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052700 potassium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000001556 precipitation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003755 preservative agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003449 preventive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960003387 progesterone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000186 progesterone Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000001236 prokaryotic cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 125000006410 propenylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001436 propyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000005470 propylenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002568 propynyl group Chemical group [*]C#CC([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 230000009822 protein phosphorylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010298 pulverizing process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000003373 pyrazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003226 pyrazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002098 pyridazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004076 pyridyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000714 pyrimidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000719 pyrrolidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000168 pyrrolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002294 quinazolinyl group Chemical group N1=C(N=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000002943 quinolinyl group Chemical group N1=C(C=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 238000011084 recovery Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001953 recrystallisation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000022532 regulation of transcription, DNA-dependent Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011160 research Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000029058 respiratory gaseous exchange Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012552 review Methods 0.000 description 1
- CVHZOJJKTDOEJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N saccharin Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(=O)NS(=O)(=O)C2=C1 CVHZOJJKTDOEJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000012047 saturated solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002914 sec-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 230000003248 secreting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052711 selenium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011669 selenium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000035945 sensitivity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012090 serum-supplement Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000013605 shuttle vector Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004088 simulation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002356 single layer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002741 site-directed mutagenesis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000002460 smooth muscle Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000011734 sodium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052708 sodium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000000661 sodium alginate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010413 sodium alginate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940005550 sodium alginate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000017557 sodium bicarbonate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000002415 sodium dodecyl sulfate polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012439 solid excipient Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010532 solid phase synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005063 solubilization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000007928 solubilization Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000527 sonication Methods 0.000 description 1
- 241000894007 species Species 0.000 description 1
- 238000001228 spectrum Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000007480 spreading Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003892 spreading Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000003802 sputum Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 208000024794 sputum Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000006641 stabilisation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011105 stabilization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003381 stabilizer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000004936 stimulating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000003265 stomatitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000000446 sulfanediyl group Chemical group *S* 0.000 description 1
- 229940124530 sulfonamide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000003456 sulfonamides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000013589 supplement Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000004083 survival effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000375 suspending agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000001179 synovial fluid Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000000454 talc Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000012222 talc Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229910052623 talc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229960001603 tamoxifen Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000003718 tetrahydrofuranyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001412 tetrahydropyranyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004853 tetrahydropyridinyl group Chemical group N1(CCCC=C1)* 0.000 description 1
- 238000002560 therapeutic procedure Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000000335 thiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001544 thienyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000003556 thioamides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000003396 thiol group Chemical group [H]S* 0.000 description 1
- 210000001685 thyroid gland Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000000699 topical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- NNBZCPXTIHJBJL-UHFFFAOYSA-N trans-decahydronaphthalene Natural products C1CCCC2CCCCC21 NNBZCPXTIHJBJL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012581 transferrin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000000844 transformation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000014621 translational initiation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011269 treatment regimen Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000004306 triazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- QORWJWZARLRLPR-UHFFFAOYSA-H tricalcium bis(phosphate) Chemical compound [Ca+2].[Ca+2].[Ca+2].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O.[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O QORWJWZARLRLPR-UHFFFAOYSA-H 0.000 description 1
- IHIXIJGXTJIKRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N trisodium vanadate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[O-][V]([O-])([O-])=O IHIXIJGXTJIKRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000701161 unidentified adenovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 125000004417 unsaturated alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000009750 upstream signaling Effects 0.000 description 1
- PXXNTAGJWPJAGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N vertaline Natural products C1C2C=3C=C(OC)C(OC)=CC=3OC(C=C3)=CC=C3CCC(=O)OC1CC1N2CCCC1 PXXNTAGJWPJAGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000035899 viability Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000002845 virion Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000008215 water for injection Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011701 zinc Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052725 zinc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
Images
Classifications
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
- A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
- A61K31/41—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with two or more ring hetero atoms, at least one of which being nitrogen, e.g. tetrazole
- A61K31/425—Thiazoles
- A61K31/426—1,3-Thiazoles
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
- A61K31/38—Heterocyclic compounds having sulfur as a ring hetero atom
- A61K31/381—Heterocyclic compounds having sulfur as a ring hetero atom having five-membered rings
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P1/00—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
- A61P1/12—Antidiarrhoeals
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P11/00—Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P11/00—Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
- A61P11/06—Antiasthmatics
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D277/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings
- C07D277/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings not condensed with other rings
- C07D277/20—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D277/32—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
- C07D277/38—Nitrogen atoms
- C07D277/42—Amino or imino radicals substituted by hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D277/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings
- C07D277/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings not condensed with other rings
- C07D277/20—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D277/32—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
- C07D277/38—Nitrogen atoms
- C07D277/44—Acylated amino or imino radicals
- C07D277/46—Acylated amino or imino radicals by carboxylic acids, or sulfur or nitrogen analogues thereof
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D333/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom
- C07D333/50—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
- C07D333/52—Benzo[b]thiophenes; Hydrogenated benzo[b]thiophenes
- C07D333/62—Benzo[b]thiophenes; Hydrogenated benzo[b]thiophenes with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to carbon atoms of the hetero ring
- C07D333/68—Carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D333/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom
- C07D333/50—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
- C07D333/78—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems condensed with rings other than six-membered or with ring systems containing such rings
- C07D333/80—Seven-membered rings
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D409/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
- C07D409/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings
- C07D409/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G01—MEASURING; TESTING
- G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
- G01N33/00—Investigating or analysing materials by specific methods not covered by groups G01N1/00 - G01N31/00
- G01N33/48—Biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Haemocytometers
- G01N33/50—Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing
- G01N33/5005—Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing involving human or animal cells
- G01N33/5008—Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing involving human or animal cells for testing or evaluating the effect of chemical or biological compounds, e.g. drugs, cosmetics
- G01N33/502—Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing involving human or animal cells for testing or evaluating the effect of chemical or biological compounds, e.g. drugs, cosmetics for testing non-proliferative effects
- G01N33/5035—Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing involving human or animal cells for testing or evaluating the effect of chemical or biological compounds, e.g. drugs, cosmetics for testing non-proliferative effects on sub-cellular localization
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G01—MEASURING; TESTING
- G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
- G01N33/00—Investigating or analysing materials by specific methods not covered by groups G01N1/00 - G01N31/00
- G01N33/48—Biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Haemocytometers
- G01N33/50—Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing
- G01N33/5005—Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing involving human or animal cells
- G01N33/5008—Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing involving human or animal cells for testing or evaluating the effect of chemical or biological compounds, e.g. drugs, cosmetics
- G01N33/5044—Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing involving human or animal cells for testing or evaluating the effect of chemical or biological compounds, e.g. drugs, cosmetics involving specific cell types
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G01—MEASURING; TESTING
- G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
- G01N33/00—Investigating or analysing materials by specific methods not covered by groups G01N1/00 - G01N31/00
- G01N33/48—Biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Haemocytometers
- G01N33/50—Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing
- G01N33/84—Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing involving inorganic compounds or pH
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G01—MEASURING; TESTING
- G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
- G01N2333/00—Assays involving biological materials from specific organisms or of a specific nature
- G01N2333/435—Assays involving biological materials from specific organisms or of a specific nature from animals; from humans
- G01N2333/705—Assays involving receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants
Definitions
- Agents are needed for treating diseases and disorders related to aberrant function of calcium-activated chloride channels, including, for example, increased intestinal fluid secretion, secretory diarrhea, asthma, and cystic fibrosis.
- Small molecule compounds that are potent inhibitors of chloride conductance via calcium-activated chloride channels and methods for identifying such compounds are described herein.
- Diarrheal disease in children is a global health concern: approximately four billion cases among children occur annually, resulting in two million deaths.
- Antibiotics are routinely used to treat diarrhea; however, the antibiotics are ineffective for treating many pathogens, and the use of these drugs contributes to development of antibiotic resistance in other pathogens.
- CaCCs Calcium-activated chloride channels
- Excess transepithelial salt and water transport by one or more CaCCs may be caused by certain drugs (e.g., antiretrovirals, chemotherapeutics) and viruses (see, e.g., Lorrot et al., Virol. J. 4:31 (2007); Morris et al., Am. J. Physiol. 277:G431-44 (1999); Rufo et al., Am. J. Physiol. 264:C998-1008 (2004); Schultheiss et al., Eur. J. Pharmacol.
- drugs e.g., antiretrovirals, chemotherapeutics
- viruses see, e.g., Lorrot et al., Virol. J. 4:31 (2007); Morris et al., Am. J. Physiol. 277:G431-44 (1999); Rufo et al., Am. J. Physiol. 264:C998-10
- CaCCs are believed to provide an important route for chloride (Cl ⁇ ) and fluid secretion in pulmonary diseases and disorders.
- smooth muscle CaCCs have been implicated in the pathophysiology of asthma (see, e.g., Bolton et al., J. Physiol. 570:5-11 (2006); Farthing, Dig. Dis. 24:47-58 (2006); Thiagarajah et al., Trends Pharmacol. Sci. 26, 172-75 (2005))).
- Airway CaCCs have been identified in some model systems to be upregulated in cystic fibrosis (Tarran et al., J. Gen. Physiol. 120:407-18 (2002)), providing alternative chloride conductance to compensate for missing or defective CFTR.
- CaCC activity may contribute to excess mucus secretion by epithelial cells in the lungs of patients with pulmonary diseases and disorders, such as asthma, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), bronchiectasis, and cystic fibrosis. Excess mucus production and concomitant change in the lung environment lead to colonization by bacteria that exacerbate the pathophysiology of the diseased lung. Thus, inhibitors of CaCCs are needed treating pulmonary diseases and disorders that exhibit mucus hypersecretion.
- COPD chronic obstructive pulmonary disease
- provided herein are compounds, compositions, and methods that are useful for treating diseases and disorders related to or associated with aberrantly increased CaCC chloride secretion from cells. Also provided herein are methods for identifying and characterizing agents, including compounds, that inhibit calcium-activated chloride channels.
- compositions comprising these compounds, of the aminothiophene class are provided.
- the composition comprises a physiologically acceptable excipient and a compound having the following structure (I):
- R 1 is hydrogen or optionally substituted alkyl
- R 2 is hydroxy, optionally substituted alkoxy, or optionally substituted phenylamino
- R 3 is optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted phenyl, or optionally substituted heterocyclyl
- n is 0, 1, or 2
- the compound of structure I comprises at least one —COOH.
- compositions comprising these compounds, of the aminothiazole class are provided.
- the composition comprises a physiologically acceptable excipient and a compound having the following structure (II):
- R 7 is optionally substituted C 1-6 alkyl, optionally substituted phenyl, or optionally substituted phenylacyl
- R 8 is hydrogen, optionally substituted C 1-6 alkyl, or optionally substituted phenyl
- R 9 and R 10 are the same or different and independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or optionally substituted phenoxy.
- aminothiazole compounds and compositions comprising these compounds wherein the aminothiazole compounds have a substructure of formulae (IIa)-(IIh).
- Also provided herein is a method of inhibiting a calcium-activated chloride channel comprising: contacting (a) a cell that comprises the calcium-activated chloride channel and (b) a compound or a composition comprising the compound wherein the compound is (i) an aminothiophene compound of structure (I), including substructures (IA) and (Ia)-(Ii) described above and herein and/or (ii) an aminothiazole compound of structure (II), including substructures (IIa)-(IIh) as described above and herein, in an amount effective and under conditions and for a time sufficient to inhibit activation of the channel.
- the cell is an epithelial cell.
- the epithelial cell is an intestinal epithelial cell or a lung epithelial cell.
- the calcium-activated chloride channel is TMEM16A, and in other specific embodiments, the TMEM16A calcium-activated chloride channel is a human TMEM16A calcium-activated chloride channel.
- a method of inhibiting fluid secretion from a cell comprising administering to a subject of the composition comprising physiologically acceptable excipient and (i) an aminothiophene compound of structure (I), including substructures (IA) and (Ia)-(Ii) described above and herein and/or (ii) an aminothiazole compound of structure (II), including substructures (IIa)-(IIh), in an amount effective to inhibit conductance of chloride through a calcium-activated chloride channel, thereby inhibiting fluid secretion from the cell, wherein the subject has a condition, disease or disorder that is treatable by inhibiting conductance of chloride through a calcium-activated chloride channel.
- the disease or disorder is selected from abnormally increased intestinal fluid secretion, secretory diarrhea, asthma, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, bronchiectasis, or cystic fibrosis.
- a condition that is treatable by inhibiting conductance of chloride through a calcium-activated chloride channel includes abnormally increased mucus secretion, which in certain embodiments is a condition of a disease or disorder that is a pulmonary disorder (e.g., asthma, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, bronchiectasis, or cystic fibrosis).
- a method of treating a condition, disease, or disorder associated with abnormally increased chloride ion secretion comprises administering to a subject a composition comprising a physiologically acceptable excipient and (i) an aminothiophene compound of structure (I), including substructures (IA) and (Ia)-(Ii) described above and herein and/or (ii) an aminothiazole compound of structure (II), including substructures (IIa)-(IIh) described above and herein, in an amount effective to inhibit a calcium-activated chloride channel, thereby inhibiting chloride ion secretion.
- a composition comprising a physiologically acceptable excipient and (i) an aminothiophene compound of structure (I), including substructures (IA) and (Ia)-(Ii) described above and herein and/or (ii) an aminothiazole compound of structure (II), including substructures (IIa)-(IIh) described above and herein, in an amount effective to inhibit
- the disease or disorder is abnormally (i.e., aberrantly) increased intestinal fluid secretion.
- the disease or disorder is secretory diarrhea.
- the condition which may be a condition of the disease or disorder described herein is abnormally increased mucus secretion.
- a disease or disorder that comprises the condition of abnormally increased mucus secretion is asthma, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, bronchiectasis, or cystic fibrosis.
- the method of treating a disease or disorder further comprising administering to the subject an agent that inhibits ion transport by a cystic fibrosis transmembrane conductance regulator (CFTR).
- CFTR cystic fibrosis transmembrane conductance regulator
- the agent is a thiazolidinone compound.
- the thiazolidinone compound is 3-[(3-trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-5-[(4-carboxyphenyemethylene]-2-thioxo-4-thiazolidinone.
- compositions comprising (i) an aminothiophene compound of structure (I), including substructures (IA), (Ia)-(Ii) described above and herein and/or (ii) an aminothiazole compound of structure (II), including substructures (IIa)-(IIh) described above and herein, for treating a condition, disease, or disorder associated with abnormally increased chloride ion secretion from a cell.
- the disease or disorder is secretory diarrhea, asthma, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, bronchiectasis, or cystic fibrosis.
- a use is provided that is a use of a composition comprising a physiologically acceptable excipient (i) an aminothiophene compound of structure (I), including substructures (IA), (Ia)-(Ii) described above and herein and/or (ii) an aminothiazole compound of structure (II), including substructures (IIa)-(IIh) described above and herein, and a composition comprising an agent that inhibits ion transport by a cystic fibrosis transmembrane conductance regulator (CFTR).
- the agent is a thiazolidinone compound.
- the thiazolidinone compound is 3-[(3-trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-5-[(4-carboxyphenyl)methylene]-2-thioxo-4-thiazolidinone.
- a composition wherein the use comprises (i) an aminothiophene compound of structure (I), including substructures (IA), (Ia)-(Ii) described above and herein and/or (ii) an aminothiazole compound of structure (II), including substructures (IIa)-(IIh) described above and herein, for the manufacture of a medicament for treating a condition, disease, or disorder associated with abnormally increased chloride ion secretion from a cell.
- the cell is an epithelial cell.
- the epithelial cell is an intestinal or lung epithelial cell.
- the disease or disorder is secretory diarrhea, asthma, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, bronchiectasis, or cystic fibrosis.
- a use is provided that is a use of a composition comprising (i) an aminothiophene compound of structure (I), including substructures (IA), (Ia)-(Ii) described above and herein and/or (ii) an aminothiazole compound of structure (II), including substructures (IIa)-(IIh) described above and herein, and a composition comprising an agent that inhibits ion transport by a cystic fibrosis transmembrane conductance regulator (CFTR) for the manufacture of the medicament.
- CFTR cystic fibrosis transmembrane conductance regulator
- the agent is a thiazolidinone compound.
- the thiazolidinone compound is 3-[(3-trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-5-[(4-carboxyphenyl)methylene]-2-thioxo-4-thiazolidinone.
- Also provided herein is a method of identifying an agent that is an inhibitor of a calcium-activated chloride channel comprising: (a) contacting a cell and a candidate agent in a test sample, (under conditions and for a time sufficient) to permit interaction between the candidate agent and the cell, wherein the cell comprises (i) a calcium-activated chloride channel and (ii) a cytoplasmic indicator protein that binds halide; (b) adding to the test sample (i) at least one calcium-elevating agonist and (ii) iodide, under conditions and for a time sufficient for the calcium-elevating agonist to bind to the cell (i.e., to permit binding of the calcium-elevating agonist to the cell), wherein binding of the calcium-elevating agonist to the cell increases the level of calcium ion (Ca 2+ ) in the cell; and (c) determining the level of iodide influx in the presence of the candidate agent and comparing the level of iodide
- the cell is an epithelial cell.
- the epithelial cell is an intestinal epithelial cell or a pulmonary epithelial cell.
- the intestinal epithelial cell is an HT-29 cell.
- the steps of the method are performed in each of a plurality of reaction vessels in a high throughput screening array.
- the calcium-elevating agonist is selected from histamine, calcimycin, ATP, carbachol, and forskolin.
- the test sample of step (b) is contacted with at least two, at least three, or at least four calcium-elevating agonists.
- the test sample of step (b) is contacted with at least two calcium-elevating agonists, wherein the at least two calcium-elevating agonists are ATP and carbachol.
- the calcium-activated chloride channel is TMEM16A; in specific embodiments, the TMEM16A is a mammalian TMEM16A; in other certain embodiments the mammalian TMEM16A is a human TMEM16A.
- the cytoplasmic indicator protein is a yellow fluorescent protein (YFP) variant (also called herein YFP mutant). In a particular embodiment, the YFP variant (also called herein YFP mutant) is YFP-H148Q/I152L.
- the epithelial cell comprising the cytoplasmic indicator protein is obtained by transforming, transfecting, or transducing the epithelial cell with a recombinant expression vector that comprises a polynucleotide that encodes the cytoplasmic indicator protein.
- the cell transiently expresses the cytoplasmic indicator protein.
- the cell stably expresses the cytoplasmic indicator protein.
- the recombinant expression vector is a plasmid or a viral vector.
- the viral vector is a retroviral vector.
- the retroviral vector is a lentiviral vector.
- step (c) comprises determining the level of iodide influx in the presence and absence of the candidate agent at multiple time points.
- a method for determining influx of an anion in a cell that comprises or is suspected of comprising a calcium-activated chloride channel, wherein the anion is halide or NO 3 ⁇ comprising: (a) contacting the cell with the anion in the presence of a calcium-elevating agonist and in the absence of the calcium-elevating agonist, under conditions and for a time sufficient that permit interaction between the calcium-elevating agonist and the epithelial cell, wherein the cell comprises a cytoplasmic indicator protein that binds the anion, and wherein binding of the calcium-elevating agonist to the cell increases the level of calcium ion (Ca 2+ ) in the cell; and (b) determining the level of anion influx in the presence of the calcium-elevating agonist and determining the level of anion influx in the absence of the calcium-elevating agonist and then comparing the level of anion influx in the presence of the calcium-elevating agonist to the
- the cell comprising the cytoplasmic indicator protein is obtained by transforming, transfecting, or transducing the epithelial cell with a recombinant expression vector that comprises a polynucleotide that encodes the cytoplasmic indicator protein.
- the cell is an epithelial cell.
- the epithelial cell is an intestinal epithelial cell or a pulmonary epithelial cell.
- the intestinal epithelial cell is an HT-29 cell.
- the calcium-activated chloride channel is TMEM16A; in specific embodiments, the TMEM16A is a mammalian TMEM16A; in other certain embodiments the mammalian TMEM16A is a human TMEM16A.
- the recombinant expression vector is a plasmid or viral vector.
- the viral vector is a retroviral vector.
- the retroviral vector is a lentiviral vector.
- a method for determining influx of an anion in a cell that comprises or is suspected of comprising a calcium-activated chloride channel, wherein the anion is halide or NO 3 ⁇ comprising: (a) culturing the cell to provide a plurality of cells; (b) transforming, transfecting, or transducing the plurality of cells a expression vector that comprises a polynucleotide encoding an indicator protein that is capable of binding the anion; (c) culturing the plurality of cells of step (b) under conditions and for a time sufficient that permit expression of the indicator protein in the cytoplasm of the cells; (d) contacting the plurality of cells with the anion in the presence and absence of a calcium-elevating agonist, under conditions and for a time sufficient to permit interaction between the calcium-elevating agonist and the plurality of cells, wherein binding of the calcium-elevating agonist to the plurality of cells increases the level of calcium ion (Ca
- the cell is an epithelial cell.
- the epithelial cell is an intestinal epithelial cell or a pulmonary epithelial cell.
- the intestinal epithelial cell is an HT-29 cell.
- the calcium-activated chloride channel is TMEM16A; in specific embodiments, the TMEM16A is a mammalian TMEM16A; in other certain embodiments the mammalian TMEM16A is a human TMEM16A.
- the recombinant expression vector is a plasmid or viral vector. In another specific embodiment, the viral vector is a retroviral vector.
- the retroviral vector is a lentiviral vector.
- the indicator protein is a yellow fluorescent protein (YFP) mutant (also called herein YFP variant).
- the YFP mutant is YFP-H148Q/I152L.
- the step of determining the level of influx of the anion in the presence of the calcium-activated chloride channel agonist and determining the level of influx of the anion in the absence of the calcium-activated chloride channel agonist are determined at multiple time points (i.e., the step of determining comprises determining the level of influx of the anion in the presence of the calcium-activated chloride channel agonist and determining the level of influx of the anion in the absence of the calcium-activated chloride channel agonist at multiple time points over a time course).
- the calcium-elevating agonist is a first calcium-elevating agonist and is selected from histamine, calcimycin, ATP, carbachol, and forskolin.
- the method further comprises a second calcium-elevating agonist.
- the first calcium-elevating agonist is ATP and the second calcium-elevating agonist is carbachol.
- the anion is iodide.
- FIG. 1A illustrates a schematic of a cell-based, fluorescence high-throughput screening assay.
- CaCC calcium-activated chloride channel
- CaCC may be activated by a mixture of calcium-elevating agonists, including carbachol (Cch); carbachol receptor (m 3 AChR); purinergic receptor (P 2 y 2 ); and calcium-calmodulin protein kinase 2 (CaMKII).
- FIG. 1B is a fluorescence micrograph of lentivirus-infected HT-29 cells stably expressing the YFP iodide sensor.
- FIG. 2A-2D present data illustrating time course experiments that measure YFP fluorescence after extracellular iodide addition to YFP-expressing HT-29 cells.
- the scale bar on the y-axis indicates the percentage reduction in fluorescence relative to baseline fluorescence (before iodide addition).
- the solutions contained histamine (100 ⁇ M), calcimycin (10 ⁇ M), ATP (100 ⁇ M), carbachol (100 ⁇ M), carbachol (100 ⁇ M)+CFTR inh -172 (20 ⁇ M), or forskolin (20 ⁇ M), either individually as shown in FIG. 2A , or in various combinations (at same concentrations) as shown in FIG. 2B .
- FIG. 1 histamine
- calcimycin 10 ⁇ M
- ATP 100 ⁇ M
- carbachol 100 ⁇ M
- carbachol 100 ⁇ M+CFTR inh -172 (20 ⁇ M)
- forskolin (20 ⁇ M) either individually as shown in FIG.
- FIG. 2C represents a carbachol concentration-response study.
- FIG. 2D demonstrates the initial negative fluorescence curve slope (following extracellular iodide addition) as a function of time after carbachol/ATP (each 100 ⁇ M) addition and extracellular iodide addition.
- FIG. 3A-3C show a time course of YFP fluorescence in HT-29 cells following iodide addition in the absence or presence of carbachol (100 ⁇ M) and ATP (100 ⁇ M).
- FIG. 3A (right) is a histogram distribution of initial iodide influx rates (d[I ⁇ ]/dt) determined from initial fluorescence slopes.
- FIG. 3B (left) provides examples of fluorescence data for individual compounds in the primary screen.
- FIG. 3B (right) is a histogram distribution of percentage inhibition from primary compound screening. Dashed vertical line denotes selection criteria for further evaluation.
- FIG. 3C describes structures of compounds of classes A-F identified from the primary compound screen.
- FIG. 4A-4C show one example of the synthesis of CaCC inh -A01: 6-t-butyl-2-(furan-2-carboxamido)-4,5,6,7-tetrahydrobenzo[b]thiophene-3-carboxylic acid.
- FIG. 4B shows one example of the synthesis of CaCC inh -B01: 2-hydroxy-4-(4-p-tolylthiazol-2-ylaminobenzoic acid.
- FIG. 4C illustrates concentration-inhibition data for CaCC inh -A01 and CaCC inh -B01 determined by plate reader fluorescence assay.
- FIG. 5A-5D show a time course of YFP fluorescence in HT-29 cells following iodide addition in the absence or presence of thapsigargin in cells pre-treated with 30 ⁇ M of indicated compounds.
- FIG. 5B shows YFP fluorescence in FRT cells expressing human wildtype CFTR following iodide addition in cells pre-treated with 30 ⁇ M of indicated compounds. CFTR inh -172 (20 ⁇ M) was present where indicated.
- FIG. 5D shows ATP/carbachol-induced CaMKII phosphorylation determined by immunoblot analysis (representative of 3 separate experiments).
- FIG. 6A-6D CaCC channel activity in the whole-cell configuration was measured in HT-29 cells.
- FIG. 6A illustrates ionomycin-induced currents in the absence or presence of CaCC inh -A01 or CaCC inh -B01 recorded at a holding potential at 0 mV, and pulsing to voltages between ⁇ 120 mV in steps of 20 mV.
- FIG. 6B is a current/voltage (IN) plot of mean currents at the end of each voltage pulse as in A.
- FIG. 6D top
- FIG. 6D illustrates ionomycin-induced chloride currents in the whole-cell configuration with symmetrical NMDG-Cl solutions.
- FIG. 6D (bottom) shows the current/voltage plot of mean currents at the end of each voltage pulse.
- FIG. 7A-7B present data showing inhibition of chloride secretion in T84 cells by short-circuit current analysis.
- FIG. 7A after carbachol stimulation, ATP-induced I sc was measured in the absence or presence of inhibitors (representative of 3 or more separate experiments).
- the disclosure herein relates to identification of specific and potent compounds that inhibit (i.e., block) calcium-activated chloride channels (CaCCs) such that chloride movement through these channels in inhibited.
- CaCCs calcium-activated chloride channels
- These compounds, and compositions comprising these compounds may be useful for treating secretory diarrheas and for treating pulmonary diseases and disorders that exhibit and are exacerbated by excess mucus production (i.e., mucus hypersecretion), such as asthma, cystic fibrosis, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), and bronchiectasis.
- COPD chronic obstructive pulmonary disease
- CaCCs Calcium-activated chloride channels
- Fluid secretion is an important mechanism for maintaining normal function of the lungs, and intestinal tract, as well as other body organs, and is regulated, in part, by chloride (Cl ⁇ ) movement across the cell membrane.
- Aberrantly increased secretion of chloride ion and water from a lung cell or intestinal cell may be facilitated by increased conductance of chloride ion through one or more CaCC(s).
- Excess chloride and water secretion from intestinal epithelial cells occurs in secretory diarrheas that may be caused by administration of particular drugs (e.g., antiretroviral drugs or chemotherapeutic drugs) and by various viruses, bacteria, and toxins.
- Aberrantly increased (or abnormally increased) secretion of chloride ion and water from a cell therefore refers to increased secretion of chloride ion and water from a cell compared with the amount or level of chloride ion and water secreted from a cell that exhibits normal function, such as in a subject who does not have or exhibit symptoms of conditions, diseases, and disorders discussed herein, such as secretory diarrhea and certain chronic lung diseases (e.g., cystic fibrosis, COPD, bronchiectasis, asthma).
- cystic fibrosis e.g., cystic fibrosis, COPD, bronchiectasis, asthma.
- At least five distinct classes of mammalian Cl ⁇ channels including the cystic fibrosis transmembrane conductance regulator (CFTR), CLC-type voltage-sensitive Cl ⁇ channels, ligand-gated (GABA and glycine) Cl ⁇ channels, volume-sensitive Cl ⁇ channels, and calcium-activated Cl ⁇ channels (CaCCs) have been identified (Hartzell et al., supra; Eggermont, Proc. Am. Thorac. Soc. 1:22-7 (2004)). The molecular identities of epithelial cell CaCCs remain unclear.
- CTR cystic fibrosis transmembrane conductance regulator
- GABA and glycine ligand-gated Cl ⁇ channels
- volume-sensitive Cl ⁇ channels volume-sensitive Cl ⁇ channels
- CaCCs calcium-activated Cl ⁇ channels
- TMEM16A a member of a group of plasma membrane proteins with previously unknown function
- Potential candidates include bestrophins (Best1-Best4), CLCs of the CKCA family, and products of the recently described tweety gene (Suzuki, Exp. Physiol. 91:141-7 (2006); Hartzell et al., Physiol.
- Agents that inhibit at least one CaCCs would therefore also be useful for characterizing and identifying CaCCs.
- Specific compounds, such as the compounds described herein, may be useful for identifying CaCCs physiologically and may be used to isolate specific currents from a mixture of currents. Such compounds may also be useful for characterizing the pore (e.g., resolving the structure of the pore), analyzing tissue and cell type distribution of CaCCs, and for biochemical analysis and manipulation.
- agents that are inhibitors i.e., agents that inhibit, block, prevent, interfere with, abrogate, or decrease activity or activation in a statistically or biologically significant manner
- at least one i.e., one or more
- CaCCs i.e., one or more
- agents identified in the methods described herein inhibit chloride conductance (or current) through a CaCC.
- the methods also include high throughput formats that are useful for screening large numbers of candidate agents to identify agents that are CaCC inhibitors.
- inhibitors e.g., small molecule inhibitors
- the methods may be used to identify inhibitors that inhibit the channel itself (i.e., bind to or block the CaCC) or that inhibit by targeting a site or sites distal to calcium elevation.
- a cell-based assay is provided that determines iodide influx in a monolayer of yellow fluorescent protein (YFP)-expressing cells (such as mammalian epithelial cells) in response to one or more calcium-elevating agonists.
- the methods described herein may also include agonists that prevent or minimize identification of compounds that inhibit at a target site or sites proximal to cell calcium elevation.
- methods described herein for identifying an agent that inhibits a CaCC i.e., that inhibits activation of a CaCC
- methods for determining anion influx include iodide as the anion.
- Iodide is useful in the methods described herein, particularly in initial screening of large numbers of agents because iodide is transported by channels, as opposed to being transported by either exchangers or cotransporters, such as AE1 (Cl ⁇ /HCO 3 ⁇ ) and NKCC (Na + /K + /2Cl ⁇ ).
- iodide compared to chloride, iodide demonstrates greater quenching compared with presently available molecular and chemical halide sensors (see, e.g., Verkman et al., Methods Mol. Med. 70:187-96 (2002); Hartzell et al., Annu. Rev. Physiol. 67:719-58 (2005); Eggermont, Proc. Am. Thorac. Soc. 1:22-7 (2004); each of these references are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety). Accordingly, as additional chemical and macromolecular halide sensors become available, additional halides may be used in these methods to determine anion flux.
- methods for identifying an agent that is an inhibitor of a calcium-activated chloride channel comprise contacting (i.e., combining in some manner that permits interaction between components in the method) a cell, particularly such as an epithelial cell, and a candidate agent to provide a test sample (i.e., mixture, combination), under conditions and for a time sufficient to permit interaction between the candidate agent and the cell, wherein the cell comprises a calcium-activated chloride channel and also comprises a cytoplasmic indicator protein that binds halide.
- the candidate agent is added at least one calcium-elevating agonist and a halide (e.g., Cl ⁇ , I ⁇ , Br ⁇ , or F ⁇ ) or NO 3 ⁇ (i.e., a source of halide or NO 3 ⁇ ) other than chloride, such as iodide.
- a halide e.g., Cl ⁇ , I ⁇ , Br ⁇ , or F ⁇
- NO 3 ⁇ i.e., a source of halide or NO 3 ⁇
- the candidate agent is added prior to contacting the cells with the at least one calcium-elevating agent and a halide or NO 3 ⁇ .
- the candidate agent is added contemporaneously with or subsequently to the at least one calcium-elevating agonist and a halide or NO 3 ⁇ .
- the halide or NO 3 ⁇ is in a solution that lacks chloride (e.g., a phosphate buffered iodide solution).
- the at least one calcium-elevating agonist is added in an amount sufficient that upon binding to or interacting with the cell, the level of intracellular calcium ion (Ca 2+ ) increases in the cell, and results in activation (i.e., opening) of a calcium-activated chloride channel.
- activation of the channel results in increased influx of the anion (e.g., iodide).
- the capability of the candidate agent to inhibit influx of the anion is determined by determining and then comparing the level of anion influx in the presence and the level of anion influx in the absence of the candidate agent.
- a decrease in the level of anion influx in the presence of the candidate agent compared with the level of anion influx in the absence of the candidate agent indicates that the candidate agent inhibits the movement of the anion (i.e., inhibits anion current or conductance of the anion through the channel).
- the level of anion influx may be determined by determining the level of binding of the anion (e.g., iodide) to the cytoplasmic indicator protein.
- An exemplary cytoplasmic indicator protein is a halide sensor chromophore such as yellow fluorescent protein, or a mutant (i.e., variant) thereof, that upon binding to or interacting with the anion, the fluorescent signal is quenched (i.e., decreased).
- the change in the fluorescent signal may be determined at multiple time points over a time course (i.e., length of time) to provide time course data for determining anion influx.
- the cells are epithelial cells, and in certain specific embodiments, the epithelial cells endogenously express at least one CaCC.
- a cell such as an epithelial cell
- a recombinant expression vector that comprises a polynucleotide that encodes a CaCC as discussed in further detail herein.
- a test sample may be contained within any one of a variety of vessels that can include cells, buffer, and/or media, and components of the assay.
- the cells may be adherent cells that are attached to (or adhered to) a well of a cell culture plate.
- the differing components e.g., candidate agent(s), calcium-elevating agonist(s), halide, NO 3 ⁇ , etc.
- candidate agent(s) e.g., calcium-elevating agonist(s), halide, NO 3 ⁇ , etc.
- the differing components e.g., candidate agent(s), calcium-elevating agonist(s), halide, NO 3 ⁇ , etc.
- the steps of the methods described herein are performed under conditions and for a time sufficient appropriate for each step. Such conditions and time are discussed herein and in the exemplary methods provided in the examples, and which may be readily determined by persons skilled in the art.
- the cell comprising the cytoplasmic indicator protein is obtained by transforming, transfecting, or transducing the epithelial cell with a recombinant expression vector that comprises a polynucleotide that encodes the cytoplasmic indicator protein.
- a method for identifying an agent that is an inhibitor of a calcium-activated chloride channel comprises contacting (i.e., combining in some manner that permits interaction between components in the method) an epithelial cell, and a candidate agent to provide a test sample (or combination or mixture), under conditions and for a time sufficient to permit interaction between the candidate agent and the epithelial cell, wherein the epithelial cell comprises a calcium-activated chloride channel and also comprises a cytoplasmic indicator protein that binds a halide, such as iodide.
- the test sample (or combination or mixture) of the epithelial cells and the candidate agent are then contacted with at least one calcium-elevating agonist and iodide under conditions and for a time sufficient for the calcium-elevating agonist and epithelial cell to interact.
- Iodide is added to the test sample containing epithelial cells in the absence of a source of chloride (e.g., for example, sodium chloride is not included in buffers, media, or other reagents).
- a source of iodide is a phosphate buffer comprising iodide.
- Iodide may be added at concentrations between 10 mM and 200 mM depending upon the combination of cells, calcium-elevating agonist(s), agents, CaCC(s) expressed by the cells, and other components and conditions (such as media) that are used in the method.
- the at least one calcium-elevating agonist is added in an amount sufficient that upon binding or interacting to the cell, the level of intracellular calcium ion (Ca 2+ ) increases in the cell, causing activation (i.e., opening) of a calcium-activated chloride channel. In the absence of an inhibitor of the CaCC, activation of the channel results in increased influx of iodide.
- the capability of the candidate agent to inhibit influx of iodide is determined by determining and then comparing the level of iodide influx in the presence of the candidate agent and the level of iodide influx in the absence of the candidate agent. A decrease in the level of iodide influx in the presence of the candidate agent compared with the level of iodide influx in the absence of the candidate agent indicates that the candidate agent inhibits the movement of the iodide (i.e., inhibits anion current or conductance of the anion through the channel).
- the level of anion (e.g., iodide) influx may be determined by determining (i.e., in some manner measuring) the level of binding of iodide to the cytoplasmic indicator protein.
- An exemplary cytoplasmic indicator protein is a halide sensor chromophore such as yellow fluorescent protein, or a mutant or variant thereof, that upon binding or interaction of iodide, the fluorescent signal is quenched (i.e., decreased).
- the change in the fluorescent signal may be determined at multiple time points to provide time course data for determining iodide influx.
- the fluorescent signal can be detected by any one of numerous commercially available apparatus.
- Ca 2+ cytosolic calcium ion
- the Ca 2+ that activates a CaCC may come from either Ca 2+ influx or from Ca 2+ release from intracellular stores.
- a CaCC may be activated by direct Ca 2+ binding or may act indirectly on the CaCC by binding to Ca 2+ binding proteins or Ca 2+ dependent enzymes.
- Certain CaCCs may be stimulated by protein phosphorylation that involves calcium-calmodulin-dependent kinase II.
- cytosolic Ca 2+ may be induced by stimulating cells with Ca 2+ elevating agonists and by Ca 2+ ionophores, such as ionomycin (see, e.g., Eggermont, supra; Kidd et al., supra).
- Ca 2+ elevating agonists such as ionomycin
- Exemplary calcium-elevating agonists include but are not limited to histamine, calcimycin, ATP, carbachol, and forskolin.
- the calcium elevating agonist binds to a cognate receptor on the cell, which triggers phosphoinositide signaling, which in turn activates calcium-calmodulin-dependent kinase II.
- the cognate receptor of the calcium-elevating agonist, carbachol is a muscarinic cholinergic receptor (m 3 AchR).
- ATP acting as a calcium-elevating agonist binds to purinergic receptor (P 2Y2 ).
- one calcium-elevating agonist is contacted with the cells (e.g., epithelial cells).
- the calcium-elevating agonist is carbachol or ATP.
- at least two calcium-elevating agonists are contacted with the cells.
- at least three or at least four calcium-elevating agonists are included in the methods described herein.
- at least two calcium-elevating agonists for example, carbachol and ATP, are contacted with the cells in a manner that permits interaction between the cells and each of the agonists.
- a single agonist or multiple agonists are used in a screening assay for identifying CaCC inhibitors may depend on the particular cell (including the particular epithelial cell or cell line) that is used in the screening method. Selection of one or more appropriate calcium-elevating agonists can be determined by using the methods described herein for determining anion influx in a cell (e.g., an epithelial cell) in the presence and absence of the agonist.
- the concentration of the one or more calcium-elevating agonists that are contacted with cells to elevate cytosolic Ca 2+ can be determined according to methods routinely practiced by a skilled artisan when optimizing assay methods; typically a calcium-elevated agonist is added to cells (e.g., epithelial cells) at a concentration between 10-100 ⁇ M.
- a method for identifying an agent that inhibits a CaCC and that inhibits influx of an anion includes a sample or samples that comprise a plurality of cells (e.g., epithelial cells) and one or more candidate agents and includes one or more control samples.
- Controls may include samples that are used to determine the basal iodide conductance (or the basal level of another halide or nitrate conductance for which influx is determined), which is the conductance observed in the absence of a calcium-elevated agonist, which is the calcium-chloride channel-independent conductance.
- determining anion (e.g., iodide) flux in the presence and absence of an agent is understood to mean that a first sample comprises all assay components (including the agent) and at least one additional sample (i.e., a second, third, fourth, and/or fifth sample etc.) comprises all components except the agent, respectively.
- composition of control samples i.e., including (in the presence of) or excluding (in the absence of) certain components
- time at which the control samples are prepared and evaluated are described herein and can also be readily determined by a person skilled in the assay method art.
- Conditions for a particular assay include temperature, buffers (including salts, cations, media), and other components that maintain the integrity of the cell, the agent, the calcium-elevating agonist, with which a person skilled in the art will be familiar and/or which can be readily determined.
- Analysis of positive and negative controls may be included in any method prior to, concurrently with, or subsequent to determining the ability of an agent to inhibit CaCC(s).
- an agent or “a candidate agent” includes a plurality of such agents. Accordingly, as described herein a sample comprising cells (e.g., epithelial cells) and an agent may comprise one, two, three, four, or any number of agents between 1 and 10 or 1 and 50. As routinely practiced in the art for screening libraries of agents, multiple agents may be included in a single sample, the method performed, positive “hits” selected, and a subsequent assay performed in which a lesser number of agents are included per sample. The methods are repeated until the method is performed with a single agent per sample.
- cells e.g., epithelial cells
- an agent may comprise one, two, three, four, or any number of agents between 1 and 10 or 1 and 50.
- multiple agents may be included in a single sample, the method performed, positive “hits” selected, and a subsequent assay performed in which a lesser number of agents are included per sample. The methods are repeated until the method is performed with a single agent per sample.
- a cell is not necessarily limited to a single cell but is intended to include at least one cell (i.e., one or more cells) or a plurality of cells.
- Reference to “contacting” in the steps of the methods described herein includes incubating, immersing, exposing, bathing, combining, mixing, adding together, or otherwise introducing one component (e.g., a cell, candidate agent, halide (e.g., iodide) or NO 3 ⁇ , agonist such as a calcium-elevating agonist, or any other component described herein) of the method with another component.
- one component e.g., a cell, candidate agent, halide (e.g., iodide) or NO 3 ⁇ , agonist such as a calcium-elevating agonist, or any other component described herein.
- the steps of the methods described herein are performed under conditions and for a time sufficient
- movement of a halide, such as chloride or iodide or other anion, across and through the outer cell membrane from the extracellular space or environment into the cell refers to influx of the halide. Movement of a halide, such as chloride or iodide or other anion, out of the cell into the extracellular space refers to efflux of the halide.
- the cells comprise at least one CaCC.
- Other chloride channels e.g., cystic fibrosis transmembrane conductance regulator protein (CFTR); CLC-type voltage-sensitive chloride channels; ligand gated (GABA and glycine) chloride channels; and volume-sensitive channels
- the methods described herein may therefore, further comprise contacting the cells (e.g., epithelial cells) with one or more bioactive agents that inhibit one or more chloride channels but that do not inhibit CaCCs.
- cystic fibrosis transmembrane conductance regulator protein CFTR
- an inhibitor of CFTR may be contacted with the cells to block or inhibit transport of chloride or other halide through CFTR.
- Exemplary inhibitors of CFTR include, but are not limited to thiazolidinone compounds (e.g., 3-[(3-trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-5-[(4-carboxyphenyl)methylene]-2-thioxo-4-thiazolidinone (referred to herein as CFTR inh -172) and hydrazide compounds (see, e.g., U.S. Pat.
- the methods described herein have value in high throughput screening, that is, in automated screening of a large number of candidate agents that inhibit calcium-activated chloride channels and that are thus useful for inhibiting chloride secretion from a cell.
- the method may be used to screen synthetic or natural product libraries for bioactive agents and compounds.
- the methods described herein are therefore amenable to automated, cost-effective high throughput drug screening and have immediate application in a broad range of pharmaceutical drug development programs.
- the agents to be screened are organized in a high throughput screening format such as using microfluidics-based devices, or a 96-well plate format, or other regular two dimensional array, such as a 384-well, 48-well or 24-well plate format, or an array of test tubes.
- An automated apparatus that is under the control of a computer or other programmable controller may be used for one or more steps of the methods described herein.
- a controller can monitor the results of each step of the process and can automatically alter the testing paradigm in response to those results.
- the cells such as epithelial cells, comprising at least one CaCC may be cultured and used in the methods described herein in any of a variety of containers or sample vessels, including test tubes, multi-well plates such as 48-well, 72-well, 96-well plates, 384-well plates or other such vessels, including those useful for high throughput screening formats wherein, for example, detection of fluorescence of the cytoplasmic indicator protein in a plurality or reaction vessels, may be automated.
- containers or sample vessels including test tubes, multi-well plates such as 48-well, 72-well, 96-well plates, 384-well plates or other such vessels, including those useful for high throughput screening formats wherein, for example, detection of fluorescence of the cytoplasmic indicator protein in a plurality or reaction vessels, may be automated.
- Epithelial cells are typically adherent cells in culture, and the surface to which the cells are adhered may be solid, such as a tissue culture plate (e.g., 24-well, 48-well, 72-well, 96-well plates, 384-well plate), or the cells may be adhered to microcarrier beads.
- the surface on which the cells adhere may be porous such that the apical cell surface and basolateral cell surface may be exposed to or bathed in the solutions described herein.
- the number of samples to be assayed may influence the degree of automation that can be implemented. For example, when high throughput screening, (i.e., assaying a large number of samples in a relatively brief time period) is desired, robotic or semi-robotic instruments may be used. In certain instances, microfluidics multiplexing technologies may be employed (see, e.g., Thorsen et al., Science 298:580-84 (2002); Manz and Becker, eds. Microsystem Technology in Chemistry and Life Sciences (Springer 1999); Zhang et al, Microelectrofluidic Systems: Modeling and Simulation (CRC Press 2002); Tabeling, Introduction to Microfluidics (Oxford University Press 2006); U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,969,850; 6,878,755; 6,454,924; 6,681,788; 6,284,113). Alternatively, samples may be processed manually, even for formats that accommodate large sample numbers (e.g., 96-well microplates).
- a high throughput method for identifying an agent that is an inhibitor of a calcium-activated chloride channel.
- the method comprises culturing, in each of a plurality of reaction vessels in a high throughput screening array, a plurality of cells (e.g., epithelial cells), wherein the plurality of cells comprise (a) a calcium-activated chloride channel and (b) a cytoplasmic indicator protein that binds halide (and may also bind NO 3 ⁇ ).
- the plurality of cells in each of the plurality of reaction vessels are contacted (i.e., combined with or in some manner permitted to interact with) a candidate agent under conditions and for a time sufficient to permit interaction between the candidate agent and the plurality of the cells, to form a test sample (or combination or mixture) in each of the plurality of reaction vessels.
- Subsequently added to each test sample in each reaction vessel is at least one calcium-elevating agonist and a halide or NO 3 ⁇ , under conditions and for a time sufficient for the calcium-elevating agonist to bind to the plurality of cells in each of the plurality of reaction vessels.
- the halide is iodide.
- any one, two, or more of the calcium-elevating agonists described herein interacts with the plurality of cells for a time sufficient to increase the level of calcium ion (Ca 2+ ) in the plurality of cells.
- the level of halide (e.g., iodide) or NO 3 ⁇ influx in the plurality of epithelial cells in each of the plurality of reaction vessels in the presence of the candidate agent is compared with the level of halide (e.g., iodide) or NO 3 ⁇ influx in the absence of the candidate agent.
- the cells are epithelial cells, and in certain specific embodiments, the epithelial cells endogenously express at least one CaCC.
- anion i.e., halide and nitrate (NO 3 ⁇ )
- transmembrane movement i.e., conductance or current
- CaCCs calcium-activated chloride channels
- a recombinant expression vector that comprises a polynucleotide (which polynucleotide is operatively linked to at least one expression control region, such as a promoter) that encodes a polypeptide believed to be or known to be a CaCC may be introduced into a cell by transformation, transfection, or transduction of a cell, such as an epithelial cell or other cell type, according to molecular biology and protein expression methods routinely practiced by person skilled in the art and described in detail herein (see, e.g., Ausubel et al. ( Current Protocols in Molecular Biology (Greene Publ. Assoc. Inc.
- the methods may also be useful for identifying and characterizing calcium-elevating agonists, singly or in combination, that effectively increase the level of calcium ion in the cell such that the calcium-activated CaCC(s) is activated and opens, permitting movement of anions through the channel.
- influx of an anion such as a halide (Cl ⁇ , I ⁇ , Br ⁇ , or F ⁇ ) or NO 3
- a cell for example, an epithelial cell, that comprises or is suspected of comprising at least one CaCC (i.e., one or more CaCCs)
- a calcium-elevating agonist under conditions and for a time sufficient that permit the calcium-elevating agonist to interact with the cell.
- Anion influx in the presence and absence of the calcium-elevating agonist is then determined.
- the cell comprises a cytoplasmic indicator protein that is capable of interacting with an anion (such as a halide (Cl ⁇ , I ⁇ , Br ⁇ , or F ⁇ ) or NO 3 ⁇ ) and thus acts as an anion sensor.
- an anion such as a halide (Cl ⁇ , I ⁇ , Br ⁇ , or F ⁇ ) or NO 3 ⁇
- the anion is iodide (I ⁇ ).
- a method for determining (i.e., measuring or quantifying) influx of an anion, which is a halide (Cl ⁇ , I ⁇ , Br ⁇ , or F ⁇ ) or NO 3 ⁇ , in epithelial cells that comprise or are suspected of comprising at least one CaCC (i.e., one or more CaCCs).
- the epithelial cells which comprise a cytoplasmic indicator protein that binds to halides and NO 3 ⁇ described in greater detail herein, are contacted with the anion and with a calcium-elevating agonist under conditions and for a time sufficient to permit the agonist to interact with the epithelial cell.
- Anion influx in the presence and absence of a calcium-elevating agonist is then compared.
- the anion is iodide (I ⁇ ).
- the cell comprising the cytoplasmic indicator protein is obtained by transforming, transfecting, or transducing the epithelial cell with a recombinant expression vector that comprises a polynucleotide that encodes the cytoplasmic indicator protein.
- epithelial cells may be used as the cells that comprise at least one CaCC and that comprise a cytoplasmic indicator protein in the methods for determining anion influx in the presence of a calcium-elevating agonist and in the methods for identifying an agent that inhibits anion influx in a cell.
- Desirable characteristics of the cells include the capability of the cells to grow efficiently on a solid support (particularly a plastic support) (e.g., cell culture plates and flasks routinely used for cell culture methods and reaction vessels that are used in high throughput screening methods); capability to remain adhered to the support during repeated changes of media and washing; efficient expression of the cytoplasmic indicator protein to provide a measurable difference in the signal (e.g., fluorescence) detected prior to anion influx and the signal detected after anion influx (e.g., influx of iodide) that can be precisely and accurately determined; efficient and strong CaCC chloride conductance (i.e., chloride current or movement through a CaCC); and low basal (i.e., CaCC-independent) conductance of the anion (e.g., iodide).
- a solid support particularly a plastic support
- a plastic support e.g., cell culture plates and flasks routinely used for cell culture methods and reaction vessels that are used in high through
- Exemplary epithelial cells as described herein include HT-29 intestinal epithelial cells that, after infection with a lentiviral vector that encoded the cytoplasmic indicator protein YFP-H148Q/I152L, were brightly fluorescent and able to grow in confluent monolayers in culture.
- Cells such as epithelial cells, that may be used in the methods described herein may endogenously or exogenously express at least one CaCC.
- Cells that exogenously express a CaCC may be prepared according to molecular biology and protein expression methods routinely practiced in the art.
- a recombinant expression vector that comprises a polynucleotide (which polynucleotide is operatively linked to at least one expression control region, such as a promoter) that encodes a polypeptide believed to be or known to be a CaCC may be introduced into a cell by transformation, transfection, or transduction of a cell, such as an epithelial cell or other cell type, according to molecular biology and protein expression methods routinely practiced by person skilled in the art and described in detail herein.
- Cell lines may be established that stably express the exogenously introduced CaCC, or cells may be used in the methods described herein that transiently express the CaCC.
- such an expression vector that includes a polynucleotide comprising a nucleotide sequence that encodes a CaCC referred to in the art as TMEM16A may be introduced into a cell, by molecular biology methods routinely practiced in the molecular biology art (see, e.g., Ausubel et al. ( Current Protocols in Molecular Biology (Greene Publ. Assoc. Inc. & John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 1993)); Sambrook et al. ( Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, 3rd Ed., (Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory 2001)); Maniatis et al. ( Molecular Cloning , (Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory 1982)).
- the TMEM16A CaCC may be of mammalian origin (such as mouse, human, rat) or may be from a non-mammalian species or may be from algae. Polynucleotide sequences and the encoded polypeptide sequences for TMEM16A of different animals and plants are readily available from public databases.
- a polynucleotide encoding human TMEM16A (see, e.g., GenBankNM — 018043.5) may be included in a recombinant expression vector wherein the encoding polynucleotide is operatively linked to at least one expression control sequence (e.g., a promoter).
- the cells are cultured in media and under conditions practiced in the art for proper maintenance of cells in culture, including media (with or without antibiotics) that contains buffers and nutrients (e.g., glucose, amino acids (e.g., glutamine), salts, minerals (e.g., selenium)) and also may contain other additives or supplements (e.g., fetal bovine serum or an alternative formulation that does not require a serum supplement; transferrin; insulin; putrescine; progesterone) that are required or are beneficial for in vitro culture of cells and that are well known to a person skilled in the art (see, for example, GIBCO media, INVITROGEN Life Technologies, Carlsbad, Calif.).
- buffers and nutrients e.g., glucose, amino acids (e.g., glutamine), salts, minerals (e.g., selenium)
- other additives or supplements e.g., fetal bovine serum or an alternative formulation that does not require a serum supplement; transferrin; insulin; putres
- the cell cultures described herein are maintained in tissue culture incubators designed for such use so that the levels of carbon dioxide (typically 5%), humidity, and temperature can be controlled.
- the cell culture system may also comprise addition of exogenous (i.e., not produced by the cultured cells themselves) cell growth factors, which may be provided, for example, in the media or in a substrate or surface coating. Growth characteristics of the cells for use in the methods described herein, may be optimized by altering the composition or type of media, adjusting the amount of one or more nutrients and/or serum, which are procedure with which a skilled artisan is familiar.
- HT-29 cells are typically cultured in McCoy's 5a medium (see ATCC recommendation). After transduction with a lentiviral vector that comprises a polynucleotide that encodes the cytoplasmic indicator protein, the cells divide more rapidly and robustly in a different media, such as Dulbecco's Modified Eagle's Medium (DMEM).
- DMEM Dulbecco's Modified Eagle's Medium
- the cell is epithelial cell, which is an intestinal epithelial cell; in other certain embodiments, the epithelial cell is a lung epithelial cell.
- Epithelial cells and other cell types may be obtained of derived from any one of a number of animals, including mammals. Mammalian cells may be obtained from humans; non-human primates; rodents such as mice, rats, or rabbits; cats (feline); dogs (canine); cattle (bovine); sheep (ovine); pigs (porcine); llamas; and camels, for example.
- the cells may be derived from a primary cell culture (e.g., lung epithelial cells or intestinal epithelial cells or other cells that endogenously express a CaCC), or culture adapted cell line, including but not limited to, genetically engineered cell lines that may contain chromosomally integrated or episomal recombinant nucleic acid sequences, immortalized or immortalizable cell lines, somatic cell hybrid cell lines, differentiated or differentiatable cell lines, transformed cell lines, and the like.
- Exemplary intestinal epithelial cells that may be used in the methods described herein are HT-29 cells (American Type Culture Collection, Manassas, Va.).
- the cells that are used in the methods described herein, including epithelial cells such as HT-29 intestinal epithelial cells, comprise at least one CaCC that traverses the outer cell membrane of the cell.
- the cells further comprise a cytoplasmic indicator protein that is a halide sensor.
- the cytoplasmic indicator protein is a chromophore, such as the green fluorescent protein variant (i.e., a mutant), called yellow fluorescent protein (e.g., YFP-H148Q) (see, e.g., Jayaraman et al. J. Biol. Chem. 275:6047-50 (2000); Galietta et al., Am. J. Physiol. Cell Physiol.
- the cytoplasmic indicator protein is a yellow fluorescent protein mutant (i.e., variant) in which one or more additional amino acid have been substituted that confer particular desirable properties (for example, altering the level of fluorescence and/or altering the binding affinity of the yellow fluorescent protein for one or more halides).
- a YFP mutant i.e., variant
- YFP-H148Q/I152Q may be used for the methods described herein to identify an agent that inhibits CaCC(s) or for the methods to determine anion flux in a cell (see, e.g., Galietta et al., FEBS Lett. 499:220-24 (2001); Yangthara et al., Mol. Pharmacol. 72:86-94 (2007)).
- the YFP-H148Q/I152Q indicator protein has iodide and nitrate (NO3 ⁇ ) sensitivities, which permit measurement of cellular halide movement by chloride/nitrate exchange or by chloride/iodide exchange using low iodide concentrations.
- Epithelial cells such as HT-29 cells, expressing a cytoplasmic indicator protein that is a yellow fluorescent protein (YFP), or mutant (i.e., variant) thereof (e.g., YFP-H148Q/I152Q) are brightly fluorescent (see FIG. 1 ).
- a cytoplasmic indicator protein that is a yellow fluorescent protein (YFP), or mutant (i.e., variant) thereof (e.g., YFP-H148Q/I152Q) are brightly fluorescent (see FIG. 1 ).
- a cytoplasmic indicator protein such as iodide
- Influx of the halide is detected by fluorescent quenching of the YFP halide sensor (see the schematic in FIG. 1A ).
- iodide influx is determined by measuring fluorescence quenching of a cytoplasmic YFP-based halide sensor (YFP-H148Q/I152L).
- Fluorescence may be quantified using any one of a number of fluorescence detection systems, including “plate readers” that detect the signal in individual wells of a multi-well plate, available from commercial vendors.
- the YFP indicator protein (YFP-H148Q/I152L) is approximately 50% quenched by approximately 3 mM iodide.
- iodide may be added at concentrations between 10 mM and 200 mM depending upon the combination of cells, calcium-elevating agonist(s), agents, CaCC(s) expressed by the cells, and other components and conditions (such as media) that are used in the method.
- a cytoplasmic indicator protein e.g., the YFP mutants (i.e., variants) thereof described herein, for example, YFP-H148Q/I152Q
- cells that comprise at least one CaCC may be transformed, transfected, or transduced with a recombinant expression vector that comprises a polynucleotide that encodes the cytoplasmic indicator protein.
- substitutions of amino acids such as substitution of histidine at position 148 with glutamine (H148Q) and substitution of isoleucine at position 152 with glutamine (I152Q) may be performed by site-directed mutagenesis methods routinely and commonly practiced by persons skilled in the art (see, e.g., Galietta et al. FEBS Lett. 499:220-24 (2001); Ausubel et al. ( Current Protocols in Molecular Biology (Greene Publ. Assoc. Inc. & John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 1993)); Sambrook et al. ( Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, 3rd Ed., (Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory 2001)).
- cells such as epithelial cells, including intestinal epithelial (e.g., the exemplary cell line, HT-29) and lung epithelial cells or epithelial cells derived from other tissues, comprise an exogenous polynucleotide that encodes the cytoplasmic indicator protein (e.g., YFP-H148Q/I152Q).
- the cells, e.g., epithelial cells
- the polynucleotide comprises a nucleotide sequence that encodes the cytoplasmic indicator protein, which nucleotide sequence is operatively linked to at least one expression control sequence (e.g., a promoter, enhancer, transcriptional control element, and the like).
- expression control sequence e.g., a promoter, enhancer, transcriptional control element, and the like.
- Recombinant expression vectors may be prepared according to methods and techniques with which a person skilled in the molecular biology art is familiar and which are described herein.
- Cells containing the described recombinant expression constructs may be genetically engineered (transduced, transformed, or transfected) with vectors and/or expression constructs (for example, a cloning vector, a shuttle vector, or an expression construct).
- the vector or construct may be in the form of a plasmid, viral vector (which includes a viral particle), a phage, etc.
- the engineered cells can be cultured in conventional nutrient media modified as appropriate for activating promoters, selecting transformants, or amplifying particular genes or encoding-nucleotide sequences.
- the cells including epithelial cells
- the cells can be adapted to sustained propagation in culture to yield a cell line according to art-established methodologies.
- the cell line is an immortal cell line, which refers to a cell line that can be repeatedly passaged in culture (at least ten times while remaining viable) following log-phase growth.
- the cell that is used to generate a cell line is capable of unregulated growth, such as a cancer cell, or a transformed cell, or a malignant cell.
- Useful recombinant expression constructs are prepared by inserting into an expression vector a structural DNA sequence encoding the polypeptide of interest, such as a cytoplasmic indicator protein or a CaCC, together with suitable translation initiation and termination signals in operable reading phase with a functional promoter.
- the construct may comprise one or more phenotypic selectable markers and an origin of replication to ensure maintenance of the vector construct and, if desirable, to provide amplification within the cell (e.g., an epithelial cell).
- a particular plasmid or vector may be used as long as it is replicable and viable in the cell.
- the polynucleotides that encode a cytoplasmic indicator protein may be included in any one of a variety of expression vector constructs for expressing a polypeptide.
- DNA sequence(s) may be inserted into the vector by a variety of procedures.
- the DNA sequence is inserted into an appropriate restriction endonuclease site(s) by procedures known in the art.
- Standard techniques for cloning, DNA isolation, amplification and purification, for enzymatic reactions involving DNA ligase, DNA polymerase, restriction endonucleases and the like, and various separation techniques are those known and commonly employed by those skilled in the art. Numerous standard techniques are described, for example, in Ausubel et al. ( Current Protocols in Molecular Biology (Greene Publ. Assoc. Inc. & John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 1993)); Sambrook et al. ( Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, 3rd Ed., (Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory 2001)); Maniatis et al. ( Molecular Cloning , (Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory 1982)), and elsewhere.
- the nucleotide sequence encoding a protein of interest (e.g., a cytoplasmic indicator protein or a CaCC) in the expression vector is operatively linked to at least one appropriate expression control sequence (e.g., a promoter or a regulated promoter) to direct mRNA synthesis.
- appropriate expression control sequences include LTR or SV40 promoter, the E. coli lac or trp, the phage lambda P L promoter, and other promoters known to control expression of genes in prokaryotic or eukaryotic cells or their viruses.
- Promoter regions can be selected from any desired gene using CAT (chloramphenicol transferase) vectors or other vectors with selectable markers.
- Eukaryotic promoters include CMV immediate early, HSV thymidine kinase, early and late SV40, LTRs from retroviruses, and mouse metallothionein-I. Selection of the appropriate vector and promoter and preparation of certain recombinant expression constructs comprising at least one promoter or regulated promoter operatively linked to a polynucleotide described herein is well within the level of ordinary skill in the art.
- the recombinant expression construct that encodes the polypeptide of interest is a retroviral vector, which may be a lentiviral vector.
- retroviruses from which the retroviral vectors may be derived include, but are not limited to, alpharetroviruses, betaretroviruses, gammaretroviruses, deltaretroviruses, epsilonretroviruses, lentiviruses such as the lentiviral vectors described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,981,276 and 6,312,682, in addition to spumavirusus.
- retroviruses that may be used include, but are not limited to, Rous sarcoma virus, avian leukosis virus, avian myeloblastosis virus, mouse mammary tumor virus, feline sarcoma virus, avian reticuloendotheliosis virus, myeloproliferative sarcoma virus, various murine leukemia viruses, Moloney murine leukemia virus, Harvey murine sarcoma virus, bovine leukemia virus, T-lymphotropic viruses, avian leukosis virus, gibbon ape leukemia virus, feline leukemia virus, human immunodeficiency virus, simian immunodeficiency virus, feline immunodeficiency virus, and bovine immunodeficiency virus.
- Rous sarcoma virus avian leukosis virus, avian myeloblastosis virus, mouse mammary tumor virus, feline sarcoma virus, avian reticuloend
- a viral vector also includes one or more promoters.
- Suitable promoters include, but are not limited to, the retroviral LTR; the SV40 promoter; and the human cytomegalovirus (CMV) promoter described in Miller et al., Biotechniques 7:980-990 (1989), or any other promoter (e.g., eukaryotic cellular promoters including, for example, the histone, pol III, and ⁇ -actin promoters).
- CMV cytomegalovirus
- Other viral promoters that may be employed include, but are not limited to, adenovirus promoters, ubiquitin promoters, thymidine kinase (TK) promoters, and B19 parvovirus promoters.
- a retroviral vector may be used with its native, retroviral envelope protein, or it may be pseudotyped with a different envelope protein to target certain cell types or to increase viral titer.
- Certain embodiments may employ envelope proteins derived from either retroviral or non-retroviral sources. Examples of envelope proteins derived from non-retroviral sources include, but are not limited to, the Sindbis virus E2 glycoprotein and the vesticular stomatitis virus G-protein, as described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,512,421 and 5,817,491.
- the retroviral vector may be either replication competent or replication defective. Replication defective retroviruses are capable of infecting target cells in a single round infection, but do not produce infectious virus particles after that single round, and thus will not cause a spreading infection.
- the retroviral vector may contain on a single plasmid comprising the gene of interest in addition to all the necessary retroviral coding sequences, such as the structural and enzymatic coding sequences.
- the retroviral vector may contain the gene of interest attached to the minimal packaging sequences required for incorporation into a virion particle.
- the vector may be introduced into a producer cell at the same time as one or more viral packaging plasmids containing the structural and enzymatic viral proteins, such as those described in U.S. Pat. No. 6,506,604, or it may be introduced into a packaging cell line (e.g., PE501, PA317, ⁇ -2, ⁇ -AM, PAl2, T19-14X, VT-19-17-H2, ⁇ CRE, ⁇ CRIP, GP+E-86, GP+envAm12, DAN; see also, e.g., Miller, Human Gene Therapy, 1:5-14 (1990)); and U.S. Pat. No. 5,591,634, to form producer cell lines.
- a packaging cell line e.g., PE501, PA317, ⁇ -2, ⁇ -AM, PAl2, T19-14X, VT-19-17-H2, ⁇ CRE, ⁇ CRIP, GP+E-86, GP+envAm12, DAN; see also, e.g.
- the vector may introduced into the producer cells through any means known in the art, such as, for example, transfection by electroporation, the use of liposomes, and/or calcium phosphate precipitation.
- the producer cell line generates infectious retroviral vector particles that include the nucleic acid sequence(s) encoding the polypeptides or proteins of interest as described herein. Such retroviral vector particles then may be employed to transduce eukaryotic cells, either in vitro or in vivo.
- Eukaryotic cells that may be transduced include, for example, embryonic stem cells, embryonic carcinoma cells, hematopoietic stem cells, hepatocytes, fibroblasts, myoblasts, keratinocytes, endothelial cells, epithelial cells including lung epithelial cells and intestinal epithelial cells, and other culture-adapted cell lines.
- Transduced cells may be further selected isolated for positive and stable expression of the polypeptides or proteins of interest, or they may be used immediately as transiently expressing cells.
- Stable expressing cells may be selected or isolated according to known techniques in the art, such as by flow cytometric cell sorting or by drug selection. Stable cells may be isolated for either clonal expansion or bulk expansion of positive cells.
- epithelial cells comprising at least one CaCC may be transfected, transformed, or transduced with a recombinant expression vector (including a plasmid or viral vector (e.g., a retroviral vector, including a lentiviral vector) prior to performing a method to determine anion influx or to identify an agent that inhibits a CaCC.
- a recombinant expression vector including a plasmid or viral vector (e.g., a retroviral vector, including a lentiviral vector) prior to performing a method to determine anion influx or to identify an agent that inhibits a CaCC.
- epithelial cells e.g., a plurality of intestinal epithelial cells or lung epithelial cells
- a retroviral vector such as a lentiviral vector that comprises a polynucleotide encoding a cytoplasmic indicator protein that is capable of binding the halide or nitrate, under conditions and for a time sufficient for the vector to infect the plurality of epithelial cells.
- the epithelial cells are then cultured under conditions and for a time sufficient that permit expression of the indicator protein in the cytoplasm of the epithelial cell.
- the epithelial cells expressing the cytoplasmic indicator protein may then be used in the methods as described herein for identifying a CaCC inhibitor or for determining anion influx through a CaCC.
- Agents may be provided as “libraries” or collections of compounds, compositions, or molecules.
- agents include low molecular weight, organic molecules, which typically include compounds known in the art as “small molecules.”
- a small molecule may have a molecular weight less than 10 5 daltons, less than 10 4 daltons, or less than 10 3 daltons.
- Other agents that may be useful for inhibiting or blocking at least one CaCC, thus inhibiting, blocking, or reducing chloride conductance through the CaCC and inhibiting chloride secretion from a cell through a CaCC include peptides.
- Peptides and small molecules may be synthesized according to methods routinely practiced by person skilled in the synthesis of peptides or small molecules, respectively.
- Candidate agents such as small molecules and peptides, may be obtained from combinatorial libraries.
- Combinatorial libraries of agents can be purchased from a commercial vendor or can be prepared according to methods with which a skilled artisan is familiar. Examples of methods for the synthesis of molecular libraries can be found in the art, for example in DeWitt et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 90:6909 (1993); Erb et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 91:11422 (1994); Zuckermann et al., J. Med. Chem.
- Candidate agents that are provided as members of a combinatorial library include synthetic agents prepared according to a plurality of predetermined chemical reactions performed in a plurality of reaction vessels. For example, various starting compounds may be prepared according to one or more of solid-phase synthesis, recorded random mix methodologies, and recorded reaction split techniques that permit a given constituent to traceably undergo a plurality of permutations and/or combinations of reaction conditions. The resulting products comprise a library that can be screened followed by iterative selection and synthesis procedures.
- Such synthetic combinatorial libraries include a library of peptides (see, e.g., International Patent Application Nos.
- Methods for characterizing an agent including the compounds described herein, such as determining an effective concentration (i.e., a concentration of agent that inhibits activation of a CaCC; inhibits conductance of chloride through a CaCC and/or that inhibits fluid secretion from a cell (i.e., that inhibits efflux of chloride and water); and/or that is a therapeutically effective amount for treating a condition, disease or disorder described herein) may be performed using techniques and procedures described herein and routinely practiced by a person skilled in the art.
- an agent to inhibit a CaCC i.e., inhibit activation of a CaCC or inhibit halide (e.g., chloride or iodide) conductance or current
- a CaCC i.e., inhibit activation of a CaCC or inhibit halide (e.g., chloride or iodide) conductance or current
- cells such as epithelial cells, that comprise a cytoplasmic indicator protein.
- Other methods and techniques practiced in the art may be used that determine whether the agent inhibits CaCC(s).
- Certain epithelial cells or cell lines that comprise at least one CaCC e.g., intestinal epithelial cells, T84 and Caco-2
- such cells may not be readily transformed, transfected, or transduced with a recombinant expression vector that expresses the cytoplasmic indicator protein, or if the vector can be introduced, the signal (in the instance in which YFP is the indicator protein, the fluorescent signal) may be too weak.
- Such cells may not exhibit the requisite growth characteristics (i.e., propagate too slowly or fail to reach an adequate level of confluency), and/or may not sufficiently adhere to a solid surface, particularly a plastic surface sufficiently to withstand multiple washes.
- These cells expressing at least one CaCC may still be used in other methods practiced in the art and described herein to determine the level of chloride conductance or secretion in the cell (see, e.g., Examples 3 and 4 herein; Hartzell et al., supra; Kidd et al., supra).
- a calcium-elevating agent such as thapsigargin, which produces calcium elevation without ligand-receptor binding or phosphoinositide signaling may also be used in assays and techniques for charactering an agent.
- exemplary methods include short circuit apical chloride ion current measurements and patch-clamp analysis (see, e.g., Muanprasat et al., J. Gen. Physiol. 124:125-37 (2004); Ma et al., J. Clin. Invest. 110:1651-58 (2002); see also, e.g., Carmeliet, Verh. K Acad. Geneeskd. Belg. 55:5-26 (1993); Hamill et al., Pflugers Arch. 391:85-100 (1981)).
- patch clamp analysis for example, ionomycin may be used to elevate the intracellular calcium level.
- the agents may also be analyzed in animal models, for example, a closed intestinal loop model of cholera, suckling mouse model of cholera, and in vivo imaging of gastrointestinal transit (see, e.g., Takeda et al., Infect. Immun. 19:752-54 (1978)).
- Agents identified by the methods described herein include agents that are capable of inhibiting chloride conductance through a CaCC, and thus inhibiting chloride efflux, and consequently water secretion from the cell.
- compounds that are potent CaCC inhibitors which were identified using the methods described herein.
- the exemplary compounds belong to two chemical classes, aminothiophenes (referred to herein also as Class A compounds) and aminothiazoles (referred to herein also as Class B compounds). These compounds, in addition to exhibiting capability to inhibit CaCCs, exhibit high potency, favorable water solubility, drug-like properties, and chemical stability.
- compositions comprising these compounds, of the aminothiophene class are provided.
- the composition comprises a physiologically acceptable excipient and a compound having the following structure (I):
- R 1 is hydrogen or optionally substituted alkyl
- R 2 is hydroxy, optionally substituted alkoxy, or optionally substituted phenylamino
- R 3 is optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted phenyl, or optionally substituted heterocyclyl
- n is 0, 1, or 2
- the compound of structure I comprises at least one —COOH.
- composition comprises a physiologically acceptable excipient wherein n is 1 or 2 and the compound has the following structure (IA):
- R 1 is hydrogen or optionally substituted alkyl
- R 2 is hydroxy, optionally substituted alkoxy, or optionally substituted phenylamino
- R 3 is optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted phenyl, or optionally substituted heterocyclyl, and wherein the compound of structure (IA) comprises at least one —COOH.
- the compound of structure I and I(A) that has at least one —COOH includes, but is not limited to, a compound wherein R 2 is hydroxy.
- the compound may include R 3 that is —(CH 2 ) 2 C( ⁇ O)OH, —CH ⁇ CHC( ⁇ O)OH, cyclohexyl substituted with —COOH, or phenyl substituted with —COOH.
- R 1 is hydrogen, tert-butyl, or tert-pentyl. In yet another specific embodiment, R 1 is tert-butyl or tert-pentyl.
- R 2 is —OR 4 wherein R 4 is hydrogen or optionally substituted C 1-6 alkyl; or phenylamino optionally substituted with C 1-6 alkoxy or C 1-6 alkyl. In certain embodiments, R 2 is —OR 4 wherein R 4 is hydrogen or optionally substituted with methyl or ethyl. In other certain embodiments, R 2 is phenylamino optionally substituted with methoxy or methyl.
- R 3 is optionally substituted furanyl; optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl; optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkenyl; optionally substituted cyclohexyl; phenyl; or phenyl substituted with halo, C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 alkoxy, or —COOH.
- R 3 is —(CH 2 ) 2 C( ⁇ O)OH or —CH ⁇ CHC( ⁇ O)OH.
- R 3 is phenyl substituted with chloro, methyl, or methoxy.
- R 3 is cyclohexyl substituted with —COOH.
- the composition comprises the compound of structure (I) or (IA) wherein n is 1 and R 1 is hydrogen, tert-butyl, or tert-pentyl, and the compound has one of the following structures (Ia), (Ib), or (Ic):
- R 2 is —OR 4 wherein R 4 is hydrogen or optionally substituted C 1-4 alkyl; or phenylamino optionally substituted with C 1-4 alkoxy or C 1-4 alkyl.
- R 2 is —OR 4 wherein R 4 is hydrogen or optionally substituted with methyl or ethyl; or phenylamino optionally substituted with methoxy or methyl.
- R 3 is optionally substituted furanyl; optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl; optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkenyl; optionally substituted cyclohexyl; phenyl; or phenyl substituted with halo, C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 alkoxy, or —COOH.
- R 3 is —(CH 2 ) 2 C( ⁇ O)OH or —CH ⁇ CHC( ⁇ O)OH.
- R 3 is phenyl substituted with chloro, methyl, or methoxy.
- R 3 is cyclohexyl substituted with —COOH.
- composition described above comprises the compound of structure (I) or (IA) wherein n is 1 and R 2 is —OR 4 wherein R 4 is hydrogen or optionally substituted C 1-6 alkyl, and the compound has the following structure (Id):
- R 4 is hydrogen, methyl, or ethyl.
- R 1 is hydrogen, tert-butyl, or tert-pentyl.
- R 1 is tert-butyl, or tert-pentyl.
- R 3 is optionally substituted furanyl; optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl; optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkenyl; optionally substituted cyclohexyl; phenyl; or phenyl substituted with halo, C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 alkoxy, or —COOH.
- R 3 is —(CH 2 ) 2 C( ⁇ O)OH or —CH ⁇ CHC( ⁇ O)OH.
- R 3 is phenyl substituted with chloro, methyl, or methoxy.
- R 3 is cyclohexyl substituted with —COOH.
- the compound of structure (I) and (IA) has any one of the following structures (Ie), (If), (Ig), or (Ih):
- Y is optionally substituted lower alkyl
- R 5 is hydrogen, optionally substituted C 1-6 alkylene, or optionally substituted C 1-6 alkenylene
- R 6 is hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, —COOH, or halo.
- R 6 is hydrogen, halo, C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 alkoxy, or —COOH.
- R 6 is hydrogen, chloro, methyl, or methoxy.
- R 1 is hydrogen, tert-butyl, or tent-pentyl and R 2 is —OR 4 wherein R 4 is hydrogen or optionally substituted C 1-6 alkyl.
- R 4 is hydrogen, methyl, or ethyl.
- R 2 is phenylamino optionally substituted with methoxy or methyl.
- the composition comprises the compound of structure (I) or (IA) wherein n is 2, R 1 is hydrogen, R 2 is —OR 4 , and R 3 is optionally substituted phenyl, and the compound has the following structure (Ii):
- R 4 is hydrogen or optionally substituted C 1-4 alkyl and R 6 is hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or halo.
- R 4 is hydrogen, methyl, or ethyl.
- R 6 is hydrogen, chloro, optionally substituted C 1-6 alkyl, or optionally substituted C 1-6 alkoxy.
- R 6 is hydrogen, chloro, methyl, or methoxy.
- compositions comprise the specific aminothiophene compounds having a structure (I), including 6-tert-butyl-2-(furan-2-carboxamido)-4,5,6,7-tetrahydrobenzo[b]thiophene-3-carboxylic acid; 6-tert-butyl-2-(2-methylbenzamido)-4,5,6,7-tetrahydrobenzo[b]thiophene-3-carboxylic acid; 6-tert-butyl-2-(3-chlorobenzamido)-4,5,6,7-tetrahydrobenzo[b]thiophene-3-carboxylic acid; 2-benzamido-6-tert-butyl-4,5,6,7-tetrahydrobenzo[b]thiophene-3-carboxylic acid; 6-tert-butyl-2-(2-chlorobenzamido)-4,5,6,7-tetrahydrobenzo[b]thiophene-3-carboxylic acid;
- the compound is 6-tert-butyl-2-(furan-2-carboxamido)-4,5,6,7-tetrahydrobenzo[b]thiophene-3-carboxylic acid.
- the chemical structures of these compounds (also referred to herein as Class A compounds) are presented in Table 1.
- compositions comprising these compounds, of the aminothiazole class are provided.
- the composition comprises a physiologically acceptable excipient and a compound having the following structure (II):
- R 7 is optionally substituted C 1-6 alkyl, optionally substituted phenyl, or optionally substituted phenylacyl;
- R 8 is hydrogen or optionally substituted C 1-6 alkyl or optionally substituted phenyl
- R 9 and R 10 are the same or different and independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or optionally substituted phenoxy. In certain embodiments, at least one of R 9 and R 10 is not hydrogen.
- R 7 is methyl, ethyl, unsubstituted phenylacyl, phenyl, or phenyl substituted with carboxy, C 1-6 alkyl, halo, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, or C 1-6 alkoxy.
- R 7 is phenyl substituted with C 1-4 alkyl, or C 1-4 alkoxy.
- R 7 is phenyl substituted with hydroxy, chloro, bromo, methyl, ethyl, trifluoromethyl, methoxy, ethoxy, or cyclohexyl.
- R 7 is phenyl substituted with carboxy and hydroxyl; di-halo; or C 1-6 alkyl and halo. In yet another specific embodiment, R 7 is phenyl substituted with di-chloro or with methyl and chloro.
- R 8 is hydrogen or optionally substituted C 1-4 alkyl. In a specific embodiment, R 8 is hydrogen, n-propyl, —CH 2 C( ⁇ O)OH, or —(CH 2 ) 2 C( ⁇ O)OH.
- R 9 is hydrogen, optionally substituted C 1-4 alkyl, or optionally substituted C 1-4 alkoxy, or phenoxy; and R 10 is optionally substituted C 1-4 alkyl, optionally substituted C 1-4 alkoxy, or phenoxy.
- R 9 is hydrogen, C 1-4 alkyl, trifluoromethyl, methoxy, ethoxy, or phenoxy; and R 10 is C 1-4 alkyl, trifluoromethyl, methoxy, ethoxy, or phenoxy.
- R 9 is hydrogen and R 10 is methyl, ethyl, isobutyl, methoxy, phenoxy, or trifluoromethyl.
- R 9 is hydrogen and R 10 is methyl, ethyl, isobutyl, phenoxy, or methoxy, and R 10 is located at the 4-position.
- R 9 is hydrogen and R 10 is trifluoromethyl and R 10 is located at the 3-position.
- R 9 is methyl and located at the 2-position, and R 10 is methyl and located at the 4-position.
- the compound of substructure IIa comprises at least one —COOH.
- composition comprises the compound of structure (II) wherein R 7 is optionally substituted phenyl and the compound has the following substructure (IIa):
- R 11 and R 12 are the same or different and independently hydrogen, hydroxy, carboxy, halo, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or optionally substituted cycloalkyl.
- R 9 and R 10 are the same or different and independently hydrogen, optionally substituted C 1-4 alkyl, or optionally substituted C 1-4 alkoxy, or phenoxy. In another specific embodiment, R 9 and R 10 are the same or different and independently hydrogen, C 1-4 alkyl, trifluoromethyl, methoxy, ethoxy, or phenoxy. In still another specific embodiment R 9 is hydrogen and R 10 is methyl, ethyl, isobutyl, methoxy, phenoxy, or trifluoromethyl.
- R 9 is hydrogen and R 10 is methyl, ethyl, isobutyl, phenoxy, or methoxy, and wherein R 10 is located at the 4-position.
- R 9 is hydrogen and R 10 is trifluoromethyl and R 10 is located at the 3-position.
- R 9 is methyl and located at the 2-position, and wherein R 10 is methyl and located at the 4-position.
- R 8 is hydrogen or optionally substituted C 1-6 alkyl.
- R 8 is hydrogen, n-propyl, —CH 2 C( ⁇ O)OH, or —(CH 2 ) 2 C( ⁇ O)OH.
- R 11 and R 12 are the same or different and independently hydrogen, hydroxy, carboxy, halo, optionally substituted C 1-4 alkyl, C 1-4 alkoxy, or optionally substituted cyclohexyl.
- R 11 is hydrogen and R 12 is hydrogen, hydroxy, carboxy, bromo, chloro, trifluoromethyl, methyl, ethyl, isobutyl, methoxy, ethoxy, or cyclohexyl.
- R 11 is hydroxy and R 12 is carboxy.
- R 11 is methyl and R 12 is halo.
- R 11 is hydrogen and R 12 is chloro or wherein each of R 11 and R 12 is chloro.
- the compound of substructure IIa comprises at least one —COOH.
- composition comprises the compound of structure (II)
- R 8 is hydrogen or Y and the compound has the following structures (IIb) or (IIc):
- Y is optionally substituted C 1-4 alkyl.
- Y is methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, —CH 2 C( ⁇ O)OH, or —(CH 2 ) 2 C( ⁇ O)OH.
- R 7 is methyl, ethyl, unsubstituted phenylacyl, phenyl, or phenyl substituted with carboxy, C 1-6 alkyl, halo, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, or C 1-6 alkoxy.
- R 7 is phenyl substituted with hydroxy, chloro, bromo, methyl, ethyl, trifluoromethyl, methoxy, ethoxy, or cyclohexyl.
- R 7 is phenyl substituted with carboxy and hydroxyl; di-halo; or C 1-6 alkyl and halo.
- R 7 is phenyl substituted with di-chloro or with methyl and chloro.
- R 9 and R 10 are the same or different and independently hydrogen, optionally substituted C 1-4 alkyl, or optionally substituted C 1-4 alkoxy, or phenoxy.
- R 9 and R 10 are the same or different and independently hydrogen, C 1-4 alkyl, trifluoromethyl, methoxy, ethoxy, or phenoxy.
- R 9 is hydrogen and R 10 is methyl, ethyl, isobutyl, methoxy, phenoxy, or trifluoromethyl.
- R 9 is hydrogen and R 10 is methyl, ethyl, isobutyl, phenoxy, or methoxy, and wherein R 10 is located at the 4-position.
- R 9 is hydrogen and R 10 is trifluoromethyl and R 10 is located at the 3-position.
- R 9 is methyl and located at the 2-position, and wherein R 10 is methyl and located at the 4-position.
- the composition comprises the compound of structure (II) wherein R 9 is hydrogen and R 10 is methyl, trifluoromethyl, or —OR 14 ; or each of R 9 and R 10 is methyl, and the compound has the following substructure (IIe), (IIf), (IIg), or (IIh):
- R 14 is hydrogen, optionally substituted C 1-6 alkyl, or optionally substituted phenyl.
- R 14 is hydrogen, methyl, or unsubstituted phenyl.
- R 7 is methyl, ethyl, unsubstituted phenylacyl, phenyl, or phenyl substituted with carboxy, C 1-6 alkyl, halo, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, or C 1-6 alkoxy.
- R 7 is substituted phenyl, wherein phenyl is substituted with hydroxy, chloro, bromo, methyl, ethyl, trifluoromethyl, methoxy, ethoxy, or cyclohexyl.
- R 7 is phenyl substituted with carboxy and hydroxyl; di-halo; or C 1-4 alkyl and halo.
- R 7 is phenyl substituted either with di-chloro or with methyl and chloro.
- R 8 is hydrogen or optionally substituted C 1-6 alkyl.
- R 8 is hydrogen, n-propyl, —CH 2 C( ⁇ O)OH, or —(CH 2 ) 2 C( ⁇ O)OH.
- compositions comprise the specific Aminothiazole compounds having a structure (II), including 2-hydroxy-5-(4-p-tolylthiazol-2-ylamino)benzoic acid; 2-(2-(3-chloro-4-methylphenylamino)-4-p-tolylthiazol-5-yl)acetic acid; 2-(2-(3-bromophenylamino)-4-p-tolylthiazol-5-yl)acetic acid; 2-(2-(2,4-dichlorophenylamino)-4-p-tolylthiazol-5-yl)acetic acid; 2-(4-p-tolyl-2-(3-(trifluoromethyl)phenylamino)thiazol-5-yl)acetic acid; 4-(4-(2,4-dimethylphenyl)-5-propylthiazol-2-ylamino)benzoic acid; 2-(2-(4-bromophenylamino)-4-(2,
- the compound is 2-hydroxy-5-(4-p-tolylthiazol-2-ylamino)benzoic acid.
- structure (II) also referred to herein as Class B compounds
- the agents including the aminothiophene compounds having the structure of formula I and substructures of formula IA, Ia-Ii and aminothiazole compounds having the structure of formula II and substructures of formula IIa-IIh as described herein, are capable of inhibiting or blocking a CaCC channel or pore (blocking or impeding activation of a CaCC channel or pore) located in the outer cell membrane of a cell and thus inhibiting CaCC chloride conductance.
- Also provided herein are methods of inhibiting a calcium-activated chloride channel comprising contacting a cell (e.g., as an epithelial cell, including an intestinal epithelial cell and a lung epithelial cell) that comprises at least one calcium-activated chloride channel with a compound (or composition comprising the compound) (e.g., a aminothiophene compound having the structure of formula I and substructures of formula I(A), Ia-Ii or an aminothiazole compound having the structure of formula II and substructures of formula IIa-IIh), under conditions and for a time sufficient for the cell and the compound to interact, and in an amount effective to inhibit activation of the channel.
- a compound e.g., a aminothiophene compound having the structure of formula I and substructures of formula I(A), Ia-Ii or an aminothiazole compound having the structure of formula II and substructures of formula IIa-IIh
- aminothiophene compounds having the structure of formula I and substructures of formula I(A) and Ia-Ii or an aminothiazole compound having the structure of formula II and substructures of formula IIa-IIh and compositions comprising these compounds are useful for treating a condition, disease or disorder in a subject that is characterized by, caused by, or exacerbated by aberrantly increased calcium-activated chloride channel activity.
- diseases and disorders include diseases and disorders related to (or associated with) excess intestinal secretion of fluids, such as secretory diarrhea, and diseases and disorders associated with excess mucus production, such as cystic fibrosis, asthma, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, and bronchiectasis.
- the compounds and compositions comprising the compounds may be used to inhibit (i.e., decrease or reduce) fluid secretion from a cell, particularly a cell from which fluid secretion is abnormally increased, which in part, may result from aberrantly increased chloride conductance through a CaCC.
- These compounds and compositions may be contacted with the cell (or administered to a subject in need thereof) in an amount effective to inhibit (decrease or reduce) chloride conductance through at least one calcium-activated chloride channel, which thereby results in decreased chloride secretion and decreased fluid secretion from the cell.
- the cell, which comprises at least one calcium-activated chloride channel may be an epithelial cell, which in certain embodiments is an intestinal epithelial cell or a pulmonary epithelial cell.
- C 1 -C 6 alkyl describes an alkyl group, as defined below, having a total of 1 to 6 carbon atoms
- C 5 -C 7 cycloalkyl describes a cycloalkyl group, as defined below, having a total of 5 to 7 carbon atoms.
- the total number of carbons in the shorthand notation does not include carbons that may exist in substituents of the group described.
- Alkyl means a straight chain or branched, noncyclic or cyclic, unsaturated or saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon containing from 1 to 10 carbon atoms, while the terms “C 1-4 alkyl” and “C 1-6 alkyl” have the same meaning as alkyl but contain from 1 to 4 carbon atoms and 1 to 6 carbon atoms, respectively.
- a lower alkyl refers to an alkyl that has any number of carbon atoms between 1 and 6.
- saturated straight chain alkyls include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, n-butyl, n-pentyl, n-hexyl, and the like, while saturated branched alkyls include isopropyl, sec-butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, tent-pentyl, heptyl, n-octyl, isopentyl, 2-ethylhexyl and the like.
- saturated cyclic alkyls include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, —CH 2 cyclopropyl, —CH 2 cyclobutyl, —CH 2 cyclopentyl, —CH 2 cyclohexyl, and the like; unsaturated cyclic alkyls include cyclopentenyl and cyclohexenyl, and the like.
- Cyclic alkyls, also referred to as “homocyclic rings,” include di- and poly-homocyclic rings such as decalin and adamantyl.
- Unsaturated alkyls contain at least one double or triple bond between adjacent carbon atoms (referred to as an “alkenyl” or “alkynyl,” respectively).
- “Alkylene” or “alkylene chain” refers to a straight or branched divalent hydrocarbon chain linking the rest of the molecule to a radical group, consisting solely of carbon and hydrogen, containing no unsaturation and having from one to twelve carbon atoms, for example, methylene, ethylene, propylene, n-butylene, and the like. The alkylene chain is attached to the rest of the molecule through a single bond and to the radical group through a single bond.
- an alkylene chain may be optionally substituted by one or more of the following substituents: halo, cyano, nitro, aryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, heteroaryl, oxo, thioxo, trimethylsilanyl, —OR a , —OC(O)—R a , —N(R a ) 2 , —C(O)R a , —C(O)OR a , —C(O)N(R a ) 2 , —N(R a )C(O)OR a , —N(R a )C(O)OR a , —N(R a )C(O)R a , —N(R a )S(O) t R a (where t is 1 or 2),
- Alkenylene or “alkenylene chain” refers to a straight or branched divalent hydrocarbon chain linking the rest of the molecule to a radical group, consisting solely of carbon and hydrogen, containing at least one double bond and having from two to twelve carbon atoms, for example, ethenylene, propenylene, n-butenylene, and the like.
- the alkenylene chain is attached to the rest of the molecule through a double bond or a single bond and to the radical group through a double bond or a single bond.
- the points of attachment of the alkenylene chain to the rest of the molecule and to the radical group can be through one carbon or any two carbons within the chain.
- an alkenylene chain may be optionally substituted by one or more of the following substituents: halo, cyano, nitro, aryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, heteroaryl, oxo, thioxo, trimethylsilanyl, —OR a , —OC(O)—R a , —N(R a ) 2 , —C(O)R a , —C(O)OR a , —C(O)N(R a ) 2 , —N(R a )C(O)OR a , —N(R a )C(O)R a , —N(R a )S(O) t R a (where t is 1 or 2), —S(O) t OR a (where t is 1 or 2), —S(O) p R a (where p is 0, 1 or 2), and
- Representative straight chain and branched alkenyls include ethylenyl, propylenyl, 1-butenyl, 2-butenyl, isobutylenyl, 1-pentenyl, 2-pentenyl, 3-methyl-1-butenyl, 2-methyl-2-butenyl, 2,3-dimethyl-2-butenyl, and the like;
- representative straight chain and branched alkynyls include acetylenyl, propynyl, 1-butynyl, 2-butynyl, 1-pentynyl, 2-pentynyl, 3-methyl-1 butynyl, and the like.
- alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heterocycle, homocycle, and heterocycloalkyl are taken to comprise unsubstituted alkyl and substituted alkyl, unsubstituted aryl and substituted aryl, unsubstituted arylalkyl and substituted arylalkyl, unsubstituted heterocycle and substituted heterocycle, unsubstituted homocycle and substituted homocycle, unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl and substituted heterocyclealkyl, respectively, as defined herein, unless otherwise specified.
- substituted in the context of alkyl, alkoxy, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycle, and heterocycloalkyl means that at least one hydrogen atom of the alky, aryl, arylalkyl, heterocycle, or heterocycloalkyl moiety is replaced with a substituent.
- optionally substituted as used in the context of an optionally substituted alkyl, alkoxy, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycle, and heterocycloalkyl means that when the alkyl, alkoxy, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycle, and heterocycloalkyl, respectively, is substituted, t least one hydrogen atom of the alky, aryl, arylalkyl, heterocycle, or heterocycloalkyl moiety is replaced with a substituent. In the instance of an oxo substituent (“ ⁇ O”) two hydrogen atoms are replaced.
- ⁇ O oxo substituent
- a “substituent” as used within the context of this disclosure includes oxo, halogen, hydroxy, cyano, nitro, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkyl, alkoxy, thioalkyl, haloalkyl, substituted alkyl, heteroalkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, substituted heteroarylalkyl, heterocycle, substituted heterocycle, heterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, —NR a R b , —NR a C( ⁇ O)R b , —NR a C( ⁇ O)NR a R b , —NR a C( ⁇ O)OR b , —NR a S( ⁇ O) 2 R b , —OR a , —C( ⁇
- substituents include (but are not limited to) alkoxy (i.e., alkyl-O—, including C 1-6 alkoxy and C 1-4 alkoxy (e.g., methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, butoxy)), aryloxy (e.g., phenoxy, chlorophenoxy, tolyloxy, methoxyphenoxy, benzyloxy, alkyloxycarbonylphenoxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, acyloxyphenoxy), acyloxy (e.g., propionyloxy, benzoyloxy, acetoxy), carbamoyloxy, carboxy, mercapto, alkylthio, acylthio, arylthio (e.g., phenylthio, chlorophenylthio, alkylphenylthio, alkoxyphenylthio, benzylthio, alkyloxycarbonyl-phenylthio), amino (e.g., amino, mono
- Aryl means an aromatic carbocyclic moiety such as phenyl or naphthyl (i.e., naphthalenyl) (1- or 2-naphthyl) or anthracenyl (e.g., 2-anthracenyl).
- Arylalkyl (e.g., phenylalkyl) means an alkyl having at least one alkyl hydrogen atom replaced with an aryl moiety, such as —CH 2 -phenyl, —CH ⁇ CH-phenyl, —C(CH 3 ) ⁇ CH-phenyl, and the like.
- Heteroaryl means an aromatic heterocycle ring of 5- to 10 members and having at least one heteroatom selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, and containing at least 1 carbon atom, including both mono- and bicyclic ring systems.
- Representative heteroaryls are furyl, benzofuranyl, thiophenyl, benzothiophenyl, pyrrolyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, azaindolyl, pyridyl, quinolinyl (including 6-quinolinyl), isoquinolinyl, oxazolyl, isooxazolyl, benzoxazolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, benzimidazolyl, thiazolyl, benzothiazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, triazinyl, cinnolinyl, phthalazinyl, and quinazol
- Heteroarylalkyl means an alkyl having at least one alkyl hydrogen atom replaced with a heteroaryl moiety, such as —CH 2 pyridinyl, —CH 2 pyrimidinyl, and the like.
- Heterocycle (also referred to herein as a “heterocyclic ring”) means a 4- to 7-membered monocyclic, or 7- to 10-membered bicyclic, heterocyclic ring which is either saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic, and which contains from 1 to 4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, and wherein the nitrogen and sulfur heteroatoms may be optionally oxidized, and the nitrogen heteroatom may be optionally quaternized, including bicyclic rings in which any of the above heterocycles are fused to a benzene ring.
- the heterocycle may be attached via any heteroatom or carbon atom.
- Heterocycles include heteroaryls as defined herein.
- heterocycles also include morpholinyl, pyrrolidinonyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, hydantoinyl, valerolactamyl, oxiranyl, oxetanyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, tetrahydropyridinyl, tetrahydroprimidinyl, tetrahydrothiophenyl, tetrahydrothiopyranyl, tetrahydropyrimidinyl, tetrahydrothiophenyl, tetrahydrothiopyranyl, and the like.
- Phenylamino refers to —N(R a )-phenyl.
- the phenyl may be optionally substituted as described herein, for example, with C 1 -C 6 alkoxy (such as methoxy or ethyoxy) or C 1 -C 6 alkyl (e.g., methyl or ethyl).
- Phenylacyl refers to —C(O)-phenyl. Phenyl may be optionally substituted with substituents R a described herein.
- Heterocycloalkyl means an alkyl having at least one alkyl hydrogen atom replaced with a heterocycle, such as —CH 2 morpholinyl, —CH 2 CH 2 piperidinyl, —CH 2 azepineyl, —CH 2 pirazineyl, —CH 2 pyranyl, —CH 2 furanyl, —CH 2 pyrrolidinyl, and the like.
- “Homocycle” (also referred to herein as “homocyclic ring”) means a saturated or unsaturated (but not aromatic) carbocyclic ring containing from 3-7 carbon atoms, such as cyclopropane, cyclobutane, cyclopentane, cyclohexane, cycloheptane, cyclohexene, and the like.
- Halogen or “halo” means fluoro, chloro, bromo, and iodo.
- Haloalkyl which is an example of a substituted alkyl, means an alkyl having at least one hydrogen atom replaced with halogen, such as trifluoromethyl and the like.
- Haloaryl which is an example of a substituted aryl, means an aryl having at least one hydrogen atom replaced with halogen, such as 4-fluorophenyl and the like.
- Alkoxy means an alkyl moiety attached through an oxygen bridge (i.e., —O-alkyl) such as methoxy, ethoxy, and the like.
- COOH means a carboxy and may also be set forth as —C( ⁇ O)OH.
- Haloalkoxy which is an example, of a substituted alkoxy, means an alkoxy moiety having at least one hydrogen atom replaced with halogen, such as chloromethoxy and the like.
- Alkoxydiyl means an alkyl moiety attached through two separate oxygen bridges (i.e., —O-alkyl-O—) such as —O—CH 2 —O—, —O—CH 2 CH 2 —O—, —O—CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 —O—, —O—CH(CH 3 )CH 2 CH 2 —O—, —O—CH 2 C(CH 3 ) 2 CH 2 —O—, and the like.
- Alkanediyl means a divalent alkyl from which two hydrogen atoms are taken from the same carbon atom or from different carbon atoms, such as —CH 2 —, —CH 2 CH 2 —, —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 —, —CH(CH 3 )CH 2 CH 2 —, —CH 2 C(CH 3 ) 2 CH 2 —, and the like.
- Thioalkyl means an alkyl moiety attached through a sulfur bridge (i.e., —S-alkyl) such as methylthio, ethylthio, and the like.
- Alkylamino and dialkylamino mean one or two alkyl moieties attached through a nitrogen bridge (i.e., —N-alkyl) such as methylamino, ethylamino, dimethylamino, diethylamino, and the like.
- “Carbamate” is —R a OC( ⁇ O)NR a R b .
- Cyclic carbamate means any carbamate moiety that is part of a ring.
- Haldroxyl or “hydroxy” refers to the —OH radical.
- Amino refers to the —NH 2 radical.
- Niro refers to the —NO 2 radical.
- Thioxo refers to the ⁇ S radical.
- “Cyano” refers to the —C ⁇ N radical.
- “Sulfonamide” refers to the radical —S( ⁇ O) 2 NH 2 .
- Isothiocyanate refers to the —N ⁇ C ⁇ S radical.
- Carboxy refers to the —CO 2 H radical (also depicted as —C( ⁇ O)OH and —COOH).
- Haldrazide refers to the —C( ⁇ O)NR a —NR a R b radical.
- Oxo refers to the ⁇ O radical.
- the compounds described herein may generally be used as the free acid or free base. Alternatively, the compounds may be used in the form of acid or base addition salts. Acid addition salts of the free base amino compounds may be prepared according to methods well known in the art, and may be formed from organic and inorganic acids. Suitable organic acids include (but are not limited to) maleic, fumaric, benzoic, ascorbic, succinic, methanesulfonic, acetic, oxalic, propionic, tartaric, salicylic, citric, gluconic, lactic, mandelic, cinnamic, aspartic, stearic, palmitic, glycolic, glutamic, and benzenesulfonic acids.
- Suitable inorganic acids include (but are not limited to) hydrochloric, hydrobromic, sulfuric, phosphoric, and nitric acids.
- Base addition salts of the free acid compounds of the compounds described herein may also be prepared by methods well known in the art, and may be formed from organic and inorganic bases.
- the term “pharmaceutically acceptable salt” of structure (I) or of structure (II), as well as any and all substructures described herein is intended to encompass any and all pharmaceutically suitable salt forms.
- Prodrugs are any covalently bonded carriers that release a compound of structure (I), as well as any of the substructures herein, in vivo when such prodrug is administered to a subject.
- Prodrugs are generally prepared by modifying functional groups in a way such that the modification is cleaved, either by routine manipulation or by an in vivo process, yielding the parent compound.
- Prodrugs include, for example, compounds described herein when, for example, hydroxy or amine groups are bonded to any group that, when administered to a subject, is cleaved to form the hydroxy or amine groups.
- prodrugs include (but are not limited to) acetate, formate and benzoate derivatives of alcohol and amine functional groups of the compounds of structure (I), as well as any of the substructures herein.
- esters may be employed, such as methyl esters, ethyl esters, and the like.
- Prodrug chemistry is conventional to and routinely practiced by a person having ordinary skill in the art.
- Prodrugs are typically rapidly transformed in vivo to yield the parent compound (i.e., an aminothiophene compound having a structure I or substructures Ia-Ii; or an aminothiazole compound having a structure II or substructures IIa-Ih), for example, by hydrolysis in blood.
- the prodrug compound often offers advantages of solubility, tissue compatibility or delayed release in a mammalian organism (see, e.g., Bundgard, H., Design of Prodrugs (1985), pp. 7-9, 21-24 (Elsevier, Amsterdam)).
- a discussion of prodrugs is provided in Higuchi, T., et al., “Pro-drugs as Novel Delivery Systems,” A.C.S. Symposium Series, Vol. 14, and in Bioreversible Carriers in Drug Design, Ed. Edward B. Roche, American Pharmaceutical Association and Pergamon Press, 1987, both of which are incorporated in full by reference herein.
- the compounds of structure (I) and structure (II), as well as any substructure herein may have one or more chiral centers and may occur in any isomeric form, including racemates, racemic mixtures, and as individual enantiomers or diastereomers.
- the compounds of structure (I) and structure (II), as well as any substructure thereof include E and Z isomers of all double bonds. All such isomeric forms of the compounds are included and contemplated, as well as mixtures thereof.
- some of the crystalline forms of any compound described herein may exist as polymorphs, which are also included and contemplated by the present disclosure.
- some of the compounds may form solvates with water or other organic solvents. Such solvates are similarly included within the scope of compounds and compositions described herein.
- the compounds used in the reactions described herein may be made according to organic synthesis techniques known to those skilled in this art, starting from commercially available chemicals and/or from compounds described in the chemical literature.
- “Commercially available chemicals” may be obtained from standard commercial sources including Acros Organics (Pittsburgh Pa.), Aldrich Chemical (Milwaukee Wis., including Sigma Chemical and Fluka), Apin Chemicals Ltd. (Milton Park UK), Avocado Research (Lancashire U.K.), BDH Inc. (Toronto, Canada), Bionet (Cornwall, U.K.), Chemservice Inc. (West Chester Pa.), Crescent Chemical Co.
- Suitable reference books and treatises that detail the synthesis of reactants useful in the preparation of compounds and bioactive agents described herein, or provide references to articles that describe the preparation, include for example, “Synthetic Organic Chemistry”, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York; S. R. Sandler et al., “Organic Functional Group Preparations,” 2nd Ed., Academic Press, New York, 1983; H. O. House, “Modern Synthetic Reactions,” 2nd Ed., W. A. Benjamin, Inc. Menlo Park, Calif. 1972; T. L.
- the compounds described herein may be prepared by known organic synthesis techniques, including the methods described in more detail in the Examples.
- the compounds of structure (I) above may be made by the following Reaction Scheme 1, wherein all substituents are as defined above unless indicated otherwise.
- ketones of formula II and cyanoacetates of formula 12 can be purchased or prepared according to procedures known to those skilled in the art.
- Compounds of formula 11 and 12 can be reacted together in the presence of elemental sulfur and morpholine in a solvent, such as methanol, to obtain compounds of formula 13.
- Acid chlorides of formula 14 can be purchased or prepared according to procedures known to those skilled in the art and reacted with compounds of formula 3 in the presence of an appropriate base, such as diisopropylethylamine (DIEA), in a solvent, such as dichloromethane, to obtain compounds of formula (I) and (I(A)).
- DIEA diisopropylethylamine
- dichloromethane a solvent, such as dichloromethane
- amines of formula 15 can be purchased or prepared according to methods known to those skilled in the art and reacted with thiophosgene (16) in the presence of water and an appropriate acid, such as hydrochloric acid, at 0° C. to obtain thioisocyanates of formula 17.
- Compounds of formula 17 can then be treated with aqueous ammonium hydroxide to obtain thioamides of formula 18.
- Bromoketones of formula 19 can be purchased or prepared according to methods known to those skilled in the art and reacted with compounds of formula 18 to obtain compounds of formula (II).
- protection/deprotection chemistry may be required to obtain the desired compound of formula (II).
- the aminothiophene and aminothiazole compounds are capable of inhibiting CaCC activity (i.e., inhibiting, reducing, decreasing, blocking conductance of chloride ion (i.e., chloride) in the CaCC channel or pore in a statistically significant or biologically significant manner) in a cell and may be used for treating diseases, disorders, and conditions that result from, are associated with, or are related to aberrantly increased CaCC activity and which conditions, diseases, and disorders are thereby treatable by inhibiting CaCC activity (including inhibiting activation of CaCC), which inhibits (decreases or reduces) chloride conductance through the CaCC and inhibits fluid secretion (or water secretion) from the cell (i.e., efflux of chloride and water).
- CaCC activity i.e., inhibiting, reducing, decreasing, blocking conductance of chloride ion (i.e., chloride) in the CaCC channel or pore in a statistically significant or biologically significant manner
- CaCC activity including inhibiting activation of Ca
- methods of inhibiting chloride conductance or movement through a CaCC comprise contacting a cell (e.g., an epithelial cell including an intestinal epithelial cell and a lung epithelial cell) that comprises at least one CaCC in the outer membrane of the cell (i.e., a cell that expresses a CaCC and has channels or pores formed by the CaCC in the cell membrane) with any one or more of the compounds described herein, under conditions and for a time sufficient for the CaCC and the compound to interact.
- Inhibiting movement of chloride and water through the at least one CaCC thereby inhibits (or decreases) fluid secretion from the cell.
- a CaCC that may be inhibited by any one or more of the compounds or compositions described herein includes but is not limited to TMEM16A.
- a method for treating a condition, disease, or disorder that is associated with abnormally increased chloride ion conductance by administering to a subject, in need thereof, a composition comprising at least one aminothiophene compound (a compound having structure I or a substructure thereof) and/or at least one aminothiazole compound (a compound having structure II or a substructure thereof), or composition comprising the at least one compound, which are described in detail herein.
- the compound is administered in an amount effective to inhibit a calcium-activated chloride channel or to inhibit activation of the CaCC, thereby inhibiting chloride ion conductance and consequently inhibiting fluid secretion from the cell.
- the cell may be obtained from a subject or from a biological sample.
- a biological sample may be a blood sample (from which serum or plasma may be prepared and cells isolated), biopsy specimen, body fluids (e.g., lung lavage, sputum, ascites, mucosal washings, synovial fluid, peritoneal washing), bone marrow, lymph nodes, tissue explant, organ culture, or any other tissue or cell preparation from a subject or a biological source.
- a biological sample may further refer to a tissue or cell preparation in which the morphological integrity or physical state has been disrupted, for example, by dissection, dissociation, solubilization, fractionation, homogenization, biochemical or chemical extraction, pulverization, lyophilization, sonication, or any other means for processing a biological sample derived from a subject or biological source.
- the subject or biological source may be a human or non-human animal, a primary cell culture (e.g., epithelial cells isolated from intestinal or lung tissue, or virus infected cells), or culture adapted cell line, including but not limited to, genetically engineered cell lines that may contain chromosomally integrated or episomal recombinant nucleic acid sequences, immortalized or immortalizable cell lines, somatic cell hybrid cell lines, differentiated or differentiatable cell lines, transformed cell lines, and the like.
- a primary cell culture e.g., epithelial cells isolated from intestinal or lung tissue, or virus infected cells
- culture adapted cell line including but not limited to, genetically engineered cell lines that may contain chromosomally integrated or episomal recombinant nucleic acid sequences, immortalized or immortalizable cell lines, somatic cell hybrid cell lines, differentiated or differentiatable cell lines, transformed cell lines, and the like.
- Diseases and disorders that may be treated by administering a composition comprising a compound of structure I and related substructures or a compound of structure II and any related substructure described herein include aberrantly increased intestinal fluid secretion, such as secretory diarrhea.
- Secretory diarrhea can result from exposure to a variety of enteropathogenic organisms (i.e., enteric pathogen) including, without limitation, bacteria such as cholera ( Vibrio cholera ), E.
- Secretory diarrhea may also be a disorder or sequelae associated with food poisoning, or exposure to a toxin including an enterotoxin such as cholera toxin, a E. coli toxin, a Salmonella toxin, a Campylobacter toxin, or a Shigella toxin.
- ETEC enterotoxigenic
- Shigella Shigella
- Salmonella Salmonella
- Campylobacter Clostridium difficile
- parasites e.g., Giardia, Entamoeba histolytica, Cryptosporidiosis, Cyclospora
- diarrheal viruses e.g., rotavirus, Group A and Group C; norovirus, sapovirus.
- Secretory diarrhea may also be a disorder or sequelae associated with food poisoning, or exposure to a toxin including an enterotoxin such as cholera toxin, a E. coli toxin, a Salmonella toxin, a Campy
- Other secretory diarrheas that may be treated by administering the compounds and compositions comprising the compounds described herein include diarrhea associated with or that is a sequelae of AIDS, diarrhea that is a condition related to the effects of anti-AIDS medications such as protease inhibitors, diarrhea that is a condition or is related to administration of chemotherapeutic compounds, inflammatory gastrointestinal disorders, such as ulcerative colitis, inflammatory bowel disease (IBD), Crohn's disease, diverticulosis, and the like.
- diarrhea associated with or that is a sequelae of AIDS diarrhea that is a condition related to the effects of anti-AIDS medications such as protease inhibitors
- diarrhea that is a condition or is related to administration of chemotherapeutic compounds inflammatory gastrointestinal disorders, such as ulcerative colitis, inflammatory bowel disease (IBD), Crohn's disease, diverticulosis, and the like.
- Intestinal inflammation modulates the expression of three major mediators of intestinal salt transport and may contribute to diarrhea in ulcerative colitis both by increasing transepithelial Cl ⁇ secretion and by inhibiting the epithelial NaCl absorption (see, e.g., Lohi et al., Am. J. Physiol. Gastrointest. Liver Physiol. 283:G567-75 (2002)).
- the compounds include diseases and disorders associated with abnormally increased mucus secretion (i.e., abnormally increased mucus secretion is a condition associated with or is a sequelae of the disease or disorder). Accordingly, the compounds and compositions thereof may be used for treating asthma, cystic fibrosis, bronchiectasis, and chronic pulmonary disease (see, e.g., Wang et al., Cell Biol. Int.
- Methods are also provided herein for treating a disease or disorder associated with abnormally or aberrantly increased chloride ion secretion, wherein the methods comprise administering to a subject (in need thereof) any one (or more) of the compounds, or compositions comprising the compounds, described herein, wherein ion movement (particularly chloride ion conductance or current) by CaCC is inhibited.
- a subject includes a human and non-human animal.
- Non-human animals that may be treated include mammals, for example, non-human primates (e.g., monkey, chimpanzee, gorilla, and the like), rodents (e.g., rats, mice, gerbils, hamsters, ferrets, rabbits), lagomorphs, swine (e.g., pig, miniature pig), equine, canine, feline, bovine, and other domestic, farm, and zoo animals.
- methods for treating secretory diarrheas are provided herein, comprising administering to a subject any one (or more) aminothiophene or aminothiazole compounds described herein (or compositions comprising the any one or more compounds) in combination with an agent that inhibits CFTR.
- Exemplary compounds that may be used to inhibit CFTR include, but are not limited, to thiazolidinone compounds and hydrazide compounds (see, e.g., thiazolidinone compounds (e.g., 3-[(3-trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-5-[(4-carboxyphenyl)methylene]-2-thioxo-4-thiazolidinone (referred to herein as CFTRinh-172)) and hydrazide compounds (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 7,235,573; U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2005-0239740; Muanprasat et al., J. Gen. Physiol. 124:125-37 (2004); Ma et al., J. Clin. Invest. 110:1651-58 (2002)).
- thiazolidinone compounds e.g., 3-[(3-trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-5-[(4-carboxyphenyl)m
- aminothiophene compounds having the structure of formula I and substructures of formula Ia-Ii and aminothiazole compounds having the structure of formula II and substructures of formula IIa-IIh, as described herein, may be formulated in a pharmaceutical composition for use in treatment, which includes preventive treatment, of a disease or disorder manifested by increased intestinal fluid secretion, such as secretory diarrhea or that is associated with excess (i.e., abnormally increased) mucus secretion (i.e., abnormally increased mucus secretion is a condition associated with or is a sequelae of the disease or disorder).
- a disease or disorder manifested by increased intestinal fluid secretion such as secretory diarrhea or that is associated with excess (i.e., abnormally increased) mucus secretion (i.e., abnormally increased mucus secretion is a condition associated with or is a sequelae of the disease or disorder).
- a pharmaceutical composition may be a sterile aqueous or non-aqueous solution, suspension or emulsion, which additionally comprises a physiologically acceptable excipient (also called a pharmaceutically acceptable or suitable excipient or carrier) (i.e., a non-toxic material that does not interfere with the activity of the active ingredient).
- a physiologically acceptable excipient also called a pharmaceutically acceptable or suitable excipient or carrier
- Such compositions may be in the form of a solid, liquid, or gas (aerosol).
- compositions described herein may be formulated as a lyophilizate, or compounds may be encapsulated within liposomes using technology known in the art.
- Pharmaceutical compositions may also contain other components, which may be biologically active or inactive.
- Such components include, but are not limited to, buffers (e.g., neutral buffered saline or phosphate buffered saline), carbohydrates (e.g., glucose, mannose, sucrose or dextrans), mannitol, proteins, polypeptides or amino acids such as glycine, antioxidants, chelating agents such as EDTA or glutathione, stabilizers, dyes, flavoring agents, and suspending agents and/or preservatives.
- buffers e.g., neutral buffered saline or phosphate buffered saline
- carbohydrates e.g., glucose, mannose, sucrose or dextrans
- mannitol e.glycine
- proteins e.g., polypeptides or amino acids
- polypeptides or amino acids such as glycine
- antioxidants e.g., glycine
- chelating agents such as EDTA or glutathione
- stabilizers e.g.,
- excipients or carriers Any suitable excipient or carrier known to those of ordinary skill in the art for use in pharmaceutical compositions may be employed in the compositions described herein.
- Excipients for therapeutic use are well known, and are described, for example, in Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy (Gennaro, 21 st Ed. Mack Pub. Co., Easton, Pa. (2005)). In general, the type of excipient is selected based on the mode of administration.
- compositions may be formulated for any appropriate manner of administration, including, for example, topical, oral, nasal, intrathecal, rectal, vaginal, intraocular, subconjunctival, sublingual or parenteral administration, including subcutaneous, intravenous, intramuscular, intrasternal, intracavernous, intrameatal or intraurethral injection or infusion.
- the carrier preferably comprises water, saline, alcohol, a fat, a wax or a buffer.
- any of the above excipients or a solid excipient or carrier such as mannitol, lactose, starch, magnesium stearate, sodium saccharine, talcum, cellulose, kaolin, glycerin, starch dextrins, sodium alginate, carboxymethylcellulose, ethyl cellulose, glucose, sucrose and/or magnesium carbonate, may be employed.
- a pharmaceutical composition may be in the form of a liquid.
- a liquid pharmaceutical composition may include, for example, one or more of the following: a sterile diluent such as water for injection, saline solution, preferably physiological saline, Ringer's solution, isotonic sodium chloride, fixed oils that may serve as the solvent or suspending medium, polyethylene glycols, glycerin, propylene glycol or other solvents; antibacterial agents; antioxidants; chelating agents; buffers and agents for the adjustment of tonicity such as sodium chloride or dextrose.
- a parenteral preparation can be enclosed in ampoules, disposable syringes or multiple dose vials made of glass or plastic. The use of physiological saline is preferred, and an injectable pharmaceutical composition is preferably sterile.
- a composition comprising an aminothiophene compound having the structure of formula I and substructures of formula IA, Ia-Ii and aminothiazole compound having the structure of formula II and substructures of formula IIa-IIh may be formulated for sustained or slow release.
- Such compositions may generally be prepared using well known technology and administered by, for example, oral, rectal or subcutaneous implantation, or by implantation at the desired target site.
- Sustained-release formulations may contain an agent dispersed in a carrier matrix and/or contained within a reservoir surrounded by a rate controlling membrane. Excipients for use within such formulations are biocompatible, and may also be biodegradable; preferably the formulation provides a relatively constant level of active component release. The amount of active compound contained within a sustained release formulation depends upon the site of implantation, the rate and expected duration of release, and the nature of the condition to be treated or prevented.
- the dose of the composition for treating a disease or disorder associated with aberrant CaCC function including but not limited to intestinal fluid secretion, secretory diarrhea, such as a toxin-induced diarrhea, or secretory diarrhea associated with or a sequelae of an enteropathogenic infection, Traveler's diarrhea, ulcerative colitis, irritable bowel syndrome (IBS), AIDS, chemotherapy and diseases or conditions described herein associated with overproduction or excess secretion of mucus (e.g., asthma, chronic obstructive pulmonary disorder, bronchiectasis) may be determined according to parameters understood by a person skilled in the medical art. Accordingly, the appropriate dose may depend upon the subject's condition, that is, stage of the disease, general health status, as well as age, gender, and weight, and other factors considered by a person skilled in the medical art.
- intestinal fluid secretion secretory diarrhea
- secretory diarrhea such as a toxin-induced diarrhea, or secretory diarrhea associated with or a sequelae of an enteropathogenic
- compositions may be administered in a manner appropriate to the disease or disorder (or condition) to be treated as determined by persons skilled in the medical arts.
- An appropriate dose and a suitable duration and frequency of administration will be determined by such factors as the condition of the patient, the type and severity of the patient's disease, the particular form of the active ingredient, and the method of administration.
- an appropriate dose (or effective dose) and treatment regimen provides the composition(s) in an amount sufficient to provide therapeutic and/or prophylactic benefit (e.g., an improved clinical outcome, such as more frequent complete or partial remissions, or longer disease-free and/or overall survival, improved quality of life, or a lessening of symptom frequency and/or severity).
- treatment or treating refers to the medical management of a disease or disorder.
- Clinical assessment of the level of dehydration and/or electrolyte imbalance may be performed to determine the level of effectiveness of a compound and whether dose or other administration parameters (such as frequency of administration or route of administration) should be adjusted.
- dose or other administration parameters such as frequency of administration or route of administration
- clinical assessment of improvement may be determined by lessening of symptom frequency and/or severity.
- clinical assessment may include determining the number of hospitalizations, particularly resulting from exacerbations related to bacterial infections.
- Clinical evaluations patients with such chronic diseases also includes quality of life assessment.
- a patient or subject particularly a patient that has a chronic disease such as cystic fibrosis, COPD, or bronchiectasis, for example, may be treated by administering to the subject the compounds and compositions described herein, and as such the treatment has a therapeutic or prophylactic benefit.
- a chronic disease such as cystic fibrosis, COPD, or bronchiectasis
- Optimal doses may generally be determined using experimental models and/or clinical trials.
- the optimal dose may depend upon the body mass, weight, or blood volume of the subject.
- the amount of a small molecule compound as described herein, that is present in a dose ranges from about 0.01 ⁇ g to about 1000 ⁇ g per kg weight of the host.
- the use of the minimum dose that is sufficient to provide effective therapy is usually preferred.
- Subjects may generally be monitored for therapeutic effectiveness using assays suitable for the condition being treated or prevented, which assays will be familiar to those having ordinary skill in the art and are described herein.
- HT-29 cells (ATCC HTB-38) were obtained from the American Type Culture Collection (Manassas, Va.) and grown in DMEM supplemented with 10% fetal bovine serum (FBS), 100 units/ml penicillin, and 100 ⁇ g/ml streptomycin. T84 cells were maintained in DMEM/F12 (1:1) medium containing 10% FBS, 100 units/ml penicillin and 100 ⁇ g/ml streptomycin. Fisher rat thyroid (FRT) expressing human CFTR and YFP-H148Q/I152L were generated as described (Ma et al., J. Clin. Invest.
- FRT fetal bovine serum
- F-12 Modified Coon's medium supplemented with 10% FBS, 2 mM glutamine, 100 units/ml penicillin, and 100 ⁇ g/ml streptomycin. All cells were grown at 37° C. in 5% CO 2 /95% air.
- HT-29 cells were infected with a lentivirus encoding YFP-H148Q/I152L according to molecular biology methods routinely practiced by persons skilled in the art. Prior to infection, HT-29 cells were cultured in 90-mm diameter plates until ⁇ 80% confluent in McCoy's 5a medium supplemented with 1.5 mM L-glutamine, 10% FBS, and 2.2 g/L sodium bicarbonate. The cells were washed three times with PBS, and then 1 ml of high-titer lentiviral supernatant was added to each well in the presence of 8 ⁇ g/ml polybrene. The cells were incubated at 37° C.
- YFP expression was detected 48 h after infection.
- HT-29 cells stably expressing YFP-H148Q/I152L were brightly fluorescent, with nearly all cells having fluorescence.
- This particular YFP indicator (YFP-H148Q/I152L) used for screening was 50% quenched by ⁇ 3 mM iodide.
- FIG. 2C Concentration dependence studies for carbachol ( FIG. 2C ) and ATP indicated maximal responses at 100 ⁇ M.
- FIG. 2D shows reduced iodide influx as a function of time between addition of 100 ⁇ M carbachol/ATP and extracellular iodide, which is a consequence of the transient elevation in cytoplasmic calcium produced by these agonists.
- the greatest iodide influx was observed when agonists were added at ⁇ 10 s prior to iodide; however, the influx was not much greater than when agonists were added at the time of iodide addition. Therefore, for high-throughput screening, in part, to simplify assay conditions, agonists (carbachol and ATP, each 100 ⁇ M) were added together with iodide.
- Compounds for primary screening were purchased from ChemDiv (San Diego, Calif.). The compound collection contained 50,000 diverse, drug-like compounds with >90% of compounds in the molecular size range 200-450 daltons.
- Compounds for the secondary screening were purchased from ChemDiv and Asinex. Compounds were prepared in 96-well plates (Corning-Costar) as 10 mM solutions in dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO). For the primary screen compounds were tested in groups of 4 compounds per well. The compounds were screened at a concentration 32.5 ⁇ M. All chemicals were purchased from SIGMA-ALDRICH (St. Louis, Mo.).
- iodide influx was measured in the YFP-expressing HT-29 cells in a 96-well format using an automated workstation capable of assaying more than 10,000 compounds overnight. Screening was performed using a customized screening system (BECKMAN COULTER, Inc., Indianapolis, Ind.) consisting of the SAGIAN Core system integrated with SAMI software, and equipped with an ORCA arm for labware transport, a 96-channel head BIOMEK FX, CO 2 incubator, plate washer, bar code reader, delidding station, and two FLUOstar OPTIMA fluorescence plate readers (BMG Labtechnologies, Durham, N.C.), each equipped with syringe pumps and custom excitation/emission filters (500/544 nm; CHROMA, Brattleboro, Vt.).
- a customized screening system (BECKMAN COULTER, Inc., Indianapolis, Ind.) consisting of the SAGIAN Core system integrated with SAMI software, and equipped with an ORCA arm for labware transport, a 96-channel head BIOMEK
- HT-29 cells expressing YFP-H148Q/I152L were plated in 96-well plates at 70% confluence. Plates were incubated overnight at 37° C., 5% CO 2 and then the growth medium was replaced with fresh growth medium. Cells were incubated further until 95% confluence (12-18 h), washed 3 times with PBS, and incubated with the test compounds at 32.5 ⁇ M final concentration for 5 min in PBS, in a final volume of 60 ⁇ l/well. YFP fluorescence was measured 1 s before and for 30 s after addition of a PBS-iodide solution (PBS that has 100 mM chloride replaced by iodide) containing carbachol and ATP (100 each).
- PBS-iodide solution PBS that has 100 mM chloride replaced by iodide
- Each 96-well plate contained ‘positive’ controls (DMSO vehicle without agonists or test compounds) and ‘negative’ controls (DMSO vehicle with agonists but without test compounds).
- controls DMSO vehicle without agonists or test compounds
- negative controls DMSO vehicle with agonists but without test compounds.
- solutions included (individually or in combination): carbachol, ATP, or histamine (at 50, 100, 150 or 200 ⁇ M), calcimycin (10 ⁇ M), thapsigargin (2 ⁇ M) and CFTR inh -172 (20 ⁇ M).
- FIG. 3A shows representative YFP fluorescence kinetics measured in single wells of 96-well plates. Each curve consisted of recording of baseline fluorescence for 1 second, followed by 30 seconds of continuous recording of fluorescence after rapid addition of a solution containing iodide and the CaCC agonist combination (carbachol and ATP, each 100 ⁇ M). Following a small solution addition artifact, there was little decrease in fluorescence in the absence of activators, compared to a robust reduction in fluorescence with agonists.
- FIG. 3A shows a frequency histogram of iodide influx rates, d[f]/dt, in individual wells for positive (no agonists) or negative (with agonists) controls. The computed Z′-factor for the assay was very good, 0.74, indicating adequacy of a single compound screening to identify putative CaCC inhibitors.
- CaCC inhibitors were identified based on inhibition of ATP/carbachol stimulated iodide-influx. Screening yielded six classes of putative CaCC inhibitors, two of which, 3-acyl-2-aminothiophenes and 5-aryl-2-aminothiazoles, inhibited by >95% iodide influx in HT-29 cells in response to multiple calcium-elevating agonists.
- FIG. 3B (left) shows examples of data from single wells for compounds with ‘strong’, ‘weak’ and no inhibition activity.
- FIG. 3C shows structures of the most active of six classes of putative CaCC inhibitors (classes A-F) identified by single compound testing; in some cases, particularly for classes A and B, similar structures were seen several times. Percentage inhibition of these compounds at 30 ⁇ M was in the range 60 to >90%. Based on multiple criteria, including potency, water solubility, drug-like properties, identification of active analogs, chemical stability and CaCC targeting, compounds of classes A and B were analyzed further. Class A and B compounds were resynthesized, analyzed for mechanism-of-action, and assessed for ‘druggability’ by determining structure-activity relationships.
- This example describes synthesis of exemplary class A and B compounds to high purity and verified their structures and chemical stability in aqueous solutions.
- 6-t-butyl-2-(furan-2-carboxamido)-4,5,6,7-tetrahydrobenzo[b]thiophene-3-carboxylic acid [1] began with a mixture of 4-(t-butyl) cyclohexanone (0.154 g, 1.00 mmol), methyl-2-cyanoacetate (0.109 g, 1.1 mmol), morphiline (0.104 g, 1.2 mmol) and elemental sulfur (0.048 g, 1.5 mmol) in methanol (5 mL), which was microwaved for 10 min at 120° C. using a Biotage microwave reactor.
- CaCC inh -A01 and CaCC inh -B01 were confirmed by 1 H-NMR, 13 C-NMR, and mass spectrometry.
- the aqueous solubility of CaCC inh -A01 and CaCC inh -B01 in PBS was >500 ⁇ M, as measured by optical absorbance of a saturated solution after appropriate dilution.
- the high aqueous solubility is a consequence of their polarity and negative charge at physiological pH.
- liquid chromatography compound purity was >97% and 99% for CaCC inh -A01 and CaCC inh -B01, respectively.
- This Example describes analysis of Class A and B compounds to confirm their activity was specific for CaCCs.
- the screening assay could identify other target interactions such as ligand-receptor binding, calcium elevation, and calcium-calmodulin CaMKII) signaling.
- compounds of each class were tested following stimulation of HT-29 cells by thapsigargin, which produces calcium elevation without ligand-receptor binding or phosphoinositide signaling.
- FIG. 5A shows that each of the compounds inhibited iodide influx following thapsigargin, except for the class E compounds, whose target is thus likely upstream from calcium signaling.
- CFTR was activated by a cocktail containing forskolin (20 ⁇ M), genistein (50 ⁇ M), and isobutylmethylxanthine (100 ⁇ M).
- FIG. 5B shows no CFTR was not inhibited by any of the compounds at 30 ⁇ M; CFTR inh -172 inhibition shown is the positive control.
- This Example describes analysis of Class A and B compounds to confirm that their activity was specific for CaCCs.
- the screening assay could identify other target interactions such as ligand-receptor binding, calcium elevation, and calcium-calmodulin CaMKII) signaling.
- compounds of each class were tested following stimulation of HT-29 cells by thapsigargin, which produces calcium elevation without ligand-receptor binding or phosphoinositide signaling.
- FIG. 5A shows that each of the compounds inhibited iodide influx following thapsigargin, except for the class E compounds, whose target is thus likely upstream from calcium signaling.
- CFTR was activated by a cocktail containing forskolin (20 ⁇ M), genistein (50 ⁇ M), and isobutylmethylxanthine (100 ⁇ M).
- FIG. 5B shows no CFTR was not inhibited by any of the compounds at 30 ⁇ M; CFTR inh -172 inhibition shown is the positive control.
- Cytoplasmic calcium was measured to determine whether CaCC inh -A01 and CaCC inh -B01 interfered with agonist-induced calcium signal in HT-29 cells.
- [Ca 2 ] i was measured in confluent monolayers of HT-29 cells after loading with Fura-2 (2 ⁇ M Fura-2-AM, 30 min, 37° C.). Labeled cells were mounted in a perfusion chamber on the stage of an inverted epifluorescence microscope. Cells were superfused with (in mM): 140 NaCl, 5 KCl, 1 MgCl 2 , 1 CaCl 2 , 10 D-glucose, and 10 HEPES (pH 7.4), initially without and then with ATP/carbachol. Test compounds were present in some experiments for 10 min prior to agonist addition. Fura-2 fluorescence was recorded at excitation wavelengths of 340 nm and 380 nm using standard procedures
- FIG. 5C shows [Ca 2+ ] i elevations in response to 1 ⁇ M ATP, 100 ⁇ M ATP, and 100 ⁇ M carbachol (left), or 1 ⁇ M ionomycin (middle).
- Pretreatment with CaCC inh -A01 or CaCC inh -B01 at high concentration prior to agonist addition did not significantly reduce the ATP or carbachol-induced [Ca 2+ ] i elevations (right).
- CaMKII has been reported to regulate calcium-activated chloride current in HT-29 and T84 cells (Worrell et al., Am. J. Physiol. 260:C877-82 (1991); Morris et al., Am. J. Physiol. 264:C977-85 (1993); Chan et al., J. Biol. Chem. 269:32464-8 (1994); Braun et al., J. Physiol. 488:37-55 (1995)).
- CaMKII phosphorylation in HT-29 cells was measured by immunoblot analysis.
- Calcium/calmodulin-dependent protein kinase II (CaMKII) was activated by 2 min treatment of HT-29 cells with ATP/carbachol (each 100 ⁇ M).
- Cells were then lysed with cell lysis buffer (20 mM Tris-HCl (pH 7.4), 1% Triton X-100, 150 mM NaCl, 2 mM EDTA, 50 mM ⁇ -glycerolphosphate, 1 mM Na 3 VO 4 , 1 mM DTT, and complete protease inhibitor mixture (Roche Applied Science)).
- Cell debris was removed by centrifugation, and proteins in the supernatant were resolved by SDS-PAGE and immunoblotted using standard procedures (transfer to PDVF membrane, 1 h blocking in 5% nonfat dry milk, primary/secondary antibody incubations, enhanced chemiluminescence detection).
- Rabbit polyclonal antibodies for anti-phospho-CaMKII (Thr286) and ⁇ -actin were purchased from Cell Signaling Technology (Danvers, Mass.).
- FIG. 5D present an immunoblot demonstrating the presence of pCaMKII immunoreactivity following agonist treatment. Pretreatment with 30 ⁇ M CaCC inh -A01 or CaCC inh -B01 did not significantly affect agonist-induced CaMKII phosphorylation. ⁇ -actin is shown as loading control.
- symmetric NMDG-Cl solutions contained 140 mM NMDG-Cl, 1 mM MgCl 2 , 0.5 mM EGTA, 2 mM Tris-ATP, and 10 mM HEPES, pH 7.2. Pipettes were pulled from borosilicate glass and had resistances of 3-5 MS2 after fire polishing. Seal resistances were typically between 3-10 G ⁇ . After establishing the whole cell configuration, CaCCs were activated by 1 ⁇ M ionomycin. Whole cell currents were elicited by applying hyperpolarizing and depolarizing voltage pulses from a holding potential of 0 mV to potentials between ⁇ 120 mV and +120 mV in steps of 20 mV.
- ionomycin-induced chloride currents were also recorded in the whole-cell configuration using symmetric NMDG-Cl solutions. The results are presented in FIG. 6D . As predicted, pretreatment with CaCC inh -A01 and CaCC inh -B01 reduced ionomycin-induced currents.
- T84 cells Chloride secretion was measured in T84 cells to investigate whether the CaCC inhibitors identified from screening of HT-29 cells also inhibited the CaCC in a different human intestinal cell line.
- ATP/carbachol were used to induce calcium-dependent chloride secretion in well-differentiated T84 cell monolayers.
- T84 cells were seeded at a density of 10 5 cm ⁇ 2 on permeable supports (Snapwell, 1.12 cm 2 surface area) and grown until confluent. Supports containing confluent cell monolayers were mounted in Snapwell diffusion chambers.
- This Example describes the structure activity relationship of the aminothiophene compounds (i.e., having a structure of formula I or substructures thereof) and aminothiazole compounds (i.e., having a structure of formula II or substructures thereof).
- SAR analysis was performed on 936 commercially available aminothiophenes (class A analogs) and 944 aminothiazoles (class B analogs).
- Tables 3 and 4 provide semi-quantitative CaCC inhibition data (from plate reader assay, see Example 1) for 18 active aminothiophenes (class A) and 14 active aminothiazoles (class B).
- a common moiety in compounds that exhibited the highest inhibitory activity in each compound class was the presence of a carboxylic acid functional group, which is also present in certain other known chloride channel inhibitors.
- Class A compounds (aminothiophene) that had t-butyl at position R 1 conferred the greatest inhibition; inhibition was reduced when R 1 was H (e.g., CaCC inh -A12-A15) and reduced when R 1 was methyl. While compounds having a cyclohexyl ring system had greater activity than compounds with cyclopentyl and cycloheptyl (varying n) rings (i.e., the ring to which R 1 is attached), several cycloheptylthiophenes were active. At R 2 , hydroxy, methoxy, ethoxy and substituted phenyl amides were identified.
- aminothiazole compounds With respect to aminothiazole compounds, the substituent at R 10 that was observed in a majority of active compounds was a methyl substitution at the 4-position of the aromatic ring (see, e.g., CaCC inh -B01-B06). Certain active analogs of such compounds had an additional methyl substitution at the 2-position (see, e.g., CaCC inh -B07-B09). As observed with aminothiophene compounds, aminothiazole compounds that had a carboxylic acid functional group were most active. Examples of such aminothiazole compounds had carboxy-substituted alkyl at R 8 or a carboxy substituted phenyl at R 7 .
- active compounds contained hydrogen, propyl, or an acetic acid group (—(CH 2 ) n C( ⁇ O)OH).
- acetic acid group —(CH 2 ) n C( ⁇ O)OH.
- a variety of substituted phenyl groups were tolerated. Electron donating substituents produced inactive compounds.
Landscapes
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Immunology (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Biomedical Technology (AREA)
- Hematology (AREA)
- Urology & Nephrology (AREA)
- Molecular Biology (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
- Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
- Cell Biology (AREA)
- Epidemiology (AREA)
- Microbiology (AREA)
- Food Science & Technology (AREA)
- Biotechnology (AREA)
- Pathology (AREA)
- General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Biochemistry (AREA)
- Analytical Chemistry (AREA)
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
- Pulmonology (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Tropical Medicine & Parasitology (AREA)
- Toxicology (AREA)
- Inorganic Chemistry (AREA)
- Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
Abstract
Provided herein are methods for identifying compounds that are inhibitors of a calcium-activated chloride channel. Aminothiophene and aminothiazole compounds, and compositions comprising these compounds, described herein that inhibit efflux of chloride through a calcium-activated chloride channel are useful for treating diseases, disorders, and sequelae of diseases, disorders, and conditions that are associated with aberrantly increased chloride and fluid secretion, for example, secretory diarrhea.
Description
- This application is a Continuation patent application of U.S. application Ser. No. 12/747,468, having a filing date of Sep. 15, 2010; which is a national stage application filed under 35 U.S.C. §371 of International Patent Application No. PCT/US2008/086600 accorded an international filing date of Dec. 12, 2008; which claims the benefit under 35 U.S.C. §119(e) of U.S. Provisional Application No. 61/013,988, filed Dec. 14, 2007, all of which applications are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.
- This invention was made with government support under grant numbers DK72517, HL73854, EB00415, EY13574, DK35124, and DK43840 from the National Institutes of Health. The government has certain rights in this invention.
- 1. Field
- Agents are needed for treating diseases and disorders related to aberrant function of calcium-activated chloride channels, including, for example, increased intestinal fluid secretion, secretory diarrhea, asthma, and cystic fibrosis. Small molecule compounds that are potent inhibitors of chloride conductance via calcium-activated chloride channels and methods for identifying such compounds are described herein.
- 2. Description of the Related Art
- Diarrheal disease in children is a global health concern: approximately four billion cases among children occur annually, resulting in two million deaths. Antibiotics are routinely used to treat diarrhea; however, the antibiotics are ineffective for treating many pathogens, and the use of these drugs contributes to development of antibiotic resistance in other pathogens.
- Calcium-activated chloride channels (CaCCs) are believed to provide an important route for chloride (Cl−1) and fluid secretion in secretory diarrheas. Excess transepithelial salt and water transport by one or more CaCCs may be caused by certain drugs (e.g., antiretrovirals, chemotherapeutics) and viruses (see, e.g., Lorrot et al., Virol. J. 4:31 (2007); Morris et al., Am. J. Physiol. 277:G431-44 (1999); Rufo et al., Am. J. Physiol. 264:C998-1008 (2004); Schultheiss et al., Eur. J. Pharmacol. 546:161-70 (2006); Takahashi et al., J. Med. Microbiol. 49:801-10 (2000); Schultheiss et al., J. Membr. Biol. 204:117-27 (2005); Gyömörey et al., Pflugers Arch. 443 Suppl 1:S103-6 (2001); Kidd et al., Annu. Rev. Physiol. 62:493-513 (2000); Barrett et al., Annu. Rev. Physiol. 62:535-72 (2000)). The morbidity and mortality associated with secretory diarrhea indicate an imperative need for potent inhibitors of CaCCs.
- In addition, CaCCs are believed to provide an important route for chloride (Cl−) and fluid secretion in pulmonary diseases and disorders. For example, smooth muscle CaCCs have been implicated in the pathophysiology of asthma (see, e.g., Bolton et al., J. Physiol. 570:5-11 (2006); Farthing, Dig. Dis. 24:47-58 (2006); Thiagarajah et al., Trends Pharmacol. Sci. 26, 172-75 (2005))). Airway CaCCs have been identified in some model systems to be upregulated in cystic fibrosis (Tarran et al., J. Gen. Physiol. 120:407-18 (2002)), providing alternative chloride conductance to compensate for missing or defective CFTR. However, CaCC activity may contribute to excess mucus secretion by epithelial cells in the lungs of patients with pulmonary diseases and disorders, such as asthma, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), bronchiectasis, and cystic fibrosis. Excess mucus production and concomitant change in the lung environment lead to colonization by bacteria that exacerbate the pathophysiology of the diseased lung. Thus, inhibitors of CaCCs are needed treating pulmonary diseases and disorders that exhibit mucus hypersecretion.
- Briefly stated, provided herein are compounds, compositions, and methods that are useful for treating diseases and disorders related to or associated with aberrantly increased CaCC chloride secretion from cells. Also provided herein are methods for identifying and characterizing agents, including compounds, that inhibit calcium-activated chloride channels.
- In one embodiment, compounds, and compositions comprising these compounds, of the aminothiophene class are provided. In one embodiment, the composition comprises a physiologically acceptable excipient and a compound having the following structure (I):
- or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, prodrug or stereoisomer thereof, wherein R1 is hydrogen or optionally substituted alkyl; R2 is hydroxy, optionally substituted alkoxy, or optionally substituted phenylamino; R3 is optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted phenyl, or optionally substituted heterocyclyl; and n is 0, 1, or 2, and wherein the compound of structure I comprises at least one —COOH. Also provided herein in certain embodiments (described in greater detail herein), are aminothiophene compounds and compositions comprising these compounds wherein the aminothiophene compounds have a substructure of formulae (IA) and (Ia)-(Ii).
- In another embodiment, compounds and compositions comprising these compounds, of the aminothiazole class are provided. In one embodiment, the composition comprises a physiologically acceptable excipient and a compound having the following structure (II):
- or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, prodrug or stereoisomer thereof, wherein R7 is optionally substituted C1-6 alkyl, optionally substituted phenyl, or optionally substituted phenylacyl; R8 is hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-6 alkyl, or optionally substituted phenyl; R9 and R10 are the same or different and independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or optionally substituted phenoxy. Also provided herein in certain embodiments (described in greater detail herein), are aminothiazole compounds and compositions comprising these compounds wherein the aminothiazole compounds have a substructure of formulae (IIa)-(IIh).
- Also provided herein is a method of inhibiting a calcium-activated chloride channel comprising: contacting (a) a cell that comprises the calcium-activated chloride channel and (b) a compound or a composition comprising the compound wherein the compound is (i) an aminothiophene compound of structure (I), including substructures (IA) and (Ia)-(Ii) described above and herein and/or (ii) an aminothiazole compound of structure (II), including substructures (IIa)-(IIh) as described above and herein, in an amount effective and under conditions and for a time sufficient to inhibit activation of the channel. In a specific embodiment, the cell is an epithelial cell. In a particular embodiment, the epithelial cell is an intestinal epithelial cell or a lung epithelial cell. In a specific embodiment, the calcium-activated chloride channel is TMEM16A, and in other specific embodiments, the TMEM16A calcium-activated chloride channel is a human TMEM16A calcium-activated chloride channel.
- In one embodiment, provided herein is a method of inhibiting fluid secretion from a cell comprising administering to a subject of the composition comprising physiologically acceptable excipient and (i) an aminothiophene compound of structure (I), including substructures (IA) and (Ia)-(Ii) described above and herein and/or (ii) an aminothiazole compound of structure (II), including substructures (IIa)-(IIh), in an amount effective to inhibit conductance of chloride through a calcium-activated chloride channel, thereby inhibiting fluid secretion from the cell, wherein the subject has a condition, disease or disorder that is treatable by inhibiting conductance of chloride through a calcium-activated chloride channel. In certain embodiments, the disease or disorder is selected from abnormally increased intestinal fluid secretion, secretory diarrhea, asthma, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, bronchiectasis, or cystic fibrosis. In other embodiments, a condition that is treatable by inhibiting conductance of chloride through a calcium-activated chloride channel includes abnormally increased mucus secretion, which in certain embodiments is a condition of a disease or disorder that is a pulmonary disorder (e.g., asthma, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, bronchiectasis, or cystic fibrosis).
- In another embodiment, a method of treating a condition, disease, or disorder associated with abnormally increased chloride ion secretion is provided, wherein the method comprises administering to a subject a composition comprising a physiologically acceptable excipient and (i) an aminothiophene compound of structure (I), including substructures (IA) and (Ia)-(Ii) described above and herein and/or (ii) an aminothiazole compound of structure (II), including substructures (IIa)-(IIh) described above and herein, in an amount effective to inhibit a calcium-activated chloride channel, thereby inhibiting chloride ion secretion. In one certain embodiment, the disease or disorder is abnormally (i.e., aberrantly) increased intestinal fluid secretion. In a particular embodiment, the disease or disorder is secretory diarrhea. In another particular embodiment, the condition, which may be a condition of the disease or disorder described herein is abnormally increased mucus secretion. In certain embodiments, a disease or disorder that comprises the condition of abnormally increased mucus secretion is asthma, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, bronchiectasis, or cystic fibrosis. In certain embodiments, the method of treating a disease or disorder further comprising administering to the subject an agent that inhibits ion transport by a cystic fibrosis transmembrane conductance regulator (CFTR). In a specific embodiment, the agent is a thiazolidinone compound. In a more specific embodiment, the thiazolidinone compound is 3-[(3-trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-5-[(4-carboxyphenyemethylene]-2-thioxo-4-thiazolidinone.
- Also provided herein is a use of a composition comprising (i) an aminothiophene compound of structure (I), including substructures (IA), (Ia)-(Ii) described above and herein and/or (ii) an aminothiazole compound of structure (II), including substructures (IIa)-(IIh) described above and herein, for treating a condition, disease, or disorder associated with abnormally increased chloride ion secretion from a cell. In specific embodiments, the disease or disorder is secretory diarrhea, asthma, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, bronchiectasis, or cystic fibrosis. In other certain embodiments, a use is provided that is a use of a composition comprising a physiologically acceptable excipient (i) an aminothiophene compound of structure (I), including substructures (IA), (Ia)-(Ii) described above and herein and/or (ii) an aminothiazole compound of structure (II), including substructures (IIa)-(IIh) described above and herein, and a composition comprising an agent that inhibits ion transport by a cystic fibrosis transmembrane conductance regulator (CFTR). In a specific embodiment, the agent is a thiazolidinone compound. In a more specific embodiment, the thiazolidinone compound is 3-[(3-trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-5-[(4-carboxyphenyl)methylene]-2-thioxo-4-thiazolidinone.
- In another embodiment, use of a composition is provided wherein the use comprises (i) an aminothiophene compound of structure (I), including substructures (IA), (Ia)-(Ii) described above and herein and/or (ii) an aminothiazole compound of structure (II), including substructures (IIa)-(IIh) described above and herein, for the manufacture of a medicament for treating a condition, disease, or disorder associated with abnormally increased chloride ion secretion from a cell. In a certain embodiment, the cell is an epithelial cell. In a particular embodiment, the epithelial cell is an intestinal or lung epithelial cell. In specific embodiments, the disease or disorder is secretory diarrhea, asthma, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, bronchiectasis, or cystic fibrosis. In other certain embodiments, a use is provided that is a use of a composition comprising (i) an aminothiophene compound of structure (I), including substructures (IA), (Ia)-(Ii) described above and herein and/or (ii) an aminothiazole compound of structure (II), including substructures (IIa)-(IIh) described above and herein, and a composition comprising an agent that inhibits ion transport by a cystic fibrosis transmembrane conductance regulator (CFTR) for the manufacture of the medicament. In a specific embodiment, the agent is a thiazolidinone compound. In a more specific embodiment, the thiazolidinone compound is 3-[(3-trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-5-[(4-carboxyphenyl)methylene]-2-thioxo-4-thiazolidinone.
- Also provided herein is a method of identifying an agent that is an inhibitor of a calcium-activated chloride channel comprising: (a) contacting a cell and a candidate agent in a test sample, (under conditions and for a time sufficient) to permit interaction between the candidate agent and the cell, wherein the cell comprises (i) a calcium-activated chloride channel and (ii) a cytoplasmic indicator protein that binds halide; (b) adding to the test sample (i) at least one calcium-elevating agonist and (ii) iodide, under conditions and for a time sufficient for the calcium-elevating agonist to bind to the cell (i.e., to permit binding of the calcium-elevating agonist to the cell), wherein binding of the calcium-elevating agonist to the cell increases the level of calcium ion (Ca2+) in the cell; and (c) determining the level of iodide influx in the presence of the candidate agent and comparing the level of iodide influx in the presence of the candidate agent with the level of iodide influx in the absence of the candidate agent, wherein a decrease in the level of iodide influx in the presence of the candidate agent compared with the level of iodide influx in the absence of the candidate agent, indicates that the candidate agent is an inhibitor of the calcium-activated chloride channel. In a certain embodiment, the cell is an epithelial cell. In a particular embodiment, the epithelial cell is an intestinal epithelial cell or a pulmonary epithelial cell. In a more particular embodiment, the intestinal epithelial cell is an HT-29 cell. In certain embodiment, the steps of the method are performed in each of a plurality of reaction vessels in a high throughput screening array. In other particular embodiments, the calcium-elevating agonist is selected from histamine, calcimycin, ATP, carbachol, and forskolin. In a more specific embodiment, the test sample of step (b) is contacted with at least two, at least three, or at least four calcium-elevating agonists. In yet another specific embodiment, the test sample of step (b) is contacted with at least two calcium-elevating agonists, wherein the at least two calcium-elevating agonists are ATP and carbachol. In certain embodiments the calcium-activated chloride channel is TMEM16A; in specific embodiments, the TMEM16A is a mammalian TMEM16A; in other certain embodiments the mammalian TMEM16A is a human TMEM16A. In certain embodiments, the cytoplasmic indicator protein is a yellow fluorescent protein (YFP) variant (also called herein YFP mutant). In a particular embodiment, the YFP variant (also called herein YFP mutant) is YFP-H148Q/I152L. In still another embodiment, the epithelial cell comprising the cytoplasmic indicator protein is obtained by transforming, transfecting, or transducing the epithelial cell with a recombinant expression vector that comprises a polynucleotide that encodes the cytoplasmic indicator protein. In one specific embodiment, the cell transiently expresses the cytoplasmic indicator protein. In another specific embodiment, the cell stably expresses the cytoplasmic indicator protein. In still other embodiments, the recombinant expression vector is a plasmid or a viral vector. In a specific embodiment, the viral vector is a retroviral vector. In another specific embodiment, the retroviral vector is a lentiviral vector. In still another embodiment, step (c) comprises determining the level of iodide influx in the presence and absence of the candidate agent at multiple time points.
- In another embodiment, a method is provided for determining influx of an anion in a cell that comprises or is suspected of comprising a calcium-activated chloride channel, wherein the anion is halide or NO3 −, said method comprising: (a) contacting the cell with the anion in the presence of a calcium-elevating agonist and in the absence of the calcium-elevating agonist, under conditions and for a time sufficient that permit interaction between the calcium-elevating agonist and the epithelial cell, wherein the cell comprises a cytoplasmic indicator protein that binds the anion, and wherein binding of the calcium-elevating agonist to the cell increases the level of calcium ion (Ca2+) in the cell; and (b) determining the level of anion influx in the presence of the calcium-elevating agonist and determining the level of anion influx in the absence of the calcium-elevating agonist and then comparing the level of anion influx in the presence of the calcium-elevating agonist to the level of anion influx in the absence of the calcium-elevating agonist, thereby determining influx of the anion in the cell. In a specific embodiment, the cell comprising the cytoplasmic indicator protein is obtained by transforming, transfecting, or transducing the epithelial cell with a recombinant expression vector that comprises a polynucleotide that encodes the cytoplasmic indicator protein. In a certain embodiment, the cell is an epithelial cell. In a particular embodiment, the epithelial cell is an intestinal epithelial cell or a pulmonary epithelial cell. In a more particular embodiment, the intestinal epithelial cell is an HT-29 cell. In certain embodiments the calcium-activated chloride channel is TMEM16A; in specific embodiments, the TMEM16A is a mammalian TMEM16A; in other certain embodiments the mammalian TMEM16A is a human TMEM16A. In one specific embodiment, the recombinant expression vector is a plasmid or viral vector. In another specific embodiment, the viral vector is a retroviral vector. In a certain embodiment, the retroviral vector is a lentiviral vector.
- In another embodiment, a method is provided for determining influx of an anion in a cell that comprises or is suspected of comprising a calcium-activated chloride channel, wherein the anion is halide or NO3 −, said method comprising: (a) culturing the cell to provide a plurality of cells; (b) transforming, transfecting, or transducing the plurality of cells a expression vector that comprises a polynucleotide encoding an indicator protein that is capable of binding the anion; (c) culturing the plurality of cells of step (b) under conditions and for a time sufficient that permit expression of the indicator protein in the cytoplasm of the cells; (d) contacting the plurality of cells with the anion in the presence and absence of a calcium-elevating agonist, under conditions and for a time sufficient to permit interaction between the calcium-elevating agonist and the plurality of cells, wherein binding of the calcium-elevating agonist to the plurality of cells increases the level of calcium ion (Ca2+) in the plurality of cells; and (e) determining the level of anion influx in the presence of the calcium-elevating agonist and determining the level of anion influx in the absence of the calcium-elevating agonist, and then comparing the level of anion influx in the presence of the calcium-elevating agonist to the level of anion influx in the absence of the calcium-elevating agonist, thereby determining influx of anion in the cell. In a certain embodiment, the cell is an epithelial cell. In a particular embodiment, the epithelial cell is an intestinal epithelial cell or a pulmonary epithelial cell. In a more particular embodiment, the intestinal epithelial cell is an HT-29 cell. In certain embodiments the calcium-activated chloride channel is TMEM16A; in specific embodiments, the TMEM16A is a mammalian TMEM16A; in other certain embodiments the mammalian TMEM16A is a human TMEM16A. In one specific embodiment, the recombinant expression vector is a plasmid or viral vector. In another specific embodiment, the viral vector is a retroviral vector. In a certain embodiment, the retroviral vector is a lentiviral vector. In other specific embodiments, the indicator protein is a yellow fluorescent protein (YFP) mutant (also called herein YFP variant). In still another specific embodiment, the YFP mutant is YFP-H148Q/I152L. In certain embodiments, the step of determining the level of influx of the anion in the presence of the calcium-activated chloride channel agonist and determining the level of influx of the anion in the absence of the calcium-activated chloride channel agonist are determined at multiple time points (i.e., the step of determining comprises determining the level of influx of the anion in the presence of the calcium-activated chloride channel agonist and determining the level of influx of the anion in the absence of the calcium-activated chloride channel agonist at multiple time points over a time course). In still other embodiments, the calcium-elevating agonist is a first calcium-elevating agonist and is selected from histamine, calcimycin, ATP, carbachol, and forskolin. In a particular embodiment, the method further comprises a second calcium-elevating agonist. In certain particular embodiments, the first calcium-elevating agonist is ATP and the second calcium-elevating agonist is carbachol. Also, in specific embodiments of the method, the anion is iodide.
- As used herein and in the appended claims, the singular forms “a,” “and,” and “the” include plural referents unless the context clearly dictates otherwise. Thus, for example, reference to “an agent” includes a plurality of such agents, and reference to “a cell” or “the cell” includes reference to one or more cells and equivalents thereof (e.g., plurality of cells) known to those skilled in the art, and so forth. The term “about” when referring to a number or a numerical range means that the number or numerical range referred to is an approximation within experimental variability (or within statistical experimental error), and thus the number or numerical range may vary between 1% and 15% of the stated number or numerical range. The term “comprising” (and related terms such as “comprise” or “comprises” or “having” or “including”) is not intended to exclude in other certain embodiments, for example, that an embodiment of any composition of matter, composition, method, or process, or the like, described herein, may “consist of” or “consist essentially of” the described features.
-
FIG. 1A-1B .FIG. 1A illustrates a schematic of a cell-based, fluorescence high-throughput screening assay. In this example, calcium-activated chloride channel (CaCC)-facilitated iodide influx is measured from the kinetics of decreasing YFP-H148Q/I152L fluorescence in response to iodide addition to the extracellular solution. CaCC may be activated by a mixture of calcium-elevating agonists, including carbachol (Cch); carbachol receptor (m3AChR); purinergic receptor (P2y2); and calcium-calmodulin protein kinase 2 (CaMKII).FIG. 1B is a fluorescence micrograph of lentivirus-infected HT-29 cells stably expressing the YFP iodide sensor. -
FIG. 2A-2D present data illustrating time course experiments that measure YFP fluorescence after extracellular iodide addition to YFP-expressing HT-29 cells. The scale bar on the y-axis indicates the percentage reduction in fluorescence relative to baseline fluorescence (before iodide addition). As indicated in the figures, the solutions contained histamine (100 μM), calcimycin (10 μM), ATP (100 μM), carbachol (100 μM), carbachol (100 μM)+CFTRinh-172 (20 μM), or forskolin (20 μM), either individually as shown inFIG. 2A , or in various combinations (at same concentrations) as shown inFIG. 2B .FIG. 2C represents a carbachol concentration-response study.FIG. 2D demonstrates the initial negative fluorescence curve slope (following extracellular iodide addition) as a function of time after carbachol/ATP (each 100 μM) addition and extracellular iodide addition. -
FIG. 3A-3C .FIG. 3A (left) shows a time course of YFP fluorescence in HT-29 cells following iodide addition in the absence or presence of carbachol (100 μM) and ATP (100 μM).FIG. 3A (right) is a histogram distribution of initial iodide influx rates (d[I−]/dt) determined from initial fluorescence slopes.FIG. 3B (left) provides examples of fluorescence data for individual compounds in the primary screen.FIG. 3B (right) is a histogram distribution of percentage inhibition from primary compound screening. Dashed vertical line denotes selection criteria for further evaluation.FIG. 3C describes structures of compounds of classes A-F identified from the primary compound screen. -
FIG. 4A-4C .FIG. 4A shows one example of the synthesis of CaCCinh-A01: 6-t-butyl-2-(furan-2-carboxamido)-4,5,6,7-tetrahydrobenzo[b]thiophene-3-carboxylic acid.FIG. 4B shows one example of the synthesis of CaCCinh-B01: 2-hydroxy-4-(4-p-tolylthiazol-2-ylaminobenzoic acid.FIG. 4C illustrates concentration-inhibition data for CaCCinh-A01 and CaCCinh-B01 determined by plate reader fluorescence assay. -
FIG. 5A-5D .FIG. 5A is a time course of YFP fluorescence in HT-29 cells following iodide addition in the absence or presence of thapsigargin in cells pre-treated with 30 μM of indicated compounds.FIG. 5B shows YFP fluorescence in FRT cells expressing human wildtype CFTR following iodide addition in cells pre-treated with 30 μM of indicated compounds. CFTRinh-172 (20 μM) was present where indicated.FIG. 5C shows calcium signaling measured by fura-2 fluorescence in response to indicated agonists and test compounds. A=CaCCinh-A01; B=CaCCinh-B01. Representative data shown on the left, with averaged data on the right (SE, n=3-4).FIG. 5D shows ATP/carbachol-induced CaMKII phosphorylation determined by immunoblot analysis (representative of 3 separate experiments). -
FIG. 6A-6D . CaCC channel activity in the whole-cell configuration was measured in HT-29 cells.FIG. 6A illustrates ionomycin-induced currents in the absence or presence of CaCCinh-A01 or CaCCinh-B01 recorded at a holding potential at 0 mV, and pulsing to voltages between ±120 mV in steps of 20 mV.FIG. 6B is a current/voltage (IN) plot of mean currents at the end of each voltage pulse as in A.FIG. 6C is a summary of current density data measured at Vm of +100 mV (S.E., n=6-8).FIG. 6D (top) illustrates ionomycin-induced chloride currents in the whole-cell configuration with symmetrical NMDG-Cl solutions.FIG. 6D (bottom) shows the current/voltage plot of mean currents at the end of each voltage pulse. -
FIG. 7A-7B present data showing inhibition of chloride secretion in T84 cells by short-circuit current analysis. InFIG. 7A , after carbachol stimulation, ATP-induced Isc was measured in the absence or presence of inhibitors (representative of 3 or more separate experiments).FIG. 7B represents a summary of carbachol and ATP-induced short-circuit current in the absence or presence of CaCCinh-A01 or CaCCinh-B01 (S.E., n=3-4). *P<0.05 vs. control. - The disclosure herein relates to identification of specific and potent compounds that inhibit (i.e., block) calcium-activated chloride channels (CaCCs) such that chloride movement through these channels in inhibited. These compounds, and compositions comprising these compounds may be useful for treating secretory diarrheas and for treating pulmonary diseases and disorders that exhibit and are exacerbated by excess mucus production (i.e., mucus hypersecretion), such as asthma, cystic fibrosis, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), and bronchiectasis. Also described herein are methods that were developed for identifying such compounds that inhibit or block calcium-activated chloride channels.
- Calcium-activated chloride channels (CaCCs) are widely expressed in mammalian tissues, including intestinal and lung epithelia, where they facilitate fluid secretion. Fluid secretion is an important mechanism for maintaining normal function of the lungs, and intestinal tract, as well as other body organs, and is regulated, in part, by chloride (Cl−) movement across the cell membrane.
- Aberrantly increased secretion of chloride ion and water from a lung cell or intestinal cell, for example, may be facilitated by increased conductance of chloride ion through one or more CaCC(s). Excess chloride and water secretion from intestinal epithelial cells occurs in secretory diarrheas that may be caused by administration of particular drugs (e.g., antiretroviral drugs or chemotherapeutic drugs) and by various viruses, bacteria, and toxins. Aberrantly increased (or abnormally increased) secretion of chloride ion and water from a cell, such as a lung cell or intestinal cell, therefore refers to increased secretion of chloride ion and water from a cell compared with the amount or level of chloride ion and water secreted from a cell that exhibits normal function, such as in a subject who does not have or exhibit symptoms of conditions, diseases, and disorders discussed herein, such as secretory diarrhea and certain chronic lung diseases (e.g., cystic fibrosis, COPD, bronchiectasis, asthma).
- Available compounds that inhibit CaCCs, including fenamates, anthracene-9-carboxylic acid, indoleacetic acid, ethacrynic acid, and tamoxifen, have low potency and inhibit multiple types of Cl− channels and transporters, and in some cases cause activation of BKCa K+ channels (see, e.g., Hartzell et al., Annu. Rev. Physiol. 67:719-58 (2005)). Despite the need for potent, selective CaCC inhibitors, none has yet been available (see, e.g., reviews by Kidd et al., supra; Hartzell et al., supra).
- At least five distinct classes of mammalian Cl− channels, including the cystic fibrosis transmembrane conductance regulator (CFTR), CLC-type voltage-sensitive Cl− channels, ligand-gated (GABA and glycine) Cl− channels, volume-sensitive Cl− channels, and calcium-activated Cl− channels (CaCCs) have been identified (Hartzell et al., supra; Eggermont, Proc. Am. Thorac. Soc. 1:22-7 (2004)). The molecular identities of epithelial cell CaCCs remain unclear. Recently, a member of a group of plasma membrane proteins with previously unknown function, referred to as TMEM16A, has been identified as associated with calcium-dependent chloride current (see, e.g., Schroeder et al., Cell 134:1019-29 (2008); Caputo et al., Science 322:590-94 (2008); Yang et al., Nature 455:1210-15 (2008)). Potential candidates include bestrophins (Best1-Best4), CLCs of the CKCA family, and products of the recently described tweety gene (Suzuki, Exp. Physiol. 91:141-7 (2006); Hartzell et al., Physiol. (Bethesda) 20:292-302 (2005); Loewen et al., Physiol. Rev. 85:1061-92 (2005); Evans et al. J. Biol. Chem. 279:41792-800 (2004)). Agents that inhibit at least one CaCCs would therefore also be useful for characterizing and identifying CaCCs. Specific compounds, such as the compounds described herein, may be useful for identifying CaCCs physiologically and may be used to isolate specific currents from a mixture of currents. Such compounds may also be useful for characterizing the pore (e.g., resolving the structure of the pore), analyzing tissue and cell type distribution of CaCCs, and for biochemical analysis and manipulation.
- Methods are provided herein for identifying agents that are inhibitors (i.e., agents that inhibit, block, prevent, interfere with, abrogate, or decrease activity or activation in a statistically or biologically significant manner) of at least one (i.e., one or more) CaCCs, thereby inhibiting movement of an anion, particularly chloride, from a cell (i.e., efflux or secretion from the cell). Thus, agents identified in the methods described herein (including the aminothiophene and aminothiazole compounds described herein) inhibit chloride conductance (or current) through a CaCC. The methods also include high throughput formats that are useful for screening large numbers of candidate agents to identify agents that are CaCC inhibitors.
- Provided herein are methods to identify inhibitors (e.g., small molecule inhibitors) of one or more mammalian (particularly human) CaCCs and that thereby inhibit chloride and/or water secretion from a cell. The methods may be used to identify inhibitors that inhibit the channel itself (i.e., bind to or block the CaCC) or that inhibit by targeting a site or sites distal to calcium elevation. In a certain specific embodiment, a cell-based assay is provided that determines iodide influx in a monolayer of yellow fluorescent protein (YFP)-expressing cells (such as mammalian epithelial cells) in response to one or more calcium-elevating agonists. In certain embodiments, the methods described herein may also include agonists that prevent or minimize identification of compounds that inhibit at a target site or sites proximal to cell calcium elevation.
- In certain embodiments, methods described herein for identifying an agent that inhibits a CaCC (i.e., that inhibits activation of a CaCC) and methods for determining anion influx include iodide as the anion. Iodide is useful in the methods described herein, particularly in initial screening of large numbers of agents because iodide is transported by channels, as opposed to being transported by either exchangers or cotransporters, such as AE1 (Cl−/HCO3 −) and NKCC (Na+/K+/2Cl−). In addition, compared to chloride, iodide demonstrates greater quenching compared with presently available molecular and chemical halide sensors (see, e.g., Verkman et al., Methods Mol. Med. 70:187-96 (2002); Hartzell et al., Annu. Rev. Physiol. 67:719-58 (2005); Eggermont, Proc. Am. Thorac. Soc. 1:22-7 (2004); each of these references are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety). Accordingly, as additional chemical and macromolecular halide sensors become available, additional halides may be used in these methods to determine anion flux.
- In one embodiment, methods for identifying an agent that is an inhibitor of a calcium-activated chloride channel comprise contacting (i.e., combining in some manner that permits interaction between components in the method) a cell, particularly such as an epithelial cell, and a candidate agent to provide a test sample (i.e., mixture, combination), under conditions and for a time sufficient to permit interaction between the candidate agent and the cell, wherein the cell comprises a calcium-activated chloride channel and also comprises a cytoplasmic indicator protein that binds halide. To the test sample of the cells and the candidate agent is added at least one calcium-elevating agonist and a halide (e.g., Cl−, I−, Br−, or F−) or NO3 − (i.e., a source of halide or NO3 −) other than chloride, such as iodide. In certain embodiments, the candidate agent is added prior to contacting the cells with the at least one calcium-elevating agent and a halide or NO3 −. In other embodiments, the candidate agent is added contemporaneously with or subsequently to the at least one calcium-elevating agonist and a halide or NO3 −. The halide or NO3 − is in a solution that lacks chloride (e.g., a phosphate buffered iodide solution). The at least one calcium-elevating agonist is added in an amount sufficient that upon binding to or interacting with the cell, the level of intracellular calcium ion (Ca2+) increases in the cell, and results in activation (i.e., opening) of a calcium-activated chloride channel. In the absence of an inhibitor of the CaCC, activation of the channel results in increased influx of the anion (e.g., iodide). The capability of the candidate agent to inhibit influx of the anion is determined by determining and then comparing the level of anion influx in the presence and the level of anion influx in the absence of the candidate agent. A decrease in the level of anion influx in the presence of the candidate agent compared with the level of anion influx in the absence of the candidate agent indicates that the candidate agent inhibits the movement of the anion (i.e., inhibits anion current or conductance of the anion through the channel). As described in greater detail herein, the level of anion influx may be determined by determining the level of binding of the anion (e.g., iodide) to the cytoplasmic indicator protein. An exemplary cytoplasmic indicator protein is a halide sensor chromophore such as yellow fluorescent protein, or a mutant (i.e., variant) thereof, that upon binding to or interacting with the anion, the fluorescent signal is quenched (i.e., decreased). The change in the fluorescent signal may be determined at multiple time points over a time course (i.e., length of time) to provide time course data for determining anion influx. In a certain embodiment, the cells are epithelial cells, and in certain specific embodiments, the epithelial cells endogenously express at least one CaCC. In other embodiments of any one of the methods described herein, a cell (such as an epithelial cell) may be transfected, transformed, or transduced with a recombinant expression vector that comprises a polynucleotide that encodes a CaCC as discussed in further detail herein.
- As discussed in greater detail herein, a test sample may be contained within any one of a variety of vessels that can include cells, buffer, and/or media, and components of the assay. By way of example, the cells may be adherent cells that are attached to (or adhered to) a well of a cell culture plate. The differing components (e.g., candidate agent(s), calcium-elevating agonist(s), halide, NO3 −, etc.) used in the methods described herein may be contacted with the cells by addition of a component to a solution, or as a solution, in which the cells are bathed (i.e., supernatant). Each of the steps of the methods described herein are performed under conditions and for a time sufficient appropriate for each step. Such conditions and time are discussed herein and in the exemplary methods provided in the examples, and which may be readily determined by persons skilled in the art.
- As described in greater detail below, the cell (e.g., an epithelial cell) comprising the cytoplasmic indicator protein is obtained by transforming, transfecting, or transducing the epithelial cell with a recombinant expression vector that comprises a polynucleotide that encodes the cytoplasmic indicator protein.
- In a more specific embodiment, a method for identifying an agent that is an inhibitor of a calcium-activated chloride channel (CaCC) comprises contacting (i.e., combining in some manner that permits interaction between components in the method) an epithelial cell, and a candidate agent to provide a test sample (or combination or mixture), under conditions and for a time sufficient to permit interaction between the candidate agent and the epithelial cell, wherein the epithelial cell comprises a calcium-activated chloride channel and also comprises a cytoplasmic indicator protein that binds a halide, such as iodide. Subsequent to a time sufficient for the epithelial cells and agent to interact, the test sample (or combination or mixture) of the epithelial cells and the candidate agent are then contacted with at least one calcium-elevating agonist and iodide under conditions and for a time sufficient for the calcium-elevating agonist and epithelial cell to interact. Iodide is added to the test sample containing epithelial cells in the absence of a source of chloride (e.g., for example, sodium chloride is not included in buffers, media, or other reagents). An exemplary source of iodide is a phosphate buffer comprising iodide. Iodide may be added at concentrations between 10 mM and 200 mM depending upon the combination of cells, calcium-elevating agonist(s), agents, CaCC(s) expressed by the cells, and other components and conditions (such as media) that are used in the method. The at least one calcium-elevating agonist is added in an amount sufficient that upon binding or interacting to the cell, the level of intracellular calcium ion (Ca2+) increases in the cell, causing activation (i.e., opening) of a calcium-activated chloride channel. In the absence of an inhibitor of the CaCC, activation of the channel results in increased influx of iodide. The capability of the candidate agent to inhibit influx of iodide is determined by determining and then comparing the level of iodide influx in the presence of the candidate agent and the level of iodide influx in the absence of the candidate agent. A decrease in the level of iodide influx in the presence of the candidate agent compared with the level of iodide influx in the absence of the candidate agent indicates that the candidate agent inhibits the movement of the iodide (i.e., inhibits anion current or conductance of the anion through the channel).
- As described above, the level of anion (e.g., iodide) influx may be determined by determining (i.e., in some manner measuring) the level of binding of iodide to the cytoplasmic indicator protein. An exemplary cytoplasmic indicator protein is a halide sensor chromophore such as yellow fluorescent protein, or a mutant or variant thereof, that upon binding or interaction of iodide, the fluorescent signal is quenched (i.e., decreased). The change in the fluorescent signal may be determined at multiple time points to provide time course data for determining iodide influx. The fluorescent signal can be detected by any one of numerous commercially available apparatus.
- Calcium-activated chloride channels are activated by cytosolic calcium ion (Ca2+). The Ca2+ that activates a CaCC may come from either Ca2+ influx or from Ca2+ release from intracellular stores. Without wishing to be bound by any particular theory, a CaCC may be activated by direct Ca2+ binding or may act indirectly on the CaCC by binding to Ca2+ binding proteins or Ca2+ dependent enzymes. Certain CaCCs may be stimulated by protein phosphorylation that involves calcium-calmodulin-dependent kinase II. Experimentally, cytosolic Ca2+ may be induced by stimulating cells with Ca2+ elevating agonists and by Ca2+ ionophores, such as ionomycin (see, e.g., Eggermont, supra; Kidd et al., supra). Exemplary calcium-elevating agonists that may be used in the methods described herein include but are not limited to histamine, calcimycin, ATP, carbachol, and forskolin. Without wishing to be bound by any particular theory, the calcium elevating agonist binds to a cognate receptor on the cell, which triggers phosphoinositide signaling, which in turn activates calcium-calmodulin-dependent kinase II. The cognate receptor of the calcium-elevating agonist, carbachol, is a muscarinic cholinergic receptor (m3AchR). ATP, acting as a calcium-elevating agonist binds to purinergic receptor (P2Y2). In certain embodiments, one calcium-elevating agonist is contacted with the cells (e.g., epithelial cells). In a specific embodiment, the calcium-elevating agonist is carbachol or ATP. In other certain embodiments, at least two calcium-elevating agonists are contacted with the cells. In certain other embodiments, at least three or at least four calcium-elevating agonists are included in the methods described herein. In a specific embodiment, at least two calcium-elevating agonists, for example, carbachol and ATP, are contacted with the cells in a manner that permits interaction between the cells and each of the agonists.
- Whether a single agonist or multiple agonists (i.e., at least two, three, or four agonists) are used in a screening assay for identifying CaCC inhibitors may depend on the particular cell (including the particular epithelial cell or cell line) that is used in the screening method. Selection of one or more appropriate calcium-elevating agonists can be determined by using the methods described herein for determining anion influx in a cell (e.g., an epithelial cell) in the presence and absence of the agonist. The concentration of the one or more calcium-elevating agonists that are contacted with cells to elevate cytosolic Ca2+ can be determined according to methods routinely practiced by a skilled artisan when optimizing assay methods; typically a calcium-elevated agonist is added to cells (e.g., epithelial cells) at a concentration between 10-100 μM.
- A person skilled in the art also readily appreciates that appropriate controls can be designed and included when performing the in vitro methods described herein. For example, a method for identifying an agent that inhibits a CaCC and that inhibits influx of an anion (e.g., iodide) includes a sample or samples that comprise a plurality of cells (e.g., epithelial cells) and one or more candidate agents and includes one or more control samples. Controls may include samples that are used to determine the basal iodide conductance (or the basal level of another halide or nitrate conductance for which influx is determined), which is the conductance observed in the absence of a calcium-elevated agonist, which is the calcium-chloride channel-independent conductance. Additional controls that may be included in the methods for identifying an agent are samples that comprise the vehicle (i.e., solvent, buffer, or solution) in which the agent is prepared but lacks the agent (negative control). Instead of or in addition to the aforementioned negative control, a sample may include an agent or compound that is known not to inhibit CaCC and not to alter anion flux. Accordingly, determining anion (e.g., iodide) flux in the presence and absence of an agent is understood to mean that a first sample comprises all assay components (including the agent) and at least one additional sample (i.e., a second, third, fourth, and/or fifth sample etc.) comprises all components except the agent, respectively. The composition of control samples (i.e., including (in the presence of) or excluding (in the absence of) certain components) and the time at which the control samples are prepared and evaluated are described herein and can also be readily determined by a person skilled in the assay method art. Conditions for a particular assay include temperature, buffers (including salts, cations, media), and other components that maintain the integrity of the cell, the agent, the calcium-elevating agonist, with which a person skilled in the art will be familiar and/or which can be readily determined. Analysis of positive and negative controls may be included in any method prior to, concurrently with, or subsequent to determining the ability of an agent to inhibit CaCC(s).
- Reference to “an agent” or “a candidate agent” includes a plurality of such agents. Accordingly, as described herein a sample comprising cells (e.g., epithelial cells) and an agent may comprise one, two, three, four, or any number of agents between 1 and 10 or 1 and 50. As routinely practiced in the art for screening libraries of agents, multiple agents may be included in a single sample, the method performed, positive “hits” selected, and a subsequent assay performed in which a lesser number of agents are included per sample. The methods are repeated until the method is performed with a single agent per sample.
- With respect to the methods discussed above and herein, reference to “a cell” is not necessarily limited to a single cell but is intended to include at least one cell (i.e., one or more cells) or a plurality of cells. Reference to “contacting” in the steps of the methods described herein includes incubating, immersing, exposing, bathing, combining, mixing, adding together, or otherwise introducing one component (e.g., a cell, candidate agent, halide (e.g., iodide) or NO3 −, agonist such as a calcium-elevating agonist, or any other component described herein) of the method with another component. The steps of the methods described herein are performed under conditions and for a time sufficient
- As used herein, movement of a halide, such as chloride or iodide or other anion, across and through the outer cell membrane from the extracellular space or environment into the cell refers to influx of the halide. Movement of a halide, such as chloride or iodide or other anion, out of the cell into the extracellular space refers to efflux of the halide.
- As described herein, the cells (e.g., epithelial cells) comprise at least one CaCC. Other chloride channels (e.g., cystic fibrosis transmembrane conductance regulator protein (CFTR); CLC-type voltage-sensitive chloride channels; ligand gated (GABA and glycine) chloride channels; and volume-sensitive channels) may be expressed in the cell in addition to one or more CaCCs. The methods described herein, may therefore, further comprise contacting the cells (e.g., epithelial cells) with one or more bioactive agents that inhibit one or more chloride channels but that do not inhibit CaCCs. For example, certain cells, including epithelial cells and epithelial cell lines, may express cystic fibrosis transmembrane conductance regulator protein (CFTR) in addition to at least one CaCC. Accordingly, an inhibitor of CFTR may be contacted with the cells to block or inhibit transport of chloride or other halide through CFTR. Exemplary inhibitors of CFTR include, but are not limited to thiazolidinone compounds (e.g., 3-[(3-trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-5-[(4-carboxyphenyl)methylene]-2-thioxo-4-thiazolidinone (referred to herein as CFTRinh-172) and hydrazide compounds (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 7,235,573; U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2005-0239740; Muanprasat et al., J. Gen. Physiol. 124:125-37 (2004); Ma et al., J. Clin. Invest. 110:1651-58 (2002)).
- The methods described herein have value in high throughput screening, that is, in automated screening of a large number of candidate agents that inhibit calcium-activated chloride channels and that are thus useful for inhibiting chloride secretion from a cell. The method may be used to screen synthetic or natural product libraries for bioactive agents and compounds. The methods described herein are therefore amenable to automated, cost-effective high throughput drug screening and have immediate application in a broad range of pharmaceutical drug development programs. In one embodiment, the agents to be screened are organized in a high throughput screening format such as using microfluidics-based devices, or a 96-well plate format, or other regular two dimensional array, such as a 384-well, 48-well or 24-well plate format, or an array of test tubes. The format is therefore amenable to automation. An automated apparatus that is under the control of a computer or other programmable controller may be used for one or more steps of the methods described herein. A controller can monitor the results of each step of the process and can automatically alter the testing paradigm in response to those results.
- For high-throughput screening, the cells, such as epithelial cells, comprising at least one CaCC may be cultured and used in the methods described herein in any of a variety of containers or sample vessels, including test tubes, multi-well plates such as 48-well, 72-well, 96-well plates, 384-well plates or other such vessels, including those useful for high throughput screening formats wherein, for example, detection of fluorescence of the cytoplasmic indicator protein in a plurality or reaction vessels, may be automated. Epithelial cells are typically adherent cells in culture, and the surface to which the cells are adhered may be solid, such as a tissue culture plate (e.g., 24-well, 48-well, 72-well, 96-well plates, 384-well plate), or the cells may be adhered to microcarrier beads. Alternatively, the surface on which the cells adhere may be porous such that the apical cell surface and basolateral cell surface may be exposed to or bathed in the solutions described herein.
- The number of samples to be assayed may influence the degree of automation that can be implemented. For example, when high throughput screening, (i.e., assaying a large number of samples in a relatively brief time period) is desired, robotic or semi-robotic instruments may be used. In certain instances, microfluidics multiplexing technologies may be employed (see, e.g., Thorsen et al., Science 298:580-84 (2002); Manz and Becker, eds. Microsystem Technology in Chemistry and Life Sciences (Springer 1999); Zhang et al, Microelectrofluidic Systems: Modeling and Simulation (CRC Press 2002); Tabeling, Introduction to Microfluidics (Oxford University Press 2006); U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,969,850; 6,878,755; 6,454,924; 6,681,788; 6,284,113). Alternatively, samples may be processed manually, even for formats that accommodate large sample numbers (e.g., 96-well microplates).
- In a specific embodiment, a high throughput method is provided for identifying an agent that is an inhibitor of a calcium-activated chloride channel. In one embodiment, the method comprises culturing, in each of a plurality of reaction vessels in a high throughput screening array, a plurality of cells (e.g., epithelial cells), wherein the plurality of cells comprise (a) a calcium-activated chloride channel and (b) a cytoplasmic indicator protein that binds halide (and may also bind NO3 −). As described above and herein, the plurality of cells in each of the plurality of reaction vessels, are contacted (i.e., combined with or in some manner permitted to interact with) a candidate agent under conditions and for a time sufficient to permit interaction between the candidate agent and the plurality of the cells, to form a test sample (or combination or mixture) in each of the plurality of reaction vessels. Subsequently added to each test sample in each reaction vessel is at least one calcium-elevating agonist and a halide or NO3 −, under conditions and for a time sufficient for the calcium-elevating agonist to bind to the plurality of cells in each of the plurality of reaction vessels. In certain particular embodiments, the halide is iodide. Any one, two, or more of the calcium-elevating agonists described herein interacts with the plurality of cells for a time sufficient to increase the level of calcium ion (Ca2+) in the plurality of cells. The level of halide (e.g., iodide) or NO3 − influx in the plurality of epithelial cells in each of the plurality of reaction vessels in the presence of the candidate agent is compared with the level of halide (e.g., iodide) or NO3 − influx in the absence of the candidate agent. A decrease in the level of halide (e.g., iodide) or NO3 − influx in the presence of the candidate agent compared with the level of halide (e.g., iodide) or NO3 − influx in the absence of the candidate agent, indicates that the candidate agent is an inhibitor of the calcium-activated chloride channel. In a certain embodiment, the cells are epithelial cells, and in certain specific embodiments, the epithelial cells endogenously express at least one CaCC.
- Also provided herein are methods for determining anion (i.e., halide and nitrate (NO3 −)) transmembrane movement (i.e., conductance or current) through calcium-activated chloride channels (CaCCs). These methods may be used to determine if a particular cell comprises a CaCC or to quantify the level of a CaCC expressed by the cell. The methods may also be useful for identifying and characterizing a CaCC that is endogenously or exogenously expressed by a cell. For example, for exogenous expression, a recombinant expression vector that comprises a polynucleotide (which polynucleotide is operatively linked to at least one expression control region, such as a promoter) that encodes a polypeptide believed to be or known to be a CaCC may be introduced into a cell by transformation, transfection, or transduction of a cell, such as an epithelial cell or other cell type, according to molecular biology and protein expression methods routinely practiced by person skilled in the art and described in detail herein (see, e.g., Ausubel et al. (Current Protocols in Molecular Biology (Greene Publ. Assoc. Inc. & John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 1993)); Sambrook et al. (Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, 3rd Ed., (Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory 2001)); Maniatis et al. (Molecular Cloning, (Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory 1982); see also discussion below with respect to cells that may be used in the methods described herein). The methods may also be useful for identifying and characterizing calcium-elevating agonists, singly or in combination, that effectively increase the level of calcium ion in the cell such that the calcium-activated CaCC(s) is activated and opens, permitting movement of anions through the channel.
- In one embodiment, influx of an anion (such as a halide (Cl−, I−, Br−, or F−) or NO3) in a cell, for example, an epithelial cell, that comprises or is suspected of comprising at least one CaCC (i.e., one or more CaCCs), may be determined by contacting (i.e., combining in some manner that permits interaction) the anion, the cell, and a calcium-elevating agonist under conditions and for a time sufficient that permit the calcium-elevating agonist to interact with the cell. Anion influx in the presence and absence of the calcium-elevating agonist is then determined. The cell comprises a cytoplasmic indicator protein that is capable of interacting with an anion (such as a halide (Cl−, I−, Br−, or F−) or NO3 −) and thus acts as an anion sensor. As described above and herein, in particular embodiments, the anion is iodide (I−).
- In a more specific embodiment, a method is provided for determining (i.e., measuring or quantifying) influx of an anion, which is a halide (Cl−, I−, Br−, or F−) or NO3 −, in epithelial cells that comprise or are suspected of comprising at least one CaCC (i.e., one or more CaCCs). The epithelial cells, which comprise a cytoplasmic indicator protein that binds to halides and NO3 − described in greater detail herein, are contacted with the anion and with a calcium-elevating agonist under conditions and for a time sufficient to permit the agonist to interact with the epithelial cell. Anion influx in the presence and absence of a calcium-elevating agonist is then compared. As described above and herein, in particular embodiments, the anion is iodide (I−).
- As described in greater detail below, the cell (e.g., an epithelial cell) comprising the cytoplasmic indicator protein is obtained by transforming, transfecting, or transducing the epithelial cell with a recombinant expression vector that comprises a polynucleotide that encodes the cytoplasmic indicator protein.
- Cells.
- As described herein, methods are provided for determining influx of an anion through a CaCC that traverses the outer cell membrane of the cell, such as an epithelial cell, and for determining the capability of an agent to inhibit influx of the anion through the activated CaCC into the cell. As described in detail herein, epithelial cells may be used as the cells that comprise at least one CaCC and that comprise a cytoplasmic indicator protein in the methods for determining anion influx in the presence of a calcium-elevating agonist and in the methods for identifying an agent that inhibits anion influx in a cell. Desirable characteristics of the cells include the capability of the cells to grow efficiently on a solid support (particularly a plastic support) (e.g., cell culture plates and flasks routinely used for cell culture methods and reaction vessels that are used in high throughput screening methods); capability to remain adhered to the support during repeated changes of media and washing; efficient expression of the cytoplasmic indicator protein to provide a measurable difference in the signal (e.g., fluorescence) detected prior to anion influx and the signal detected after anion influx (e.g., influx of iodide) that can be precisely and accurately determined; efficient and strong CaCC chloride conductance (i.e., chloride current or movement through a CaCC); and low basal (i.e., CaCC-independent) conductance of the anion (e.g., iodide). Exemplary epithelial cells as described herein include HT-29 intestinal epithelial cells that, after infection with a lentiviral vector that encoded the cytoplasmic indicator protein YFP-H148Q/I152L, were brightly fluorescent and able to grow in confluent monolayers in culture.
- Cells, such as epithelial cells, that may be used in the methods described herein may endogenously or exogenously express at least one CaCC. Cells that exogenously express a CaCC may be prepared according to molecular biology and protein expression methods routinely practiced in the art. For example, for exogenous expression, a recombinant expression vector that comprises a polynucleotide (which polynucleotide is operatively linked to at least one expression control region, such as a promoter) that encodes a polypeptide believed to be or known to be a CaCC may be introduced into a cell by transformation, transfection, or transduction of a cell, such as an epithelial cell or other cell type, according to molecular biology and protein expression methods routinely practiced by person skilled in the art and described in detail herein. Cell lines may be established that stably express the exogenously introduced CaCC, or cells may be used in the methods described herein that transiently express the CaCC.
- By way of example, such an expression vector that includes a polynucleotide comprising a nucleotide sequence that encodes a CaCC referred to in the art as TMEM16A may be introduced into a cell, by molecular biology methods routinely practiced in the molecular biology art (see, e.g., Ausubel et al. (Current Protocols in Molecular Biology (Greene Publ. Assoc. Inc. & John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 1993)); Sambrook et al. (Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, 3rd Ed., (Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory 2001)); Maniatis et al. (Molecular Cloning, (Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory 1982)). The TMEM16A CaCC may be of mammalian origin (such as mouse, human, rat) or may be from a non-mammalian species or may be from algae. Polynucleotide sequences and the encoded polypeptide sequences for TMEM16A of different animals and plants are readily available from public databases. In certain embodiments, a polynucleotide encoding human TMEM16A (see, e.g., GenBankNM—018043.5) may be included in a recombinant expression vector wherein the encoding polynucleotide is operatively linked to at least one expression control sequence (e.g., a promoter). See also, for example, Schroeder et al., Cell 134:1019-29 (2008); Caputo et al., Science 322:590-94 (2008); Yang et al., Nature 455:1210-15 (2008)) (all of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety).
- For maintaining viability of cells, including epithelial cells, the cells are cultured in media and under conditions practiced in the art for proper maintenance of cells in culture, including media (with or without antibiotics) that contains buffers and nutrients (e.g., glucose, amino acids (e.g., glutamine), salts, minerals (e.g., selenium)) and also may contain other additives or supplements (e.g., fetal bovine serum or an alternative formulation that does not require a serum supplement; transferrin; insulin; putrescine; progesterone) that are required or are beneficial for in vitro culture of cells and that are well known to a person skilled in the art (see, for example, GIBCO media, INVITROGEN Life Technologies, Carlsbad, Calif.). Similar to standard cell culture methods and practices, the cell cultures described herein are maintained in tissue culture incubators designed for such use so that the levels of carbon dioxide (typically 5%), humidity, and temperature can be controlled. The cell culture system may also comprise addition of exogenous (i.e., not produced by the cultured cells themselves) cell growth factors, which may be provided, for example, in the media or in a substrate or surface coating. Growth characteristics of the cells for use in the methods described herein, may be optimized by altering the composition or type of media, adjusting the amount of one or more nutrients and/or serum, which are procedure with which a skilled artisan is familiar. Persons skilled in the tissue culture art also recognize that conditions employed for routine maintenance of a cell culture (i.e., media, additives, nutrients) may need to be adjusted appropriately for certain manipulations of the cells (for example, successful introduction of a recombinant expression vector (plasmid or viral vector, including a retroviral vector); ensuring appropriate confluency and growth properties of cells for high throughput screening). By way of example, HT-29 cells are typically cultured in McCoy's 5a medium (see ATCC recommendation). After transduction with a lentiviral vector that comprises a polynucleotide that encodes the cytoplasmic indicator protein, the cells divide more rapidly and robustly in a different media, such as Dulbecco's Modified Eagle's Medium (DMEM).
- In certain embodiments, the cell is epithelial cell, which is an intestinal epithelial cell; in other certain embodiments, the epithelial cell is a lung epithelial cell. Epithelial cells and other cell types may be obtained of derived from any one of a number of animals, including mammals. Mammalian cells may be obtained from humans; non-human primates; rodents such as mice, rats, or rabbits; cats (feline); dogs (canine); cattle (bovine); sheep (ovine); pigs (porcine); llamas; and camels, for example. The cells may be derived from a primary cell culture (e.g., lung epithelial cells or intestinal epithelial cells or other cells that endogenously express a CaCC), or culture adapted cell line, including but not limited to, genetically engineered cell lines that may contain chromosomally integrated or episomal recombinant nucleic acid sequences, immortalized or immortalizable cell lines, somatic cell hybrid cell lines, differentiated or differentiatable cell lines, transformed cell lines, and the like. Exemplary intestinal epithelial cells that may be used in the methods described herein are HT-29 cells (American Type Culture Collection, Manassas, Va.).
- Cytoplasmic Indicator Protein.
- The cells that are used in the methods described herein, including epithelial cells such as HT-29 intestinal epithelial cells, comprise at least one CaCC that traverses the outer cell membrane of the cell. The cells further comprise a cytoplasmic indicator protein that is a halide sensor. In a specific embodiment, the cytoplasmic indicator protein is a chromophore, such as the green fluorescent protein variant (i.e., a mutant), called yellow fluorescent protein (e.g., YFP-H148Q) (see, e.g., Jayaraman et al. J. Biol. Chem. 275:6047-50 (2000); Galietta et al., Am. J. Physiol. Cell Physiol. 281:01734-42 (2001); Ma et al., J. Clin. Invest. 110:1651-58 (2002); Muanprasat et al., J. Gen. Physiol. 124:125-37 (2004); Ma et al. J. Biol. Chem. 277:37235-41 (2002); Yang et al., J. Biol. Chem. 278:35079-85 (2003); Ormo et al., Science 273:1392-95 (1996); Elsliger et al., Biochemistry 38:5296-301 (1999); Wachter et al., Structure (Lond. 6:1267-77 (1998); Wachter et al., Curr. Biol. 9:R628-29 (1999); Pedemonte et al., J. Clin. Invest. 115:2564-71 (2005)). In certain specific embodiments, the cytoplasmic indicator protein is a yellow fluorescent protein mutant (i.e., variant) in which one or more additional amino acid have been substituted that confer particular desirable properties (for example, altering the level of fluorescence and/or altering the binding affinity of the yellow fluorescent protein for one or more halides). In a particular embodiment, a YFP mutant (i.e., variant), YFP-H148Q/I152Q, may be used for the methods described herein to identify an agent that inhibits CaCC(s) or for the methods to determine anion flux in a cell (see, e.g., Galietta et al., FEBS Lett. 499:220-24 (2001); Yangthara et al., Mol. Pharmacol. 72:86-94 (2007)). The YFP-H148Q/I152Q indicator protein has iodide and nitrate (NO3−) sensitivities, which permit measurement of cellular halide movement by chloride/nitrate exchange or by chloride/iodide exchange using low iodide concentrations.
- Epithelial cells, such as HT-29 cells, expressing a cytoplasmic indicator protein that is a yellow fluorescent protein (YFP), or mutant (i.e., variant) thereof (e.g., YFP-H148Q/I152Q) are brightly fluorescent (see
FIG. 1 ). When an extracellular halide, such as iodide, is contacted with or added to cells that express a CaCC and a cytoplasmic indicator protein such as the yellow fluorescent protein, or mutant (i.e., variant) thereof, in the presence of at least one calcium-elevating agonist, influx of an extracellular halide is facilitated by a CaCC. Influx of the halide, such as iodide, is detected by fluorescent quenching of the YFP halide sensor (see the schematic inFIG. 1A ). Thus in certain embodiments, iodide influx is determined by measuring fluorescence quenching of a cytoplasmic YFP-based halide sensor (YFP-H148Q/I152L). - Fluorescence may be quantified using any one of a number of fluorescence detection systems, including “plate readers” that detect the signal in individual wells of a multi-well plate, available from commercial vendors. The YFP indicator protein (YFP-H148Q/I152L) is approximately 50% quenched by approximately 3 mM iodide. As discussed herein, iodide may be added at concentrations between 10 mM and 200 mM depending upon the combination of cells, calcium-elevating agonist(s), agents, CaCC(s) expressed by the cells, and other components and conditions (such as media) that are used in the method.
- For transient or stable expression of a cytoplasmic indicator protein (e.g., the YFP mutants (i.e., variants) thereof described herein, for example, YFP-H148Q/I152Q), cells that comprise at least one CaCC (endogenously or exogenously) may be transformed, transfected, or transduced with a recombinant expression vector that comprises a polynucleotide that encodes the cytoplasmic indicator protein. Plasmids that encode YFP mutants (i.e., variants) may be obtained from commercial sources (e.g., CLONTECH, Mountain View, Calif.) (for example, EYFP=GFP-S65G/V68L/S72A/T203Y). Additional substitutions of amino acids, such as substitution of histidine at position 148 with glutamine (H148Q) and substitution of isoleucine at position 152 with glutamine (I152Q) may be performed by site-directed mutagenesis methods routinely and commonly practiced by persons skilled in the art (see, e.g., Galietta et al. FEBS Lett. 499:220-24 (2001); Ausubel et al. (Current Protocols in Molecular Biology (Greene Publ. Assoc. Inc. & John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 1993)); Sambrook et al. (Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, 3rd Ed., (Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory 2001)).
- In a specific embodiment of the methods described herein, cells, such as epithelial cells, including intestinal epithelial (e.g., the exemplary cell line, HT-29) and lung epithelial cells or epithelial cells derived from other tissues, comprise an exogenous polynucleotide that encodes the cytoplasmic indicator protein (e.g., YFP-H148Q/I152Q). The cells, (e.g., epithelial cells) may be transfected, transformed, or transduced with a recombinant expression vector, which comprises a polynucleotide that is capable of directing expression of the cytoplasmic indicator protein. To direct expression of the cytoplasmic indicator protein, the polynucleotide comprises a nucleotide sequence that encodes the cytoplasmic indicator protein, which nucleotide sequence is operatively linked to at least one expression control sequence (e.g., a promoter, enhancer, transcriptional control element, and the like). Recombinant expression vectors may be prepared according to methods and techniques with which a person skilled in the molecular biology art is familiar and which are described herein.
- Cells (e.g., epithelial cells) containing the described recombinant expression constructs may be genetically engineered (transduced, transformed, or transfected) with vectors and/or expression constructs (for example, a cloning vector, a shuttle vector, or an expression construct). The vector or construct may be in the form of a plasmid, viral vector (which includes a viral particle), a phage, etc. The engineered cells can be cultured in conventional nutrient media modified as appropriate for activating promoters, selecting transformants, or amplifying particular genes or encoding-nucleotide sequences. For particular types of cells and particular cell lines, selection and maintenance of culture conditions such as temperature, pH and the like, will be readily apparent to the ordinarily skilled artisan. Preferably the cells, including epithelial cells, can be adapted to sustained propagation in culture to yield a cell line according to art-established methodologies. In certain embodiments, the cell line is an immortal cell line, which refers to a cell line that can be repeatedly passaged in culture (at least ten times while remaining viable) following log-phase growth. In other embodiments the cell that is used to generate a cell line is capable of unregulated growth, such as a cancer cell, or a transformed cell, or a malignant cell.
- Useful recombinant expression constructs are prepared by inserting into an expression vector a structural DNA sequence encoding the polypeptide of interest, such as a cytoplasmic indicator protein or a CaCC, together with suitable translation initiation and termination signals in operable reading phase with a functional promoter. The construct may comprise one or more phenotypic selectable markers and an origin of replication to ensure maintenance of the vector construct and, if desirable, to provide amplification within the cell (e.g., an epithelial cell). A particular plasmid or vector may be used as long as it is replicable and viable in the cell. Thus, for example, the polynucleotides that encode a cytoplasmic indicator protein may be included in any one of a variety of expression vector constructs for expressing a polypeptide.
- An appropriate DNA sequence(s) may be inserted into the vector by a variety of procedures. In general, the DNA sequence is inserted into an appropriate restriction endonuclease site(s) by procedures known in the art. Standard techniques for cloning, DNA isolation, amplification and purification, for enzymatic reactions involving DNA ligase, DNA polymerase, restriction endonucleases and the like, and various separation techniques are those known and commonly employed by those skilled in the art. Numerous standard techniques are described, for example, in Ausubel et al. (Current Protocols in Molecular Biology (Greene Publ. Assoc. Inc. & John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 1993)); Sambrook et al. (Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, 3rd Ed., (Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory 2001)); Maniatis et al. (Molecular Cloning, (Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory 1982)), and elsewhere.
- The nucleotide sequence encoding a protein of interest (e.g., a cytoplasmic indicator protein or a CaCC) in the expression vector is operatively linked to at least one appropriate expression control sequence (e.g., a promoter or a regulated promoter) to direct mRNA synthesis. Representative examples of such expression control sequences include LTR or SV40 promoter, the E. coli lac or trp, the phage lambda PL promoter, and other promoters known to control expression of genes in prokaryotic or eukaryotic cells or their viruses. Promoter regions can be selected from any desired gene using CAT (chloramphenicol transferase) vectors or other vectors with selectable markers. Eukaryotic promoters include CMV immediate early, HSV thymidine kinase, early and late SV40, LTRs from retroviruses, and mouse metallothionein-I. Selection of the appropriate vector and promoter and preparation of certain recombinant expression constructs comprising at least one promoter or regulated promoter operatively linked to a polynucleotide described herein is well within the level of ordinary skill in the art.
- In certain embodiments, the recombinant expression construct that encodes the polypeptide of interest (e.g., a cytoplasmic indicator protein or a CaCc) is a retroviral vector, which may be a lentiviral vector. For example, retroviruses from which the retroviral vectors may be derived include, but are not limited to, alpharetroviruses, betaretroviruses, gammaretroviruses, deltaretroviruses, epsilonretroviruses, lentiviruses such as the lentiviral vectors described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,981,276 and 6,312,682, in addition to spumavirusus. Specific examples of retroviruses that may be used include, but are not limited to, Rous sarcoma virus, avian leukosis virus, avian myeloblastosis virus, mouse mammary tumor virus, feline sarcoma virus, avian reticuloendotheliosis virus, myeloproliferative sarcoma virus, various murine leukemia viruses, Moloney murine leukemia virus, Harvey murine sarcoma virus, bovine leukemia virus, T-lymphotropic viruses, avian leukosis virus, gibbon ape leukemia virus, feline leukemia virus, human immunodeficiency virus, simian immunodeficiency virus, feline immunodeficiency virus, and bovine immunodeficiency virus.
- A viral vector also includes one or more promoters. Suitable promoters that may be employed include, but are not limited to, the retroviral LTR; the SV40 promoter; and the human cytomegalovirus (CMV) promoter described in Miller et al., Biotechniques 7:980-990 (1989), or any other promoter (e.g., eukaryotic cellular promoters including, for example, the histone, pol III, and β-actin promoters). Other viral promoters that may be employed include, but are not limited to, adenovirus promoters, ubiquitin promoters, thymidine kinase (TK) promoters, and B19 parvovirus promoters.
- A retroviral vector may be used with its native, retroviral envelope protein, or it may be pseudotyped with a different envelope protein to target certain cell types or to increase viral titer. Certain embodiments may employ envelope proteins derived from either retroviral or non-retroviral sources. Examples of envelope proteins derived from non-retroviral sources include, but are not limited to, the Sindbis virus E2 glycoprotein and the vesticular stomatitis virus G-protein, as described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,512,421 and 5,817,491.
- The retroviral vector may be either replication competent or replication defective. Replication defective retroviruses are capable of infecting target cells in a single round infection, but do not produce infectious virus particles after that single round, and thus will not cause a spreading infection. In certain embodiments, the retroviral vector may contain on a single plasmid comprising the gene of interest in addition to all the necessary retroviral coding sequences, such as the structural and enzymatic coding sequences. In other embodiments, the retroviral vector may contain the gene of interest attached to the minimal packaging sequences required for incorporation into a virion particle. For such minimal retroviral vectors, the vector may be introduced into a producer cell at the same time as one or more viral packaging plasmids containing the structural and enzymatic viral proteins, such as those described in U.S. Pat. No. 6,506,604, or it may be introduced into a packaging cell line (e.g., PE501, PA317, ψ-2, ψ-AM, PAl2, T19-14X, VT-19-17-H2, ψCRE, ψCRIP, GP+E-86, GP+envAm12, DAN; see also, e.g., Miller, Human Gene Therapy, 1:5-14 (1990)); and U.S. Pat. No. 5,591,634, to form producer cell lines. The vector may introduced into the producer cells through any means known in the art, such as, for example, transfection by electroporation, the use of liposomes, and/or calcium phosphate precipitation. The producer cell line generates infectious retroviral vector particles that include the nucleic acid sequence(s) encoding the polypeptides or proteins of interest as described herein. Such retroviral vector particles then may be employed to transduce eukaryotic cells, either in vitro or in vivo. Eukaryotic cells that may be transduced include, for example, embryonic stem cells, embryonic carcinoma cells, hematopoietic stem cells, hepatocytes, fibroblasts, myoblasts, keratinocytes, endothelial cells, epithelial cells including lung epithelial cells and intestinal epithelial cells, and other culture-adapted cell lines.
- Transduced cells may be further selected isolated for positive and stable expression of the polypeptides or proteins of interest, or they may be used immediately as transiently expressing cells. Stable expressing cells may be selected or isolated according to known techniques in the art, such as by flow cytometric cell sorting or by drug selection. Stable cells may be isolated for either clonal expansion or bulk expansion of positive cells.
- When transient expression of the cytoplasmic indicator protein, for example, is desired or when cells that stably express the cytoplasmic indicator protein are difficult to obtain, epithelial cells comprising at least one CaCC may be transfected, transformed, or transduced with a recombinant expression vector (including a plasmid or viral vector (e.g., a retroviral vector, including a lentiviral vector) prior to performing a method to determine anion influx or to identify an agent that inhibits a CaCC. For example, epithelial cells (e.g., a plurality of intestinal epithelial cells or lung epithelial cells) may be infected (i.e., transduced) with a retroviral vector such as a lentiviral vector that comprises a polynucleotide encoding a cytoplasmic indicator protein that is capable of binding the halide or nitrate, under conditions and for a time sufficient for the vector to infect the plurality of epithelial cells. The epithelial cells are then cultured under conditions and for a time sufficient that permit expression of the indicator protein in the cytoplasm of the epithelial cell. The epithelial cells expressing the cytoplasmic indicator protein may then be used in the methods as described herein for identifying a CaCC inhibitor or for determining anion influx through a CaCC.
- Agents (which may also be referred to as bioactive agents) may be provided as “libraries” or collections of compounds, compositions, or molecules. For example, agents include low molecular weight, organic molecules, which typically include compounds known in the art as “small molecules.” A small molecule may have a molecular weight less than 105 daltons, less than 104 daltons, or less than 103 daltons. Other agents that may be useful for inhibiting or blocking at least one CaCC, thus inhibiting, blocking, or reducing chloride conductance through the CaCC and inhibiting chloride secretion from a cell through a CaCC include peptides. Peptides and small molecules may be synthesized according to methods routinely practiced by person skilled in the synthesis of peptides or small molecules, respectively.
- The methods described herein are useful for screening large numbers of agents (e.g., multiple hundreds of agents) quickly. Candidate agents, such as small molecules and peptides, may be obtained from combinatorial libraries. Combinatorial libraries of agents can be purchased from a commercial vendor or can be prepared according to methods with which a skilled artisan is familiar. Examples of methods for the synthesis of molecular libraries can be found in the art, for example in DeWitt et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 90:6909 (1993); Erb et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 91:11422 (1994); Zuckermann et al., J. Med. Chem. 37:2678 (1994); Cho et al., Science 261:1303 (1993); Carrell et al., Angew. Chem. Int Ed. Engl. 33:2059 (1994); Carell et al., Angew. Chem. Int. Ed Engl. 33:2061 (1994); and in Gallop et al., J. Med. Chem. 37:1233 (1994).
- Candidate agents that are provided as members of a combinatorial library, include synthetic agents prepared according to a plurality of predetermined chemical reactions performed in a plurality of reaction vessels. For example, various starting compounds may be prepared according to one or more of solid-phase synthesis, recorded random mix methodologies, and recorded reaction split techniques that permit a given constituent to traceably undergo a plurality of permutations and/or combinations of reaction conditions. The resulting products comprise a library that can be screened followed by iterative selection and synthesis procedures. Such synthetic combinatorial libraries include a library of peptides (see, e.g., International Patent Application Nos. PCT/US91/08694 and PCT/US91/04666) or other compositions that may include small molecules as provided herein (see, e.g., International Patent Application No. PCT/US94/08542, EP Patent No. 0774464, U.S. Pat. No. 5,798,035, U.S. Pat. No. 5,789,172, U.S. Pat. No. 5,751,629, which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entireties).
- Methods for characterizing an agent, including the compounds described herein, such as determining an effective concentration (i.e., a concentration of agent that inhibits activation of a CaCC; inhibits conductance of chloride through a CaCC and/or that inhibits fluid secretion from a cell (i.e., that inhibits efflux of chloride and water); and/or that is a therapeutically effective amount for treating a condition, disease or disorder described herein) may be performed using techniques and procedures described herein and routinely practiced by a person skilled in the art. The capability of an agent to inhibit a CaCC (i.e., inhibit activation of a CaCC or inhibit halide (e.g., chloride or iodide) conductance or current) using the methods described herein include the use of cells, such as epithelial cells, that comprise a cytoplasmic indicator protein. Other methods and techniques practiced in the art may be used that determine whether the agent inhibits CaCC(s). Certain epithelial cells or cell lines that comprise at least one CaCC (e.g., intestinal epithelial cells, T84 and Caco-2), may not exhibit optimum properties and characteristics for use in the methods described herein for identifying an agent or determining anion influx. For example, such cells may not be readily transformed, transfected, or transduced with a recombinant expression vector that expresses the cytoplasmic indicator protein, or if the vector can be introduced, the signal (in the instance in which YFP is the indicator protein, the fluorescent signal) may be too weak. Such cells may not exhibit the requisite growth characteristics (i.e., propagate too slowly or fail to reach an adequate level of confluency), and/or may not sufficiently adhere to a solid surface, particularly a plastic surface sufficiently to withstand multiple washes. These cells expressing at least one CaCC may still be used in other methods practiced in the art and described herein to determine the level of chloride conductance or secretion in the cell (see, e.g., Examples 3 and 4 herein; Hartzell et al., supra; Kidd et al., supra). In addition to use of calcium-elevating agonists described herein that bind to a cognate receptor or ligand on an epithelial cell (e.g., histamine, calcimycin, ATP, carbachol, and forskolin), a calcium-elevating agent such as thapsigargin, which produces calcium elevation without ligand-receptor binding or phosphoinositide signaling may also be used in assays and techniques for charactering an agent.
- Other exemplary methods include short circuit apical chloride ion current measurements and patch-clamp analysis (see, e.g., Muanprasat et al., J. Gen. Physiol. 124:125-37 (2004); Ma et al., J. Clin. Invest. 110:1651-58 (2002); see also, e.g., Carmeliet, Verh. K Acad. Geneeskd. Belg. 55:5-26 (1993); Hamill et al., Pflugers Arch. 391:85-100 (1981)). In patch clamp analysis, for example, ionomycin may be used to elevate the intracellular calcium level. The agents may also be analyzed in animal models, for example, a closed intestinal loop model of cholera, suckling mouse model of cholera, and in vivo imaging of gastrointestinal transit (see, e.g., Takeda et al., Infect. Immun. 19:752-54 (1978)).
- Agents identified by the methods described herein include agents that are capable of inhibiting chloride conductance through a CaCC, and thus inhibiting chloride efflux, and consequently water secretion from the cell. Provided herein are compounds that are potent CaCC inhibitors, which were identified using the methods described herein. The exemplary compounds belong to two chemical classes, aminothiophenes (referred to herein also as Class A compounds) and aminothiazoles (referred to herein also as Class B compounds). These compounds, in addition to exhibiting capability to inhibit CaCCs, exhibit high potency, favorable water solubility, drug-like properties, and chemical stability.
- In one embodiment, compounds, and compositions comprising these compounds, of the aminothiophene class are provided. In one embodiment, the composition comprises a physiologically acceptable excipient and a compound having the following structure (I):
- or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, prodrug or stereoisomer thereof, wherein R1 is hydrogen or optionally substituted alkyl; R2 is hydroxy, optionally substituted alkoxy, or optionally substituted phenylamino; R3 is optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted phenyl, or optionally substituted heterocyclyl; and n is 0, 1, or 2, and wherein the compound of structure I comprises at least one —COOH.
- In another embodiment, the composition comprises a physiologically acceptable excipient wherein n is 1 or 2 and the compound has the following structure (IA):
- or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, prodrug or stereoisomer thereof,
- wherein
- R1 is hydrogen or optionally substituted alkyl;
- R2 is hydroxy, optionally substituted alkoxy, or optionally substituted phenylamino;
- R3 is optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted phenyl, or optionally substituted heterocyclyl, and wherein the compound of structure (IA) comprises at least one —COOH.
- The compound of structure I and I(A) that has at least one —COOH (i.e., carboxy), in one embodiment, includes, but is not limited to, a compound wherein R2 is hydroxy. In another embodiment, the compound may include R3 that is —(CH2)2C(═O)OH, —CH═CHC(═O)OH, cyclohexyl substituted with —COOH, or phenyl substituted with —COOH.
- In a specific embodiment of structure I and I(A), R1 is hydrogen, tert-butyl, or tert-pentyl. In yet another specific embodiment, R1 is tert-butyl or tert-pentyl. In certain embodiments, R2 is —OR4 wherein R4 is hydrogen or optionally substituted C1-6 alkyl; or phenylamino optionally substituted with C1-6 alkoxy or C1-6 alkyl. In certain embodiments, R2 is —OR4 wherein R4 is hydrogen or optionally substituted with methyl or ethyl. In other certain embodiments, R2 is phenylamino optionally substituted with methoxy or methyl. In other specific embodiments, R3 is optionally substituted furanyl; optionally substituted C1-C6 alkyl; optionally substituted C1-C6 alkenyl; optionally substituted cyclohexyl; phenyl; or phenyl substituted with halo, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 alkoxy, or —COOH. In yet another specific embodiment, R3 is —(CH2)2C(═O)OH or —CH═CHC(═O)OH. In another specific embodiment, R3 is phenyl substituted with chloro, methyl, or methoxy. In still another specific embodiment, R3 is cyclohexyl substituted with —COOH.
- In a specific embodiment, the composition comprises the compound of structure (I) or (IA) wherein n is 1 and R1 is hydrogen, tert-butyl, or tert-pentyl, and the compound has one of the following structures (Ia), (Ib), or (Ic):
- In a specific embodiment of structures (Ia), (Ib), or (Ic), R2 is —OR4 wherein R4 is hydrogen or optionally substituted C1-4 alkyl; or phenylamino optionally substituted with C1-4 alkoxy or C1-4 alkyl. In another specific embodiment, R2 is —OR4 wherein R4 is hydrogen or optionally substituted with methyl or ethyl; or phenylamino optionally substituted with methoxy or methyl. In another certain embodiments, R3 is optionally substituted furanyl; optionally substituted C1-C6 alkyl; optionally substituted C1-C6 alkenyl; optionally substituted cyclohexyl; phenyl; or phenyl substituted with halo, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 alkoxy, or —COOH. In still another embodiment, R3 is —(CH2)2C(═O)OH or —CH═CHC(═O)OH. In another specific embodiment, R3 is phenyl substituted with chloro, methyl, or methoxy. In yet another specific embodiment, R3 is cyclohexyl substituted with —COOH.
- In another specific embodiment, the composition described above comprises the compound of structure (I) or (IA) wherein n is 1 and R2 is —OR4 wherein R4 is hydrogen or optionally substituted C1-6 alkyl, and the compound has the following structure (Id):
- In certain specific embodiments, R4 is hydrogen, methyl, or ethyl. In other specific embodiments, R1 is hydrogen, tert-butyl, or tert-pentyl. In other certain embodiments, R1 is tert-butyl, or tert-pentyl. In yet another specific embodiment, R3 is optionally substituted furanyl; optionally substituted C1-C6 alkyl; optionally substituted C1-C6 alkenyl; optionally substituted cyclohexyl; phenyl; or phenyl substituted with halo, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 alkoxy, or —COOH. In still another embodiment, R3 is —(CH2)2C(═O)OH or —CH═CHC(═O)OH. In another specific embodiment, R3 is phenyl substituted with chloro, methyl, or methoxy. In yet another specific embodiment, R3 is cyclohexyl substituted with —COOH.
- In another specific embodiment of the compositions described herein, wherein n is 1, the compound of structure (I) and (IA) has any one of the following structures (Ie), (If), (Ig), or (Ih):
- wherein Y is optionally substituted lower alkyl; R5 is hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-6 alkylene, or optionally substituted C1-6 alkenylene; and R6 is hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, —COOH, or halo. In a certain embodiment, R6 is hydrogen, halo, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 alkoxy, or —COOH. In another certain embodiment, R6 is hydrogen, chloro, methyl, or methoxy. In still another specific embodiment, R1 is hydrogen, tert-butyl, or tent-pentyl and R2 is —OR4 wherein R4 is hydrogen or optionally substituted C1-6 alkyl. In another specific embodiment, R4 is hydrogen, methyl, or ethyl. In another specific embodiment, R2 is phenylamino optionally substituted with methoxy or methyl.
- In yet another specific embodiment, the composition comprises the compound of structure (I) or (IA) wherein n is 2, R1 is hydrogen, R2 is —OR4, and R3 is optionally substituted phenyl, and the compound has the following structure (Ii):
- wherein R4 is hydrogen or optionally substituted C1-4 alkyl and R6 is hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or halo.
- In a specific embodiment, R4 is hydrogen, methyl, or ethyl. In another specific embodiment, R6 is hydrogen, chloro, optionally substituted C1-6 alkyl, or optionally substituted C1-6 alkoxy. In yet another specific embodiment, R6 is hydrogen, chloro, methyl, or methoxy.
- In particular specific embodiments, the compositions comprise the specific aminothiophene compounds having a structure (I), including 6-tert-butyl-2-(furan-2-carboxamido)-4,5,6,7-tetrahydrobenzo[b]thiophene-3-carboxylic acid; 6-tert-butyl-2-(2-methylbenzamido)-4,5,6,7-tetrahydrobenzo[b]thiophene-3-carboxylic acid; 6-tert-butyl-2-(3-chlorobenzamido)-4,5,6,7-tetrahydrobenzo[b]thiophene-3-carboxylic acid; 2-benzamido-6-tert-butyl-4,5,6,7-tetrahydrobenzo[b]thiophene-3-carboxylic acid; 6-tert-butyl-2-(2-chlorobenzamido)-4,5,6,7-tetrahydrobenzo[b]thiophene-3-carboxylic acid; 4-(6-tert-butyl-3-(ethoxycarbonyl)-4,5,6,7-tetrahydrobenzo[b]thiophen-2-ylamino)-4-oxobutanoic acid; (E)-4-(6-tert-butyl-3-(ethoxycarbonyl)-4,5,6,7-tetrahydrobenzo[b]thiophen-2-ylamino)-4-oxobut-2-enoic acid; 2-(6-tert-butyl-3-(ethoxycarbonyl)-4,5,6,7-tetrahydrobenzo[b]thiophen-2-ylcarbamoyl)cyclohexanecarboxylic acid; 5-(6-tert-butyl-3-(methoxycarbonyl)-4,5,6,7-tetrahydrobenzo[b]thiophen-2-ylamino)-5-oxopentanoic acid; 2-(3-(ethoxycarbonyl)-6-tert-pentyl-4,5,6,7-tetrahydrobenzo[b]thiophen-2-ylcarbamoyl)cyclohexanecarboxylic acid; 4-(6-tert-butyl-3-(methoxycarbonyl)-4,5,6,7-tetrahydrobenzo[b]thiophen-2-ylamino)-4-oxobutanoic acid; 2-(4-methylbenzamido)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-4H-cyclohepta[b]thiophene-3-carboxylic acid; 2-benzamido-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-4H-cyclohepta[b]thiophene-3-carboxylic acid; 2-(2-chlorobenzamido)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-4H-cyclohepta[b]thiophene-3-carboxylic acid; 2-(3-methoxybenzamido)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-4H-cyclohepta[b]thiophene-3-carboxylic acid; 4-(6-tert-butyl-3-(m-tolylcarbamoyl)-4,5,6,7-tetrahydrobenzo[b]thiophen-2-ylamino)-4-oxobutanoic acid; 2-(3-methylbenzamido)-4,5,6,7-tetrahydrobenzo[b]thiophene-3-carboxylic acid; or 4-(6-tert-butyl-3-(4-methoxyphenylcarbamoyl)-4,5,6,7-tetrahydrobenzo[b]thiophen-2-ylamino)-4-oxobutanoic acid. In a specific embodiment, the compound is 6-tert-butyl-2-(furan-2-carboxamido)-4,5,6,7-tetrahydrobenzo[b]thiophene-3-carboxylic acid. The chemical structures of these compounds (also referred to herein as Class A compounds) are presented in Table 1.
-
TABLE 1 Aminothiophene Compounds Compound Structure Chemical Name CaCCinh-A01 6-tert-butyl-2-(furan-2- carboxamido)-4,5,6,7- tetrahydrobenzo[b]thiophene- 3-carboxylic acid CaCCinh-A02 6-tert-buyl-2-(2- methylbenzamido)-4,5,6,7- tetrahydrobenzo[b]thiophene- 3-carboxylic acid CaCCinh-A03 6-tert-butyl-2-(3- chlorobenzamido)-4,5,6,7- tetrahydrobenzo[b]thiophene- 3-carboxylic acid CaCCinh-A04 2-benzamido-6-tert-butyl- 4,5,6,7- tetrahydrobenzo[b]thiophene- 3-carboxylic acid CaCCinh-A05 6-tert-butyl-2-(2- chlorobenzamido)-4,5,6,7- tetrahydrobenzo[b]thiophene- 3-carboxylic acid CaCCinh-A06 4-(6-tert-butyl-3- (ethoxycarbonyl)-4,5,6,7- tetrahydrobenzo[b]thiophen- 2-ylamino)-4-oxobutanoic acid CaCCinh-A07 (E)-4-(6-tert-butyl-3- (ethoxycarbonyl)-4,5,6,7- tetrahydrobenzo[b]thiophen- 2-ylamino)-4-oxobut-2-enoic acid CaCCinh-A08 2-(6-tert-butyl-3- (ethoxycarbonyl)-4,5,6,7- tetrahydrobenzo[b]thiophen- 2- ylcarbamoyl)cyclohexane- carboxylic acid CaCCinh-A09 5-(6-tert-butyl-3- (methoxycarbonyl)-4,5,6,7- tetrahydrobenzo[b]thiophen- 2-ylamino)-5-oxopentanoic acid CaCCinh-A10 2-(3-(ethoycarbonyl)-6-tert- pentyl-4,5,6,7- tetrahydrobenzo[b]thiophen- 2- ylcarbamoyl)cyclohexane- carboxylic acid CaCCinh-A11 4-(6-tert-butyl-3- (methoxycarbonyl)-4,5,6,7- tetrahydrobenzo[b]thiophen- 2-ylamino)-4-oxobutanoic acid CaCCinh-A12 2-(4-methylbenzamido)- 5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-4H- cyclohepta[b]thiophene-3- carboxylic acid CaCCinh-A13 2-benzamido-5,6,7,8- tetrahydro-4H- cyclohepta[b]thiophene-3- carboxylic acid CaCCinh-A14 2-(2-chlorobenzamido)- 5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-4H- cyclohepta[b]thiophene-3- carboxylic acid CaCCinh-A15 2-(3-methoxybenzamido)- 5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-4H- cyclohepta[b]thiophene-3- carboxylic acid CaCCinh-A16 4-(6-tert-butyl-3-(m- tolylcarbamoyl)-4,5,6,7- tetrahydrobenzo[b]thiophen- 2-ylamino)-4-oxobutanoic acid CaCCinh-A17 2-(3-methylbenzamido)- 4,5,6,7- tetrahydrobenzo[b]thiophene- 3-carboxylic acid CaCCinh-A18 4-(6-tert-butyl-3-(4- methoxyphenylcarbamoyl)- 4,5,6,7- tetrahydrobenzo[b]thiophen- 2-ylamino)-4-oxobutanoic acid - In one embodiment, compounds, and compositions comprising these compounds, of the aminothiazole class are provided. In one embodiment, the composition comprises a physiologically acceptable excipient and a compound having the following structure (II):
- or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, prodrug or stereoisomer thereof,
- wherein R7 is optionally substituted C1-6 alkyl, optionally substituted phenyl, or optionally substituted phenylacyl;
- R8 is hydrogen or optionally substituted C1-6 alkyl or optionally substituted phenyl;
- R9 and R10 are the same or different and independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or optionally substituted phenoxy. In certain embodiments, at least one of R9 and R10 is not hydrogen.
- In a particular embodiment, R7 is methyl, ethyl, unsubstituted phenylacyl, phenyl, or phenyl substituted with carboxy, C1-6 alkyl, halo, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, or C1-6 alkoxy. In other specific embodiments, R7 is phenyl substituted with C1-4 alkyl, or C1-4 alkoxy. In yet another specific embodiment, R7 is phenyl substituted with hydroxy, chloro, bromo, methyl, ethyl, trifluoromethyl, methoxy, ethoxy, or cyclohexyl. In still another specific embodiment, R7 is phenyl substituted with carboxy and hydroxyl; di-halo; or C1-6 alkyl and halo. In yet another specific embodiment, R7 is phenyl substituted with di-chloro or with methyl and chloro.
- In another specific embodiment, R8 is hydrogen or optionally substituted C1-4 alkyl. In a specific embodiment, R8 is hydrogen, n-propyl, —CH2C(═O)OH, or —(CH2)2C(═O)OH.
- In a particular embodiment, R9 is hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-4 alkyl, or optionally substituted C1-4 alkoxy, or phenoxy; and R10 is optionally substituted C1-4 alkyl, optionally substituted C1-4 alkoxy, or phenoxy. In another particular embodiment, R9 is hydrogen, C1-4 alkyl, trifluoromethyl, methoxy, ethoxy, or phenoxy; and R10 is C1-4 alkyl, trifluoromethyl, methoxy, ethoxy, or phenoxy. In a specific embodiment, R9 is hydrogen and R10 is methyl, ethyl, isobutyl, methoxy, phenoxy, or trifluoromethyl. In another specific embodiment, R9 is hydrogen and R10 is methyl, ethyl, isobutyl, phenoxy, or methoxy, and R10 is located at the 4-position. In yet another specific embodiment, R9 is hydrogen and R10 is trifluoromethyl and R10 is located at the 3-position. In still another specific embodiment, R9 is methyl and located at the 2-position, and R10 is methyl and located at the 4-position. In certain embodiments, the compound of substructure IIa comprises at least one —COOH.
- In another embodiment, the composition comprises the compound of structure (II) wherein R7 is optionally substituted phenyl and the compound has the following substructure (IIa):
- wherein R11 and R12 are the same or different and independently hydrogen, hydroxy, carboxy, halo, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or optionally substituted cycloalkyl.
- In one specific embodiment of the substructure (IIa), R9 and R10 are the same or different and independently hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-4 alkyl, or optionally substituted C1-4 alkoxy, or phenoxy. In another specific embodiment, R9 and R10 are the same or different and independently hydrogen, C1-4 alkyl, trifluoromethyl, methoxy, ethoxy, or phenoxy. In still another specific embodiment R9 is hydrogen and R10 is methyl, ethyl, isobutyl, methoxy, phenoxy, or trifluoromethyl. In yet another specific embodiment, R9 is hydrogen and R10 is methyl, ethyl, isobutyl, phenoxy, or methoxy, and wherein R10 is located at the 4-position. In still another specific embodiment, R9 is hydrogen and R10 is trifluoromethyl and R10 is located at the 3-position. In another specific embodiment, R9 is methyl and located at the 2-position, and wherein R10 is methyl and located at the 4-position. In other specific embodiments of the substructure (IIa), R8 is hydrogen or optionally substituted C1-6 alkyl. In another specific embodiment, R8 is hydrogen, n-propyl, —CH2C(═O)OH, or —(CH2)2C(═O)OH. In specific embodiments of the substructure (IIa), R11 and R12 are the same or different and independently hydrogen, hydroxy, carboxy, halo, optionally substituted C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 alkoxy, or optionally substituted cyclohexyl. In still other embodiments, R11 is hydrogen and R12 is hydrogen, hydroxy, carboxy, bromo, chloro, trifluoromethyl, methyl, ethyl, isobutyl, methoxy, ethoxy, or cyclohexyl. In certain specific embodiment, R11 is hydroxy and R12 is carboxy. In other certain specific embodiments, R11 is methyl and R12 is halo. In still another specific embodiment, R11 is hydrogen and R12 is chloro or wherein each of R11 and R12 is chloro. In certain embodiments, the compound of substructure IIa comprises at least one —COOH.
- In another embodiment, the composition comprises the compound of structure (II) R8 is hydrogen or Y and the compound has the following structures (IIb) or (IIc):
- wherein Y is optionally substituted C1-4 alkyl.
- In specific embodiments of the substructures (IIb) and (IIc), Y is methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, —CH2C(═O)OH, or —(CH2)2C(═O)OH.
- In another specific embodiment of the substructures (IIb) and (IIc), R7 is methyl, ethyl, unsubstituted phenylacyl, phenyl, or phenyl substituted with carboxy, C1-6 alkyl, halo, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, or C1-6 alkoxy. In yet another specific embodiment, R7 is phenyl substituted with hydroxy, chloro, bromo, methyl, ethyl, trifluoromethyl, methoxy, ethoxy, or cyclohexyl. In still another specific embodiment, R7 is phenyl substituted with carboxy and hydroxyl; di-halo; or C1-6 alkyl and halo. In yet another specific embodiment, R7 is phenyl substituted with di-chloro or with methyl and chloro.
- In other specific embodiments of the substructures (IIb) and (IIc), R9 and R10 are the same or different and independently hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-4 alkyl, or optionally substituted C1-4 alkoxy, or phenoxy. In another specific embodiment, R9 and R10 are the same or different and independently hydrogen, C1-4 alkyl, trifluoromethyl, methoxy, ethoxy, or phenoxy. In still another specific embodiment R9 is hydrogen and R10 is methyl, ethyl, isobutyl, methoxy, phenoxy, or trifluoromethyl. In yet another specific embodiment, R9 is hydrogen and R10 is methyl, ethyl, isobutyl, phenoxy, or methoxy, and wherein R10 is located at the 4-position. In still another specific embodiment, R9 is hydrogen and R10 is trifluoromethyl and R10 is located at the 3-position. In another specific embodiment, R9 is methyl and located at the 2-position, and wherein R10 is methyl and located at the 4-position.
- In another embodiment, the composition comprises the compound of structure (II) wherein R9 is hydrogen and R10 is methyl, trifluoromethyl, or —OR14; or each of R9 and R10 is methyl, and the compound has the following substructure (IIe), (IIf), (IIg), or (IIh):
- wherein R14 is hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-6 alkyl, or optionally substituted phenyl.
- In specific embodiments of the substructures (IId), (IIe), (IIf), and (IIh), R14 is hydrogen, methyl, or unsubstituted phenyl. In other specific embodiments, R7 is methyl, ethyl, unsubstituted phenylacyl, phenyl, or phenyl substituted with carboxy, C1-6 alkyl, halo, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, or C1-6 alkoxy. In yet another specific embodiment, R7 is substituted phenyl, wherein phenyl is substituted with hydroxy, chloro, bromo, methyl, ethyl, trifluoromethyl, methoxy, ethoxy, or cyclohexyl. In still another specific embodiment, R7 is phenyl substituted with carboxy and hydroxyl; di-halo; or C1-4 alkyl and halo. In yet another specific embodiment, R7 is phenyl substituted either with di-chloro or with methyl and chloro. In yet other specific embodiments of the substructures (IId), (11e), (I11), and (IIh), R8 is hydrogen or optionally substituted C1-6 alkyl. In another specific embodiment, R8 is hydrogen, n-propyl, —CH2C(═O)OH, or —(CH2)2C(═O)OH.
- In particular specific embodiments, the compositions comprise the specific Aminothiazole compounds having a structure (II), including 2-hydroxy-5-(4-p-tolylthiazol-2-ylamino)benzoic acid; 2-(2-(3-chloro-4-methylphenylamino)-4-p-tolylthiazol-5-yl)acetic acid; 2-(2-(3-bromophenylamino)-4-p-tolylthiazol-5-yl)acetic acid; 2-(2-(2,4-dichlorophenylamino)-4-p-tolylthiazol-5-yl)acetic acid; 2-(4-p-tolyl-2-(3-(trifluoromethyl)phenylamino)thiazol-5-yl)acetic acid; 4-(4-(2,4-dimethylphenyl)-5-propylthiazol-2-ylamino)benzoic acid; 2-(2-(4-bromophenylamino)-4-(2,4-dimethylphenyl)thiazol-5-yl)acetic acid; 2-(4-(2,4-dimethylphenyl)-2-(4-(trifluoromethyl)phenylamino)thiazol-5-yl)acetic acid; N-(4-isobutylphenyl)-4-(4-phenoxyphenyl)thiazol-2-amine; N-(4-cyclohexylphenyl)-4-(3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)thiazol-2-amine; 2-(2-(4-ethoxyphenylamino)-4-p-tolylthiazol-5-yl)acetic acid; 3-methyl-N-(5-phenyl-4-p-tolylthiazol-2-yl)benzamide; N-ethyl-4-p-tolylthiazol-2-amine; or 3-(4-(4-methoxyphenyl)-2-(4-methoxyphenylamino)thiazol-5-yl)propanoic acid. In a specific embodiment, the compound is 2-hydroxy-5-(4-p-tolylthiazol-2-ylamino)benzoic acid. The chemical structures corresponding to these aminothiazole compounds of structure (II) (also referred to herein as Class B compounds) are presented in Table 2.
-
TABLE 2 Aminothiazole Compounds Compound Structure Chemical Name CaCCinh-B01 2-hydroxy-5-(4-p- tolylthiazol-2- ylamino)benzoic acid CaCCinh-B02 2-(2-(3-chloro-4- methylphenylamino)-4-p- tolylthiazol-5-yl)acetic acid CaCCinh-B03 2-(2-(3-bromophenylamino)- 4-p-tolylthiazol-5-yl)acetic acid CaCCinh-B04 2-(2-(2,4- dichlorophenylamino)-4-p- tolylthiazol-5-yl)acetic acid CaCCinh-B05 2-(4-p-tolyl-2-(3- (trifluoromethyl)phenylamino) thiazol-5-yl)acetic acid CaCCinh-B06 4-(4-(2,4-dimethylphenyl)-5- propylthiazol-2- ylamino)benzoic acid CaCCinh-B07 2-(2-(4-bromophenylamino)- 4-(2,4- dimethylphenyl)thiazol-5- yl)acetic acid CaCCinh-B08 2-(4-(2,4-dimethylphenyl)-2- (3- (trifluoromethyl)phenylamino) thiazol-5-yl)acetic acid CaCCinh-B09 N-(4-isobutylphenyl)-4-(4- phenoxyphenyl)thiazol-2- amine CaCCinh-B10 N-(4-cyclohexylphenyl)-4- (3- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl) thiazol-2-amine CaCCinh-B11 2-(2-(4-ethoxyphenylamino)- 4-p-tolylthiazol-5-yl)acetic acid CaCCinh-B12 3-methyl-N-(5-phenyl-4-p- tolylthiazol-2-yl)benzamide CaCCinh-B13 N-ethyl-4-p-tolylthiazol-2- amine CaCCinh-B14 3-(4-(4-methoxyphenyl)-2- (4- methoxyphenylamino)thiazol- 5-yl)propanoic acid - The agents, including the aminothiophene compounds having the structure of formula I and substructures of formula IA, Ia-Ii and aminothiazole compounds having the structure of formula II and substructures of formula IIa-IIh as described herein, are capable of inhibiting or blocking a CaCC channel or pore (blocking or impeding activation of a CaCC channel or pore) located in the outer cell membrane of a cell and thus inhibiting CaCC chloride conductance. Also provided herein are methods of inhibiting a calcium-activated chloride channel comprising contacting a cell (e.g., as an epithelial cell, including an intestinal epithelial cell and a lung epithelial cell) that comprises at least one calcium-activated chloride channel with a compound (or composition comprising the compound) (e.g., a aminothiophene compound having the structure of formula I and substructures of formula I(A), Ia-Ii or an aminothiazole compound having the structure of formula II and substructures of formula IIa-IIh), under conditions and for a time sufficient for the cell and the compound to interact, and in an amount effective to inhibit activation of the channel.
- The aminothiophene compounds having the structure of formula I and substructures of formula I(A) and Ia-Ii or an aminothiazole compound having the structure of formula II and substructures of formula IIa-IIh and compositions comprising these compounds are useful for treating a condition, disease or disorder in a subject that is characterized by, caused by, or exacerbated by aberrantly increased calcium-activated chloride channel activity. As described in greater detail herein, such diseases and disorders include diseases and disorders related to (or associated with) excess intestinal secretion of fluids, such as secretory diarrhea, and diseases and disorders associated with excess mucus production, such as cystic fibrosis, asthma, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, and bronchiectasis. The compounds and compositions comprising the compounds may be used to inhibit (i.e., decrease or reduce) fluid secretion from a cell, particularly a cell from which fluid secretion is abnormally increased, which in part, may result from aberrantly increased chloride conductance through a CaCC. These compounds and compositions may be contacted with the cell (or administered to a subject in need thereof) in an amount effective to inhibit (decrease or reduce) chloride conductance through at least one calcium-activated chloride channel, which thereby results in decreased chloride secretion and decreased fluid secretion from the cell. In certain embodiments of the methods described herein, the cell, which comprises at least one calcium-activated chloride channel, may be an epithelial cell, which in certain embodiments is an intestinal epithelial cell or a pulmonary epithelial cell.
- Certain chemical groups named herein are preceded by a shorthand notation indicating the total number of carbon atoms that are to be found in the indicated chemical group. For example, C1-C6 alkyl describes an alkyl group, as defined below, having a total of 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and C5-C7 cycloalkyl describes a cycloalkyl group, as defined below, having a total of 5 to 7 carbon atoms. The total number of carbons in the shorthand notation does not include carbons that may exist in substituents of the group described. In addition to the foregoing, as used herein, unless specified to the contrary, the following terms have the meaning indicated.
- “Alkyl” means a straight chain or branched, noncyclic or cyclic, unsaturated or saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon containing from 1 to 10 carbon atoms, while the terms “C1-4 alkyl” and “C1-6 alkyl” have the same meaning as alkyl but contain from 1 to 4 carbon atoms and 1 to 6 carbon atoms, respectively. A lower alkyl refers to an alkyl that has any number of carbon atoms between 1 and 6. Representative saturated straight chain alkyls include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, n-butyl, n-pentyl, n-hexyl, and the like, while saturated branched alkyls include isopropyl, sec-butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, tent-pentyl, heptyl, n-octyl, isopentyl, 2-ethylhexyl and the like. Representative saturated cyclic alkyls include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, —CH2cyclopropyl, —CH2cyclobutyl, —CH2cyclopentyl, —CH2cyclohexyl, and the like; unsaturated cyclic alkyls include cyclopentenyl and cyclohexenyl, and the like. Cyclic alkyls, also referred to as “homocyclic rings,” include di- and poly-homocyclic rings such as decalin and adamantyl.
- Unsaturated alkyls contain at least one double or triple bond between adjacent carbon atoms (referred to as an “alkenyl” or “alkynyl,” respectively). “Alkylene” or “alkylene chain” refers to a straight or branched divalent hydrocarbon chain linking the rest of the molecule to a radical group, consisting solely of carbon and hydrogen, containing no unsaturation and having from one to twelve carbon atoms, for example, methylene, ethylene, propylene, n-butylene, and the like. The alkylene chain is attached to the rest of the molecule through a single bond and to the radical group through a single bond. The points of attachment of the alkylene chain to the rest of the molecule and to the radical group can be through one carbon in the alkylene chain or through any two carbons within the chain. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, an alkylene chain may be optionally substituted by one or more of the following substituents: halo, cyano, nitro, aryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, heteroaryl, oxo, thioxo, trimethylsilanyl, —ORa, —OC(O)—Ra, —N(Ra)2, —C(O)Ra, —C(O)ORa, —C(O)N(Ra)2, —N(Ra)C(O)ORa, —N(Ra)C(O)Ra, —N(Ra)S(O)tRa (where t is 1 or 2), —S(O)tORa (where t is 1 or 2), —S(O)pRa (where p is 0, 1 or 2), and —S(O)tN(Ra)2 (where t is 1 or 2) where each Ra is independently hydrogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, carbocyclyl carbocyclylalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocylylalkyl, heteroaryl or heteroarylalkyl.
- “Alkenylene” or “alkenylene chain” refers to a straight or branched divalent hydrocarbon chain linking the rest of the molecule to a radical group, consisting solely of carbon and hydrogen, containing at least one double bond and having from two to twelve carbon atoms, for example, ethenylene, propenylene, n-butenylene, and the like. The alkenylene chain is attached to the rest of the molecule through a double bond or a single bond and to the radical group through a double bond or a single bond. The points of attachment of the alkenylene chain to the rest of the molecule and to the radical group can be through one carbon or any two carbons within the chain. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, an alkenylene chain may be optionally substituted by one or more of the following substituents: halo, cyano, nitro, aryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, heteroaryl, oxo, thioxo, trimethylsilanyl, —ORa, —OC(O)—Ra, —N(Ra)2, —C(O)Ra, —C(O)ORa, —C(O)N(Ra)2, —N(Ra)C(O)ORa, —N(Ra)C(O)Ra, —N(Ra)S(O)tRa (where t is 1 or 2), —S(O)tORa (where t is 1 or 2), —S(O)pRa (where p is 0, 1 or 2), and —S(O)tN(Ra)2 (where t is 1 or 2) where each Ra is independently hydrogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl (optionally substituted with one or more halo groups), aralkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocylylalkyl, heteroaryl or heteroarylalkyl, and where each of the above substituents is unsubstituted unless otherwise indicated.
- Representative straight chain and branched alkenyls include ethylenyl, propylenyl, 1-butenyl, 2-butenyl, isobutylenyl, 1-pentenyl, 2-pentenyl, 3-methyl-1-butenyl, 2-methyl-2-butenyl, 2,3-dimethyl-2-butenyl, and the like; representative straight chain and branched alkynyls include acetylenyl, propynyl, 1-butynyl, 2-butynyl, 1-pentynyl, 2-pentynyl, 3-methyl-1 butynyl, and the like.
- It is understood that within the context of the compounds described herein that the terms alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heterocycle, homocycle, and heterocycloalkyl are taken to comprise unsubstituted alkyl and substituted alkyl, unsubstituted aryl and substituted aryl, unsubstituted arylalkyl and substituted arylalkyl, unsubstituted heterocycle and substituted heterocycle, unsubstituted homocycle and substituted homocycle, unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl and substituted heterocyclealkyl, respectively, as defined herein, unless otherwise specified.
- As used herein, the term “substituted” in the context of alkyl, alkoxy, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycle, and heterocycloalkyl means that at least one hydrogen atom of the alky, aryl, arylalkyl, heterocycle, or heterocycloalkyl moiety is replaced with a substituent. The term “optionally substituted” as used in the context of an optionally substituted alkyl, alkoxy, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycle, and heterocycloalkyl means that when the alkyl, alkoxy, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycle, and heterocycloalkyl, respectively, is substituted, t least one hydrogen atom of the alky, aryl, arylalkyl, heterocycle, or heterocycloalkyl moiety is replaced with a substituent. In the instance of an oxo substituent (“═O”) two hydrogen atoms are replaced. A “substituent” as used within the context of this disclosure includes oxo, halogen, hydroxy, cyano, nitro, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkyl, alkoxy, thioalkyl, haloalkyl, substituted alkyl, heteroalkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, substituted heteroarylalkyl, heterocycle, substituted heterocycle, heterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, —NRaRb, —NRaC(═O)Rb, —NRaC(═O)NRaRb, —NRaC(═O)ORb, —NRaS(═O)2Rb, —ORa, —C(═O)Ra—C(═O)ORa, —C(═O)NRaRb, —OCH2C(═O)NRaRb, —OC(═O)NRaRb, —SH, —SRa, —SORa, —S(═O)2NRaRb, —S(═O)2Ra, —SRaC(═O)NRaRb, —OS(═O)2Ra and —S(═O)2ORa (also written as —SO3Ra), wherein Ra and Rb are the same or different and independently hydrogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, substituted alkyl, alkoxy, aryl, substituted aryl, arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl, arylalkoxy, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, substituted heteroarylalkyl, heterocycle, substituted heterocycle, heterocycloalkyl or substituted heterocycloalkyl. The definitions of Ra and Rb above apply to all uses of these substituents throughout the description.
- Representative substituents include (but are not limited to) alkoxy (i.e., alkyl-O—, including C1-6 alkoxy and C1-4 alkoxy (e.g., methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, butoxy)), aryloxy (e.g., phenoxy, chlorophenoxy, tolyloxy, methoxyphenoxy, benzyloxy, alkyloxycarbonylphenoxy, alkyloxycarbonyloxy, acyloxyphenoxy), acyloxy (e.g., propionyloxy, benzoyloxy, acetoxy), carbamoyloxy, carboxy, mercapto, alkylthio, acylthio, arylthio (e.g., phenylthio, chlorophenylthio, alkylphenylthio, alkoxyphenylthio, benzylthio, alkyloxycarbonyl-phenylthio), amino (e.g., amino, mono- and di-C1-C3 alkanylamino, methylphenylamino, methylbenzylamino, C1-C3 alkanylamido, acylamino, carbamamido, ureido, guanidino, nitro and cyano). Moreover, any substituent may have from 1-5 further substituents attached thereto.
- “Aryl” means an aromatic carbocyclic moiety such as phenyl or naphthyl (i.e., naphthalenyl) (1- or 2-naphthyl) or anthracenyl (e.g., 2-anthracenyl).
- “Arylalkyl” (e.g., phenylalkyl) means an alkyl having at least one alkyl hydrogen atom replaced with an aryl moiety, such as —CH2-phenyl, —CH═CH-phenyl, —C(CH3)═CH-phenyl, and the like.
- “Heteroaryl” means an aromatic heterocycle ring of 5- to 10 members and having at least one heteroatom selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, and containing at least 1 carbon atom, including both mono- and bicyclic ring systems. Representative heteroaryls are furyl, benzofuranyl, thiophenyl, benzothiophenyl, pyrrolyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, azaindolyl, pyridyl, quinolinyl (including 6-quinolinyl), isoquinolinyl, oxazolyl, isooxazolyl, benzoxazolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, benzimidazolyl, thiazolyl, benzothiazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, triazinyl, cinnolinyl, phthalazinyl, and quinazolinyl.
- “Heteroarylalkyl” means an alkyl having at least one alkyl hydrogen atom replaced with a heteroaryl moiety, such as —CH2pyridinyl, —CH2pyrimidinyl, and the like.
- “Heterocycle” (also referred to herein as a “heterocyclic ring”) means a 4- to 7-membered monocyclic, or 7- to 10-membered bicyclic, heterocyclic ring which is either saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic, and which contains from 1 to 4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, and wherein the nitrogen and sulfur heteroatoms may be optionally oxidized, and the nitrogen heteroatom may be optionally quaternized, including bicyclic rings in which any of the above heterocycles are fused to a benzene ring. The heterocycle may be attached via any heteroatom or carbon atom. Heterocycles include heteroaryls as defined herein. Thus, in addition to the heteroaryls listed above, heterocycles also include morpholinyl, pyrrolidinonyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, hydantoinyl, valerolactamyl, oxiranyl, oxetanyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, tetrahydropyridinyl, tetrahydroprimidinyl, tetrahydrothiophenyl, tetrahydrothiopyranyl, tetrahydropyrimidinyl, tetrahydrothiophenyl, tetrahydrothiopyranyl, and the like.
- Phenylamino refers to —N(Ra)-phenyl. The phenyl may be optionally substituted as described herein, for example, with C1-C6 alkoxy (such as methoxy or ethyoxy) or C1-C6 alkyl (e.g., methyl or ethyl).
- Phenylacyl refers to —C(O)-phenyl. Phenyl may be optionally substituted with substituents Ra described herein.
- “Heterocycloalkyl” means an alkyl having at least one alkyl hydrogen atom replaced with a heterocycle, such as —CH2morpholinyl, —CH2CH2piperidinyl, —CH2azepineyl, —CH2pirazineyl, —CH2pyranyl, —CH2furanyl, —CH2pyrrolidinyl, and the like.
- “Homocycle” (also referred to herein as “homocyclic ring”) means a saturated or unsaturated (but not aromatic) carbocyclic ring containing from 3-7 carbon atoms, such as cyclopropane, cyclobutane, cyclopentane, cyclohexane, cycloheptane, cyclohexene, and the like.
- “Halogen” or “halo” means fluoro, chloro, bromo, and iodo.
- “Haloalkyl,” which is an example of a substituted alkyl, means an alkyl having at least one hydrogen atom replaced with halogen, such as trifluoromethyl and the like.
- “Haloaryl,” which is an example of a substituted aryl, means an aryl having at least one hydrogen atom replaced with halogen, such as 4-fluorophenyl and the like.
- “Alkoxy” means an alkyl moiety attached through an oxygen bridge (i.e., —O-alkyl) such as methoxy, ethoxy, and the like.
- “COOH” means a carboxy and may also be set forth as —C(═O)OH.
- “Haloalkoxy,” which is an example, of a substituted alkoxy, means an alkoxy moiety having at least one hydrogen atom replaced with halogen, such as chloromethoxy and the like.
- “Alkoxydiyl” means an alkyl moiety attached through two separate oxygen bridges (i.e., —O-alkyl-O—) such as —O—CH2—O—, —O—CH2CH2—O—, —O—CH2CH2CH2—O—, —O—CH(CH3)CH2CH2—O—, —O—CH2C(CH3)2CH2—O—, and the like.
- “Alkanediyl” means a divalent alkyl from which two hydrogen atoms are taken from the same carbon atom or from different carbon atoms, such as —CH2—, —CH2CH2—, —CH2CH2CH2—, —CH(CH3)CH2CH2—, —CH2C(CH3)2CH2—, and the like.
- “Thioalkyl” means an alkyl moiety attached through a sulfur bridge (i.e., —S-alkyl) such as methylthio, ethylthio, and the like.
- “Alkylamino” and “dialkylamino” mean one or two alkyl moieties attached through a nitrogen bridge (i.e., —N-alkyl) such as methylamino, ethylamino, dimethylamino, diethylamino, and the like.
- “Carbamate” is —RaOC(═O)NRaRb.
- “Cyclic carbamate” means any carbamate moiety that is part of a ring.
- “Amidyl” is —NRaRb.
- “Hydroxyl” or “hydroxy” refers to the —OH radical.
- “Sulfhydryl” or “thio” is —SH.
- “Amino” refers to the —NH2 radical.
- “Nitro” refers to the —NO2 radical.
- “Imino” refers to the ═NH radical.
- “Thioxo” refers to the ═S radical.
- “Cyano” refers to the —C≡N radical.
- “Sulfonamide refers to the radical —S(═O)2NH2.
- “Isocyanate” refers to the N═C═O radical.
- “Isothiocyanate” refers to the —N═C═S radical.
- “Azido” refers to the —N═N+═N− radical.
- “Carboxy” refers to the —CO2H radical (also depicted as —C(═O)OH and —COOH).
- “Hydrazide” refers to the —C(═O)NRa—NRaRb radical.
- “Oxo” refers to the ═O radical.
- The compounds described herein may generally be used as the free acid or free base. Alternatively, the compounds may be used in the form of acid or base addition salts. Acid addition salts of the free base amino compounds may be prepared according to methods well known in the art, and may be formed from organic and inorganic acids. Suitable organic acids include (but are not limited to) maleic, fumaric, benzoic, ascorbic, succinic, methanesulfonic, acetic, oxalic, propionic, tartaric, salicylic, citric, gluconic, lactic, mandelic, cinnamic, aspartic, stearic, palmitic, glycolic, glutamic, and benzenesulfonic acids. Suitable inorganic acids include (but are not limited to) hydrochloric, hydrobromic, sulfuric, phosphoric, and nitric acids. Base addition salts of the free acid compounds of the compounds described herein may also be prepared by methods well known in the art, and may be formed from organic and inorganic bases. Suitable inorganic bases included (but are not limited to) the hydroxide or other salt of sodium, potassium, lithium, ammonium, calcium, magnesium, iron, zinc, copper, manganese, aluminum, and the like, and organic bases such as substituted ammonium salts. Thus, the term “pharmaceutically acceptable salt” of structure (I) or of structure (II), as well as any and all substructures described herein, is intended to encompass any and all pharmaceutically suitable salt forms.
- Also contemplated are prodrugs of any of the compounds described herein. Prodrugs are any covalently bonded carriers that release a compound of structure (I), as well as any of the substructures herein, in vivo when such prodrug is administered to a subject. Prodrugs are generally prepared by modifying functional groups in a way such that the modification is cleaved, either by routine manipulation or by an in vivo process, yielding the parent compound. Prodrugs include, for example, compounds described herein when, for example, hydroxy or amine groups are bonded to any group that, when administered to a subject, is cleaved to form the hydroxy or amine groups. Thus, representative examples of prodrugs include (but are not limited to) acetate, formate and benzoate derivatives of alcohol and amine functional groups of the compounds of structure (I), as well as any of the substructures herein. Further, in the case of a carboxylic acid (—COOH), esters may be employed, such as methyl esters, ethyl esters, and the like. Prodrug chemistry is conventional to and routinely practiced by a person having ordinary skill in the art.
- Prodrugs are typically rapidly transformed in vivo to yield the parent compound (i.e., an aminothiophene compound having a structure I or substructures Ia-Ii; or an aminothiazole compound having a structure II or substructures IIa-Ih), for example, by hydrolysis in blood. The prodrug compound often offers advantages of solubility, tissue compatibility or delayed release in a mammalian organism (see, e.g., Bundgard, H., Design of Prodrugs (1985), pp. 7-9, 21-24 (Elsevier, Amsterdam)). A discussion of prodrugs is provided in Higuchi, T., et al., “Pro-drugs as Novel Delivery Systems,” A.C.S. Symposium Series, Vol. 14, and in Bioreversible Carriers in Drug Design, Ed. Edward B. Roche, American Pharmaceutical Association and Pergamon Press, 1987, both of which are incorporated in full by reference herein.
- With regard to stereoisomers, the compounds of structure (I) and structure (II), as well as any substructure herein, may have one or more chiral centers and may occur in any isomeric form, including racemates, racemic mixtures, and as individual enantiomers or diastereomers. In addition, the compounds of structure (I) and structure (II), as well as any substructure thereof, include E and Z isomers of all double bonds. All such isomeric forms of the compounds are included and contemplated, as well as mixtures thereof. Furthermore, some of the crystalline forms of any compound described herein may exist as polymorphs, which are also included and contemplated by the present disclosure. In addition, some of the compounds may form solvates with water or other organic solvents. Such solvates are similarly included within the scope of compounds and compositions described herein.
- In general, the compounds used in the reactions described herein may be made according to organic synthesis techniques known to those skilled in this art, starting from commercially available chemicals and/or from compounds described in the chemical literature. “Commercially available chemicals” may be obtained from standard commercial sources including Acros Organics (Pittsburgh Pa.), Aldrich Chemical (Milwaukee Wis., including Sigma Chemical and Fluka), Apin Chemicals Ltd. (Milton Park UK), Avocado Research (Lancashire U.K.), BDH Inc. (Toronto, Canada), Bionet (Cornwall, U.K.), Chemservice Inc. (West Chester Pa.), Crescent Chemical Co. (Hauppauge N.Y.), Eastman Organic Chemicals, Eastman Kodak Company (Rochester N.Y.), Fisher Scientific Co. (Pittsburgh Pa.), Fisons Chemicals (Leicestershire UK), Frontier Scientific (Logan Utah), ICN Biomedicals, Inc. (Costa Mesa Calif.), Key Organics (Cornwall U.K.), Lancaster Synthesis (Windham N.H.), Maybridge Chemical Co. Ltd. (Cornwall U.K.), Parish Chemical Co. (Orem Utah), Pfaltz & Bauer, Inc. (Waterbury Conn.), Polyorganix (Houston Tex.), Pierce Chemical Co. (Rockford Ill.), Riedel de Haen AG (Hanover, Germany), Spectrum Quality Product, Inc. (New Brunswick, N.J.), TCI America (Portland Oreg.), Trans World Chemicals, Inc. (Rockville Md.), and Wako Chemicals USA, Inc. (Richmond Va.).
- Methods known to one of ordinary skill in the art may be identified through various reference books and databases. Suitable reference books and treatises that detail the synthesis of reactants useful in the preparation of compounds and bioactive agents described herein, or provide references to articles that describe the preparation, include for example, “Synthetic Organic Chemistry”, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York; S. R. Sandler et al., “Organic Functional Group Preparations,” 2nd Ed., Academic Press, New York, 1983; H. O. House, “Modern Synthetic Reactions,” 2nd Ed., W. A. Benjamin, Inc. Menlo Park, Calif. 1972; T. L. Gilchrist, “Heterocyclic Chemistry”, 2nd Ed., John Wiley & Sons, New York, 1992; J. March, “Advanced Organic Chemistry: Reactions, Mechanisms and Structure”, 4th Ed., Wiley-Interscience, New York, 1992. Additional suitable reference books and treatises that detail the synthesis of reactants useful in the preparation of compounds and agents described herein, or provide references to articles that describe the preparation, include for example, Fuhrhop, J. and Penzlin G. “Organic Synthesis: Concepts, Methods, Starting Materials”, Second, Revised and Enlarged Edition (1994) John Wiley & Sons ISBN: 3-527-29074-5; Hoffman, R. V. “Organic Chemistry, An Intermediate Text” (1996) Oxford University Press, ISBN 0-19-509618-5; Larock, R. C. “Comprehensive Organic Transformations: A Guide to Functional Group Preparations” 2nd Edition (1999) Wiley-VCH, ISBN: 0-471-19031-4; March, J. “Advanced Organic Chemistry: Reactions, Mechanisms, and Structure” 4th Edition (1992) John Wiley & Sons, ISBN: 0-471-60180-2; Otera, J. (editor) “Modern Carbonyl Chemistry” (2000) Wiley-VCH, ISBN: 3-527-29871-1; Patai, S. “Patai's 1992 Guide to the Chemistry of Functional Groups” (1992) Interscience ISBN: 0-471-93022-9; Quin, L. D. et al. “A Guide to Organophosphorus Chemistry” (2000) Wiley-Interscience, ISBN: 0-471-31824-8; Solomons, T. W. G. “Organic Chemistry” 7th Edition (2000) John Wiley & Sons, ISBN: 0-471-19095-0; Stowell, J. C., “Intermediate Organic Chemistry” 2nd Edition (1993) Wiley-Interscience, ISBN: 0-471-57456-2; “Industrial Organic Chemicals: Starting Materials and Intermediates: An Ullmann's Encyclopedia” (1999) John Wiley & Sons, ISBN: 3-527-29645-X, in 8 volumes; “Organic Reactions” (1942-2000) John Wiley & Sons, in over 55 volumes; and “Chemistry of Functional Groups” John Wiley & Sons, in 73 volumes.
- Specific and analogous reactants may also be identified through the indices of known chemicals prepared by the Chemical Abstract Service of the American Chemical Society, which are available in most public and university libraries, as well as through on-line databases (the American Chemical Society, Washington, D.C., may be contacted for more details). Chemicals that are known but not commercially available in catalogs may be prepared by custom chemical synthesis houses; where many of the standard chemical supply houses (e.g., those listed above) provide custom synthesis services. A reference for the preparation and selection of pharmaceutical salts of the compounds and bioactive agents described herein is P. H. Stahl & C. G. Wermuth “Handbook of Pharmaceutical Salts”, Verlag Helvetica Chimica Acta, Zurich, 2002.
- Synthesis of Aminothiophene Compounds
- The compounds described herein may be prepared by known organic synthesis techniques, including the methods described in more detail in the Examples. In general, the compounds of structure (I) above may be made by the following
Reaction Scheme 1, wherein all substituents are as defined above unless indicated otherwise. - Referring to
Reaction Scheme 1, ketones of formula II and cyanoacetates of formula 12 can be purchased or prepared according to procedures known to those skilled in the art. Compounds of formula 11 and 12 can be reacted together in the presence of elemental sulfur and morpholine in a solvent, such as methanol, to obtain compounds of formula 13. Acid chlorides of formula 14 can be purchased or prepared according to procedures known to those skilled in the art and reacted with compounds offormula 3 in the presence of an appropriate base, such as diisopropylethylamine (DIEA), in a solvent, such as dichloromethane, to obtain compounds of formula (I) and (I(A)). One skilled in the art will recognize that appropriate protection/deprotection chemistry may be required to obtain the desired compound of formula (I) and (I(A)). - In general, the compounds of structure (II) above may be made by the following
Reaction Scheme 2, wherein all substituents are as defined above unless indicated otherwise. - Referring to
Reaction Scheme 2, amines of formula 15 can be purchased or prepared according to methods known to those skilled in the art and reacted with thiophosgene (16) in the presence of water and an appropriate acid, such as hydrochloric acid, at 0° C. to obtain thioisocyanates of formula 17. Compounds of formula 17 can then be treated with aqueous ammonium hydroxide to obtain thioamides of formula 18. Bromoketones of formula 19 can be purchased or prepared according to methods known to those skilled in the art and reacted with compounds of formula 18 to obtain compounds of formula (II). One skilled in the art will recognize that appropriate protection/deprotection chemistry may be required to obtain the desired compound of formula (II). - As described herein, the aminothiophene and aminothiazole compounds are capable of inhibiting CaCC activity (i.e., inhibiting, reducing, decreasing, blocking conductance of chloride ion (i.e., chloride) in the CaCC channel or pore in a statistically significant or biologically significant manner) in a cell and may be used for treating diseases, disorders, and conditions that result from, are associated with, or are related to aberrantly increased CaCC activity and which conditions, diseases, and disorders are thereby treatable by inhibiting CaCC activity (including inhibiting activation of CaCC), which inhibits (decreases or reduces) chloride conductance through the CaCC and inhibits fluid secretion (or water secretion) from the cell (i.e., efflux of chloride and water). Accordingly, methods of inhibiting chloride conductance or movement through a CaCC are provided herein that comprise contacting a cell (e.g., an epithelial cell including an intestinal epithelial cell and a lung epithelial cell) that comprises at least one CaCC in the outer membrane of the cell (i.e., a cell that expresses a CaCC and has channels or pores formed by the CaCC in the cell membrane) with any one or more of the compounds described herein, under conditions and for a time sufficient for the CaCC and the compound to interact. Inhibiting movement of chloride and water through the at least one CaCC thereby inhibits (or decreases) fluid secretion from the cell. A CaCC that may be inhibited by any one or more of the compounds or compositions described herein includes but is not limited to TMEM16A.
- Accordingly, in one embodiment a method is provided for treating a condition, disease, or disorder that is associated with abnormally increased chloride ion conductance by administering to a subject, in need thereof, a composition comprising at least one aminothiophene compound (a compound having structure I or a substructure thereof) and/or at least one aminothiazole compound (a compound having structure II or a substructure thereof), or composition comprising the at least one compound, which are described in detail herein. The compound is administered in an amount effective to inhibit a calcium-activated chloride channel or to inhibit activation of the CaCC, thereby inhibiting chloride ion conductance and consequently inhibiting fluid secretion from the cell.
- In certain embodiments, such as for practicing an in vitro assay method described herein, the cell may be obtained from a subject or from a biological sample. A biological sample may be a blood sample (from which serum or plasma may be prepared and cells isolated), biopsy specimen, body fluids (e.g., lung lavage, sputum, ascites, mucosal washings, synovial fluid, peritoneal washing), bone marrow, lymph nodes, tissue explant, organ culture, or any other tissue or cell preparation from a subject or a biological source. A biological sample may further refer to a tissue or cell preparation in which the morphological integrity or physical state has been disrupted, for example, by dissection, dissociation, solubilization, fractionation, homogenization, biochemical or chemical extraction, pulverization, lyophilization, sonication, or any other means for processing a biological sample derived from a subject or biological source. The subject or biological source may be a human or non-human animal, a primary cell culture (e.g., epithelial cells isolated from intestinal or lung tissue, or virus infected cells), or culture adapted cell line, including but not limited to, genetically engineered cell lines that may contain chromosomally integrated or episomal recombinant nucleic acid sequences, immortalized or immortalizable cell lines, somatic cell hybrid cell lines, differentiated or differentiatable cell lines, transformed cell lines, and the like.
- Diseases and disorders that may be treated by administering a composition comprising a compound of structure I and related substructures or a compound of structure II and any related substructure described herein include aberrantly increased intestinal fluid secretion, such as secretory diarrhea. Secretory diarrhea can result from exposure to a variety of enteropathogenic organisms (i.e., enteric pathogen) including, without limitation, bacteria such as cholera (Vibrio cholera), E. coli (particularly enterotoxigenic (ETEC)), Shigella, Salmonella, Campylobacter, Clostridium difficile; parasites (e.g., Giardia, Entamoeba histolytica, Cryptosporidiosis, Cyclospora); and diarrheal viruses (e.g., rotavirus, Group A and Group C; norovirus, sapovirus). Secretory diarrhea may also be a disorder or sequelae associated with food poisoning, or exposure to a toxin including an enterotoxin such as cholera toxin, a E. coli toxin, a Salmonella toxin, a Campylobacter toxin, or a Shigella toxin.
- Other secretory diarrheas that may be treated by administering the compounds and compositions comprising the compounds described herein include diarrhea associated with or that is a sequelae of AIDS, diarrhea that is a condition related to the effects of anti-AIDS medications such as protease inhibitors, diarrhea that is a condition or is related to administration of chemotherapeutic compounds, inflammatory gastrointestinal disorders, such as ulcerative colitis, inflammatory bowel disease (IBD), Crohn's disease, diverticulosis, and the like. Intestinal inflammation modulates the expression of three major mediators of intestinal salt transport and may contribute to diarrhea in ulcerative colitis both by increasing transepithelial Cl− secretion and by inhibiting the epithelial NaCl absorption (see, e.g., Lohi et al., Am. J. Physiol. Gastrointest. Liver Physiol. 283:G567-75 (2002)).
- Other diseases or disorders that may be treated by administering to a subject in need thereof, the compounds (aminothiophene compounds having the structure of formula I and substructures of formula I(A), Ia-Ii and aminothiazole compounds having the structure of formula II and substructures of formula IIa-IIh) include diseases and disorders associated with abnormally increased mucus secretion (i.e., abnormally increased mucus secretion is a condition associated with or is a sequelae of the disease or disorder). Accordingly, the compounds and compositions thereof may be used for treating asthma, cystic fibrosis, bronchiectasis, and chronic pulmonary disease (see, e.g., Wang et al., Cell Biol. Int. 31(11):1388-95 (2007), Epub 2007 June 29; Yasuo et al., Respiration 73:347-359 (2006); Shale et al., Eur. Respir. J. 23:797-798 (2004); Wang et al., Chinese Med. J. 120:1051-57 (2007); Barnes, Curr. Drug Targets Inflamm. Allergy. 4:675-83 (2005); Cuthbert, J. R. Soc. Med. 99:30-35 (2006); Hegab et al., Chest 131:1149-56 (2007)).
- Methods are also provided herein for treating a disease or disorder associated with abnormally or aberrantly increased chloride ion secretion, wherein the methods comprise administering to a subject (in need thereof) any one (or more) of the compounds, or compositions comprising the compounds, described herein, wherein ion movement (particularly chloride ion conductance or current) by CaCC is inhibited. A subject includes a human and non-human animal. Non-human animals that may be treated include mammals, for example, non-human primates (e.g., monkey, chimpanzee, gorilla, and the like), rodents (e.g., rats, mice, gerbils, hamsters, ferrets, rabbits), lagomorphs, swine (e.g., pig, miniature pig), equine, canine, feline, bovine, and other domestic, farm, and zoo animals. In certain embodiments, methods for treating secretory diarrheas are provided herein, comprising administering to a subject any one (or more) aminothiophene or aminothiazole compounds described herein (or compositions comprising the any one or more compounds) in combination with an agent that inhibits CFTR. Exemplary compounds that may be used to inhibit CFTR include, but are not limited, to thiazolidinone compounds and hydrazide compounds (see, e.g., thiazolidinone compounds (e.g., 3-[(3-trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-5-[(4-carboxyphenyl)methylene]-2-thioxo-4-thiazolidinone (referred to herein as CFTRinh-172)) and hydrazide compounds (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 7,235,573; U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2005-0239740; Muanprasat et al., J. Gen. Physiol. 124:125-37 (2004); Ma et al., J. Clin. Invest. 110:1651-58 (2002)).
- The aminothiophene compounds having the structure of formula I and substructures of formula Ia-Ii and aminothiazole compounds having the structure of formula II and substructures of formula IIa-IIh, as described herein, may be formulated in a pharmaceutical composition for use in treatment, which includes preventive treatment, of a disease or disorder manifested by increased intestinal fluid secretion, such as secretory diarrhea or that is associated with excess (i.e., abnormally increased) mucus secretion (i.e., abnormally increased mucus secretion is a condition associated with or is a sequelae of the disease or disorder). A pharmaceutical composition may be a sterile aqueous or non-aqueous solution, suspension or emulsion, which additionally comprises a physiologically acceptable excipient (also called a pharmaceutically acceptable or suitable excipient or carrier) (i.e., a non-toxic material that does not interfere with the activity of the active ingredient). Such compositions may be in the form of a solid, liquid, or gas (aerosol). Alternatively, compositions described herein may be formulated as a lyophilizate, or compounds may be encapsulated within liposomes using technology known in the art. Pharmaceutical compositions may also contain other components, which may be biologically active or inactive. Such components include, but are not limited to, buffers (e.g., neutral buffered saline or phosphate buffered saline), carbohydrates (e.g., glucose, mannose, sucrose or dextrans), mannitol, proteins, polypeptides or amino acids such as glycine, antioxidants, chelating agents such as EDTA or glutathione, stabilizers, dyes, flavoring agents, and suspending agents and/or preservatives.
- Any suitable excipient or carrier known to those of ordinary skill in the art for use in pharmaceutical compositions may be employed in the compositions described herein. Excipients for therapeutic use are well known, and are described, for example, in Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy (Gennaro, 21st Ed. Mack Pub. Co., Easton, Pa. (2005)). In general, the type of excipient is selected based on the mode of administration. Pharmaceutical compositions may be formulated for any appropriate manner of administration, including, for example, topical, oral, nasal, intrathecal, rectal, vaginal, intraocular, subconjunctival, sublingual or parenteral administration, including subcutaneous, intravenous, intramuscular, intrasternal, intracavernous, intrameatal or intraurethral injection or infusion. For parenteral administration, the carrier preferably comprises water, saline, alcohol, a fat, a wax or a buffer. For oral administration, any of the above excipients or a solid excipient or carrier, such as mannitol, lactose, starch, magnesium stearate, sodium saccharine, talcum, cellulose, kaolin, glycerin, starch dextrins, sodium alginate, carboxymethylcellulose, ethyl cellulose, glucose, sucrose and/or magnesium carbonate, may be employed.
- A pharmaceutical composition (e.g., for oral administration or delivery by injection) may be in the form of a liquid. A liquid pharmaceutical composition may include, for example, one or more of the following: a sterile diluent such as water for injection, saline solution, preferably physiological saline, Ringer's solution, isotonic sodium chloride, fixed oils that may serve as the solvent or suspending medium, polyethylene glycols, glycerin, propylene glycol or other solvents; antibacterial agents; antioxidants; chelating agents; buffers and agents for the adjustment of tonicity such as sodium chloride or dextrose. A parenteral preparation can be enclosed in ampoules, disposable syringes or multiple dose vials made of glass or plastic. The use of physiological saline is preferred, and an injectable pharmaceutical composition is preferably sterile.
- A composition comprising an aminothiophene compound having the structure of formula I and substructures of formula IA, Ia-Ii and aminothiazole compound having the structure of formula II and substructures of formula IIa-IIh may be formulated for sustained or slow release. Such compositions may generally be prepared using well known technology and administered by, for example, oral, rectal or subcutaneous implantation, or by implantation at the desired target site. Sustained-release formulations may contain an agent dispersed in a carrier matrix and/or contained within a reservoir surrounded by a rate controlling membrane. Excipients for use within such formulations are biocompatible, and may also be biodegradable; preferably the formulation provides a relatively constant level of active component release. The amount of active compound contained within a sustained release formulation depends upon the site of implantation, the rate and expected duration of release, and the nature of the condition to be treated or prevented.
- The dose of the composition for treating a disease or disorder associated with aberrant CaCC function, including but not limited to intestinal fluid secretion, secretory diarrhea, such as a toxin-induced diarrhea, or secretory diarrhea associated with or a sequelae of an enteropathogenic infection, Traveler's diarrhea, ulcerative colitis, irritable bowel syndrome (IBS), AIDS, chemotherapy and diseases or conditions described herein associated with overproduction or excess secretion of mucus (e.g., asthma, chronic obstructive pulmonary disorder, bronchiectasis) may be determined according to parameters understood by a person skilled in the medical art. Accordingly, the appropriate dose may depend upon the subject's condition, that is, stage of the disease, general health status, as well as age, gender, and weight, and other factors considered by a person skilled in the medical art.
- Pharmaceutical compositions may be administered in a manner appropriate to the disease or disorder (or condition) to be treated as determined by persons skilled in the medical arts. An appropriate dose and a suitable duration and frequency of administration will be determined by such factors as the condition of the patient, the type and severity of the patient's disease, the particular form of the active ingredient, and the method of administration. In general, an appropriate dose (or effective dose) and treatment regimen provides the composition(s) in an amount sufficient to provide therapeutic and/or prophylactic benefit (e.g., an improved clinical outcome, such as more frequent complete or partial remissions, or longer disease-free and/or overall survival, improved quality of life, or a lessening of symptom frequency and/or severity).
- Consistent with the understanding in the medical arts, treatment or treating refers to the medical management of a disease or disorder. Clinical assessment of the level of dehydration and/or electrolyte imbalance may be performed to determine the level of effectiveness of a compound and whether dose or other administration parameters (such as frequency of administration or route of administration) should be adjusted. In addition, particularly with respect to chronic diseases such as cystic fibrosis, asthma, COPD, and bronchiectasis, clinical assessment of improvement may be determined by lessening of symptom frequency and/or severity. For example, clinical assessment may include determining the number of hospitalizations, particularly resulting from exacerbations related to bacterial infections. Clinical evaluations patients with such chronic diseases also includes quality of life assessment. Therefore, a patient or subject, particularly a patient that has a chronic disease such as cystic fibrosis, COPD, or bronchiectasis, for example, may be treated by administering to the subject the compounds and compositions described herein, and as such the treatment has a therapeutic or prophylactic benefit.
- Optimal doses may generally be determined using experimental models and/or clinical trials. The optimal dose may depend upon the body mass, weight, or blood volume of the subject. In general, the amount of a small molecule compound as described herein, that is present in a dose, ranges from about 0.01 μg to about 1000 μg per kg weight of the host. The use of the minimum dose that is sufficient to provide effective therapy is usually preferred. Subjects may generally be monitored for therapeutic effectiveness using assays suitable for the condition being treated or prevented, which assays will be familiar to those having ordinary skill in the art and are described herein.
- Other embodiments and uses will be apparent to one skilled in the art in light of the present disclosures. The following examples are provided merely as illustrative of various embodiments and shall not be construed to limit the invention in any way.
- HT-29 cells (ATCC HTB-38) were obtained from the American Type Culture Collection (Manassas, Va.) and grown in DMEM supplemented with 10% fetal bovine serum (FBS), 100 units/ml penicillin, and 100 μg/ml streptomycin. T84 cells were maintained in DMEM/F12 (1:1) medium containing 10% FBS, 100 units/ml penicillin and 100 μg/ml streptomycin. Fisher rat thyroid (FRT) expressing human CFTR and YFP-H148Q/I152L were generated as described (Ma et al., J. Clin. Invest. 110:1651-8 (2002)), and grown in F-12 Modified Coon's medium supplemented with 10% FBS, 2 mM glutamine, 100 units/ml penicillin, and 100 μg/ml streptomycin. All cells were grown at 37° C. in 5% CO2/95% air.
- HT-29 cells were infected with a lentivirus encoding YFP-H148Q/I152L according to molecular biology methods routinely practiced by persons skilled in the art. Prior to infection, HT-29 cells were cultured in 90-mm diameter plates until ˜80% confluent in McCoy's 5a medium supplemented with 1.5 mM L-glutamine, 10% FBS, and 2.2 g/L sodium bicarbonate. The cells were washed three times with PBS, and then 1 ml of high-titer lentiviral supernatant was added to each well in the presence of 8 μg/ml polybrene. The cells were incubated at 37° C. in 5% CO2/95% air for 6 hours, and medium was then replaced with the regular DMEM growth medium described above. YFP expression was detected 48 h after infection. As depicted in
FIG. 1B , HT-29 cells stably expressing YFP-H148Q/I152L were brightly fluorescent, with nearly all cells having fluorescence. This particular YFP indicator (YFP-H148Q/I152L) used for screening was 50% quenched by ˜3 mM iodide. - For experiments with thapsigargin or calcimycin, cells in 96-well plates at 100% confluence were washed 3 times with PBS, incubated with test compounds at 32.5 μM for 5 min in PBS in a final volume of 60 μl/well, and then incubated with 2 μM thapsigargin for 7 min or 10 μM calcimycin for 3 min before assay of iodide influx.
- Several CaCC agonists were assayed to establish the cellular model for CaCC inhibitor screening. Histamine (100 μM), calcimycin (10 μM), ATP (100 μM), carbachol (100 μM) and forskolin (10 μM) were tested individually (
FIG. 2A ) and in combinations (FIG. 2B ). The CFTR inhibitor CFTRinh-172 (20 μM) was also tested. Of the agonists tested individually, carbachol and ATP produced the strongest responses as indicated by the slopes of the fluorescence decrease following extracellular iodide addition. In combination, carbachol and ATP produced the greatest response observed for the combinations. Increased iodide influx was not observed following forskolin addition, nor did CFTRinh-172 inhibit iodide influx in response to calcium agonists, indicating that the cells used in the assay expressed little or no functional CFTR. A combination of carbachol and ATP was selected for compound screening. - Iodide influx measurements were done to establish agonist concentrations and addition times. Concentration dependence studies for carbachol (
FIG. 2C ) and ATP indicated maximal responses at 100 μM.FIG. 2D shows reduced iodide influx as a function of time between addition of 100 μM carbachol/ATP and extracellular iodide, which is a consequence of the transient elevation in cytoplasmic calcium produced by these agonists. The greatest iodide influx was observed when agonists were added at ˜10 s prior to iodide; however, the influx was not much greater than when agonists were added at the time of iodide addition. Therefore, for high-throughput screening, in part, to simplify assay conditions, agonists (carbachol and ATP, each 100 μM) were added together with iodide. - Compounds for primary screening were purchased from ChemDiv (San Diego, Calif.). The compound collection contained 50,000 diverse, drug-like compounds with >90% of compounds in the molecular size range 200-450 daltons. Compounds for the secondary screening were purchased from ChemDiv and Asinex. Compounds were prepared in 96-well plates (Corning-Costar) as 10 mM solutions in dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO). For the primary screen compounds were tested in groups of 4 compounds per well. The compounds were screened at a concentration 32.5 μM. All chemicals were purchased from SIGMA-ALDRICH (St. Louis, Mo.).
- For high-throughput screening, iodide influx was measured in the YFP-expressing HT-29 cells in a 96-well format using an automated workstation capable of assaying more than 10,000 compounds overnight. Screening was performed using a customized screening system (BECKMAN COULTER, Inc., Indianapolis, Ind.) consisting of the SAGIAN Core system integrated with SAMI software, and equipped with an ORCA arm for labware transport, a 96-channel head BIOMEK FX, CO2 incubator, plate washer, bar code reader, delidding station, and two FLUOstar OPTIMA fluorescence plate readers (BMG Labtechnologies, Durham, N.C.), each equipped with syringe pumps and custom excitation/emission filters (500/544 nm; CHROMA, Brattleboro, Vt.).
- HT-29 cells expressing YFP-H148Q/I152L were plated in 96-well plates at 70% confluence. Plates were incubated overnight at 37° C., 5% CO2 and then the growth medium was replaced with fresh growth medium. Cells were incubated further until 95% confluence (12-18 h), washed 3 times with PBS, and incubated with the test compounds at 32.5 μM final concentration for 5 min in PBS, in a final volume of 60 μl/well. YFP fluorescence was measured 1 s before and for 30 s after addition of a PBS-iodide solution (PBS that has 100 mM chloride replaced by iodide) containing carbachol and ATP (100 each). Each 96-well plate contained ‘positive’ controls (DMSO vehicle without agonists or test compounds) and ‘negative’ controls (DMSO vehicle with agonists but without test compounds). In some experiments solutions included (individually or in combination): carbachol, ATP, or histamine (at 50, 100, 150 or 200 μM), calcimycin (10 μM), thapsigargin (2 μM) and CFTRinh-172 (20 μM).
- Iodide influx (d[I−]/dt at t=0) was computed from fluorescence time course data by single exponential regression, as described (Ma et al., J. Clin. Invest. 110:1651-8 (2002)). Percentage inhibition was computed as: percentage inhibition=100×(Slopenegative control−Slopetest compound)/(Slopenegative control−Slopepositive control).
-
FIG. 3A (left) shows representative YFP fluorescence kinetics measured in single wells of 96-well plates. Each curve consisted of recording of baseline fluorescence for 1 second, followed by 30 seconds of continuous recording of fluorescence after rapid addition of a solution containing iodide and the CaCC agonist combination (carbachol and ATP, each 100 μM). Following a small solution addition artifact, there was little decrease in fluorescence in the absence of activators, compared to a robust reduction in fluorescence with agonists.FIG. 3A (right) shows a frequency histogram of iodide influx rates, d[f]/dt, in individual wells for positive (no agonists) or negative (with agonists) controls. The computed Z′-factor for the assay was very good, 0.74, indicating adequacy of a single compound screening to identify putative CaCC inhibitors. - CaCC inhibitors were identified based on inhibition of ATP/carbachol stimulated iodide-influx. Screening yielded six classes of putative CaCC inhibitors, two of which, 3-acyl-2-aminothiophenes and 5-aryl-2-aminothiazoles, inhibited by >95% iodide influx in HT-29 cells in response to multiple calcium-elevating agonists.
FIG. 3B (left) shows examples of data from single wells for compounds with ‘strong’, ‘weak’ and no inhibition activity.FIG. 3B (right) summarizes percentage inhibition data as a frequency histogram. Of 50,000 small molecules screened (in groups of four), 300 compound groups had CaCC inhibitory activity as defined by a 70% cutoff (vertical dashed line). Retesting of these 300 compound groups indicated a false-positive rate of ˜40%. - Further analysis was performed on fifteen-compound groups that produced greatest inhibition when retested at 10 and 30 μM concentrations. The compound responsible for activity in each group was determined by testing individual compounds in each group. In each case, a single active compound was identified in the groups of four.
FIG. 3C shows structures of the most active of six classes of putative CaCC inhibitors (classes A-F) identified by single compound testing; in some cases, particularly for classes A and B, similar structures were seen several times. Percentage inhibition of these compounds at 30 μM was in therange 60 to >90%. Based on multiple criteria, including potency, water solubility, drug-like properties, identification of active analogs, chemical stability and CaCC targeting, compounds of classes A and B were analyzed further. Class A and B compounds were resynthesized, analyzed for mechanism-of-action, and assessed for ‘druggability’ by determining structure-activity relationships. - This example describes synthesis of exemplary class A and B compounds to high purity and verified their structures and chemical stability in aqueous solutions.
- CaCCinh-A01:
- The synthesis of CaCCinh-A01 was accomplished in three steps (
FIG. 4A ), involving Knovenagle condensation of methyl cyanoacetate with t-butylcyclohexanone followed by cyclization on elemental sulfur. Purification by flash chromatography afforded the 2-aminothiophene Gewald product. Acyclation of the aminothiophene gave the N-acyl methyl ester [2] in good yield. Ester [2] was hydrolyzed with NaOH to give CaCCinh-A01, which was purified by chromatography and recrystallization. - In greater detail, the synthesis of 6-t-butyl-2-(furan-2-carboxamido)-4,5,6,7-tetrahydrobenzo[b]thiophene-3-carboxylic acid [1] began with a mixture of 4-(t-butyl) cyclohexanone (0.154 g, 1.00 mmol), methyl-2-cyanoacetate (0.109 g, 1.1 mmol), morphiline (0.104 g, 1.2 mmol) and elemental sulfur (0.048 g, 1.5 mmol) in methanol (5 mL), which was microwaved for 10 min at 120° C. using a Biotage microwave reactor. Purification by flash chromatography afforded [1] (0.242 g, 0.91 mmol) in 91% yield (Gewald et al., J Prakt. Chem. 311:402-407 29 (1969); Sridhar et al., Tetrahedron Lett. 48:3171-72 (2007)). Acylation of the amine with furfuryl chloride (0.186 mg, 0.70 mmol) gave compound [2] in 87% yield. Ester hydrolysis of [2] (0.179 g, 0.500 mmol) was accomplished with NaOH in methanol affording t-butylbenzothiophene (CaCCinh-A01). CaCCinh-A01 was purified by column chromatography (160 mg, 93% yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ12.88 (s, 1H), 7.59 (s, 1H), 7.30 (d, J=3.2 Hz, 1H), 6.59 (dd, J=7.6 Hz and 2.0 Hz, 1H), 3.18 (d, 2H), 2.72 (m, 2H), 2.43 (t, 1H), 2.05 (m, 1H), 1.51 (m, 1H), 1.35 (m, 1H), 0.95 (s, 9H); 13C NMR (CDCl3): δ 179.2, 170.6, 154.8, 149.1, 146.8, 145.4, 131.8, 128.3, 116.6, 112.9, 94.5, 45.1, 32.6, 27.4, 26.0, 24.5; LC-MS: m/z 346.16 [M+H]+ (Nova-Pak C18 column, 99%, 200-400 nm).
- CaCCinh-B01:
- The synthesis of CaCCinh-B01 also involved three steps (
FIG. 4B ). Reaction of 4-amino-2-hydroxybenzoic acid with thiophosgene in HCl gave isothiocyanate in good yield. Treatment of isothiocyanate with ammonium hydroxide gave thiourea, which was then reacted with 2-bromo-1-p-tolylethanone to give CaCCinh-B01. - In greater detail, the synthesis of 2-hydroxy-4-(4-p-tolylthiazol-2-ylaminobenzoic acid [4] began with the synthesis of thiourea [5]. Reaction of thiophosgene (2.7 g, 23.890 mmol) with 4-amino-2-hydroxybenzoic acid (3.06 g, 20 mol) in aqueous HCl (41 mL) afforded thioisocyanate by crystallization in 83% yield (Seligman et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc. 75:6334-35 (1953)). Treatment of thioisocyanate with ammonium hydroxide gave thiourea in 84% yield. Thiazole cyclization of thiourea [5] (0.300 g, 1.415 mmol) with 2-bromo-1-p-tolylethanone (0.298 g, 1.415 mmol) in EtOH (15 mL) gave aminothiazole. The aminothiazole was purified by column chromatography to afford CaCCinh-B01 (406 mg, 88% yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ10.67 (s, 1H), 7.80 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.71 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.58 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.36 (s, 1H), 7.25 (d, J=8.0, 2H), 7.04 (dd, J=8.1 Hz and 2.0 Hz, 1H), 2.49 (s, 1H), 2.31 (s, 3H); 13C NMR (CDCl3): δ 171.7, 162.7, 162.0, 150.3, 147.2, 137.2, 131.7, 131.3, 129.3, 125.6, 108.5, 105.4, 103.6, 103.1, 20.8; LC-MS: m/z 327.11 [M+H]+ (Nova-Pak C18 column, 97%, 200-400 nm).
- CaCCinh-A01 and CaCCinh-B01 were confirmed by 1H-NMR, 13C-NMR, and mass spectrometry. The aqueous solubility of CaCCinh-A01 and CaCCinh-B01 in PBS was >500 μM, as measured by optical absorbance of a saturated solution after appropriate dilution. The high aqueous solubility is a consequence of their polarity and negative charge at physiological pH. By liquid chromatography compound purity was >97% and 99% for CaCCinh-A01 and CaCCinh-B01, respectively.
- Testing of the purified compounds using the fluorescence plate reader assay verified their activities, with IC50 values ˜10 μM (
FIG. 4C ). These apparent IC50 values are only semi-quantitative because of the multi-step nature of the screening assay and because of the ˜3-fold compound dilution at the time of iodide addition during the assay. Accurate IC50s were determined by electrophysiological assays as described herein. - This Example describes analysis of Class A and B compounds to confirm their activity was specific for CaCCs. As shown in the schematic of the screening strategy illustrated in
FIG. 1A , the screening assay could identify other target interactions such as ligand-receptor binding, calcium elevation, and calcium-calmodulin CaMKII) signaling. To distinguish between pre- and post-calcium signaling targets, compounds of each class were tested following stimulation of HT-29 cells by thapsigargin, which produces calcium elevation without ligand-receptor binding or phosphoinositide signaling.FIG. 5A shows that each of the compounds inhibited iodide influx following thapsigargin, except for the class E compounds, whose target is thus likely upstream from calcium signaling. - For experiments with thapsigargin or calcimycin, cells in 96-well plates at 100% confluence were washed 3 times with PBS, incubated with test compounds at 32.5 μM for 5 min in PBS in a final volume of 60 μl/well, and then incubated with 2 μM thapsigargin for 7 min or 10 μM calcimycin for 3 min before assay of iodide influx.
- Cystic Fibrosis Transmembrane Conductance Regulator (CFTR)
- Experiments were performed to determine whether the compounds affected CFTR because CFTR is a major intestinal chloride channel and evidence exists for cross-talk between cAMP and calcium signaling in intestinal cell chloride secretion (Schultheiss et al., Eur. J. Pharmacol. 546:161-70 (2006); Takahashi et al., J. Med. Microbiol. 49:801-10 (2000); Chao et al., EMBO J. 13: 1065-72 (1994)). As described (Ma et al., J. Clin. Invest. 110:1651-8 (2002)), FRT cells expressing human wildtype CFTR and YFP-H148Q/I152L, at 100% confluence, were washed 3 times with PBS, leaving 60 μL. CFTR was activated by a cocktail containing forskolin (20 μM), genistein (50 μM), and isobutylmethylxanthine (100 μM). Iodide influx as described in Example 1 was measured at 10 min after addition of test compounds by determining YFP fluorescence for 2 s before and 20 s after addition of 165 μl of PBS-iodide.
FIG. 5B shows no CFTR was not inhibited by any of the compounds at 30 μM; CFTRinh-172 inhibition shown is the positive control. - This Example describes analysis of Class A and B compounds to confirm that their activity was specific for CaCCs. As shown in the schematic of the screening strategy illustrated in
FIG. 1A , the screening assay could identify other target interactions such as ligand-receptor binding, calcium elevation, and calcium-calmodulin CaMKII) signaling. To distinguish between pre- and post-calcium signaling targets, compounds of each class were tested following stimulation of HT-29 cells by thapsigargin, which produces calcium elevation without ligand-receptor binding or phosphoinositide signaling.FIG. 5A shows that each of the compounds inhibited iodide influx following thapsigargin, except for the class E compounds, whose target is thus likely upstream from calcium signaling. - For experiments with thapsigargin or calcimycin, cells in 96-well plates at 100% confluence were washed 3 times with PBS, incubated with test compounds at 32.5 μM for 5 min in PBS in a final volume of 60 μl/well, and then incubated with 2 μM thapsigargin for 7 min or 10 μM calcimycin for 3 min before assay of iodide influx.
- Cystic Fibrosis Transmembrane Conductance Regulator (CFTR)
- Experiments were performed to determine whether the compounds affected CFTR because CFTR is a major intestinal chloride channel and evidence exists for cross-talk between cAMP and calcium signaling in intestinal cell chloride secretion (Schultheiss, et al., Eur. J. Pharmacol. 546:161-70 (2006); Takahashi, et al., J. Med. Microbiol. 49:801-10 (2000); Chao, et al., EMBO J. 13:1065-72 (1994)). As described (Ma et al., J. Clin. Invest. 110:1651-8 (2002)), FRT cells expressing human wildtype CFTR and YFP-H148Q/I152L, at 100% confluence, were washed 3 times with PBS, leaving 60 μL. CFTR was activated by a cocktail containing forskolin (20 μM), genistein (50 μM), and isobutylmethylxanthine (100 μM). Iodide influx as described in Example 1 was measured at 10 min after addition of test compounds by determining YFP fluorescence for 2 s before and 20 s after addition of 165 μl of PBS-iodide.
FIG. 5B shows no CFTR was not inhibited by any of the compounds at 30 μM; CFTRinh-172 inhibition shown is the positive control. - [Ca2+]i Measurements
- Cytoplasmic calcium was measured to determine whether CaCCinh-A01 and CaCCinh-B01 interfered with agonist-induced calcium signal in HT-29 cells. [Ca2]i was measured in confluent monolayers of HT-29 cells after loading with Fura-2 (2 μM Fura-2-AM, 30 min, 37° C.). Labeled cells were mounted in a perfusion chamber on the stage of an inverted epifluorescence microscope. Cells were superfused with (in mM): 140 NaCl, 5 KCl, 1 MgCl2, 1 CaCl2, 10 D-glucose, and 10 HEPES (pH 7.4), initially without and then with ATP/carbachol. Test compounds were present in some experiments for 10 min prior to agonist addition. Fura-2 fluorescence was recorded at excitation wavelengths of 340 nm and 380 nm using standard procedures
-
FIG. 5C shows [Ca2+]i elevations in response to 1 μM ATP, 100 μM ATP, and 100 μM carbachol (left), or 1 μM ionomycin (middle). Pretreatment with CaCCinh-A01 or CaCCinh-B01 at high concentration prior to agonist addition did not significantly reduce the ATP or carbachol-induced [Ca2+]i elevations (right). - CaMKII
- Regulation of CaCC activation by CaMKII occurs in a cell type-dependent manner (Hartzell et al., Annu. Rev. Physiol. 67:719-58 (2005)). CaMKII has been reported to regulate calcium-activated chloride current in HT-29 and T84 cells (Worrell et al., Am. J. Physiol. 260:C877-82 (1991); Morris et al., Am. J. Physiol. 264:C977-85 (1993); Chan et al., J. Biol. Chem. 269:32464-8 (1994); Braun et al., J. Physiol. 488:37-55 (1995)). To determine whether the CaCC inhibitors interfered with ATP/carbachol-induced CaMKII activation, CaMKII phosphorylation in HT-29 cells was measured by immunoblot analysis. Calcium/calmodulin-dependent protein kinase II (CaMKII) was activated by 2 min treatment of HT-29 cells with ATP/carbachol (each 100 μM). Cells were then lysed with cell lysis buffer (20 mM Tris-HCl (pH 7.4), 1% Triton X-100, 150 mM NaCl, 2 mM EDTA, 50 mM α-glycerolphosphate, 1 mM Na3VO4, 1 mM DTT, and complete protease inhibitor mixture (Roche Applied Science)). Cell debris was removed by centrifugation, and proteins in the supernatant were resolved by SDS-PAGE and immunoblotted using standard procedures (transfer to PDVF membrane, 1 h blocking in 5% nonfat dry milk, primary/secondary antibody incubations, enhanced chemiluminescence detection). Rabbit polyclonal antibodies for anti-phospho-CaMKII (Thr286) and β-actin were purchased from Cell Signaling Technology (Danvers, Mass.).
-
FIG. 5D present an immunoblot demonstrating the presence of pCaMKII immunoreactivity following agonist treatment. Pretreatment with 30 μM CaCCinh-A01 or CaCCinh-B01 did not significantly affect agonist-induced CaMKII phosphorylation. β-actin is shown as loading control. - Patch Clamp—Calcium Dependent Chloride Current
- Whole-cell patch-clamp was performed to investigate inhibition of calcium-dependent chloride current in HT-29 cells by CaCCinh-A01 and CaCCinh-B01. Whole cell recordings were accomplished with HT-29 cells at room temperature. The pipette solution contained (in mM): 30 CsCl, 100 Cs-aspartate, 1 MgCl2, 0.5 EGTA, 2 Tris-ATP, and 10 HEPES (pH 7.2 with CsOH), and the bath solution contained (in mM) 140 N-methyl-D-glucamine chloride (NMDG-Cl), 1 CaCl2, 1 MgCl2, 10 glucose, and 10 HEPES (pH 7.2). In one set of studies, symmetric NMDG-Cl solutions contained 140 mM NMDG-Cl, 1 mM MgCl2, 0.5 mM EGTA, 2 mM Tris-ATP, and 10 mM HEPES, pH 7.2. Pipettes were pulled from borosilicate glass and had resistances of 3-5 MS2 after fire polishing. Seal resistances were typically between 3-10 GΩ. After establishing the whole cell configuration, CaCCs were activated by 1 μM ionomycin. Whole cell currents were elicited by applying hyperpolarizing and depolarizing voltage pulses from a holding potential of 0 mV to potentials between −120 mV and +120 mV in steps of 20 mV. Currents were filtered at 5 kHz, and digitized and analyzed using an AxoScope 10.0 system and a Digidata 1440A AC/DC converter (Molecular Devices, Sunnyvale, Calif.). Mean currents were expressed as current densities (picoampere per picofarad (pA/pF)).
- Treatment with 1 μM ionomycin produced large currents of 28±3 pA/pF (Vm +100 mV) in NMDG-Cl solutions, with outwardly rectifying I-V relationship as shown in
FIGS. 6A and B). Ionomycin-stimulated currents were measured when the current was maximally activated at a Vm of −40 mV. As summarized inFIG. 6C , calcium-dependent chloride current was reduced by 38±14%, 66±10%, and 91±1% by 0.1, 1 and 10 μM CaCCinh-A01, respectively, and by 11±7%, 34±12%, and 77±4% by 0.1, 1 and 10 μM CaCCinh-B01. As a control to exclude interference by transient receptor potential and nonselective cation channels, ionomycin-induced chloride currents were also recorded in the whole-cell configuration using symmetric NMDG-Cl solutions. The results are presented inFIG. 6D . As predicted, pretreatment with CaCCinh-A01 and CaCCinh-B01 reduced ionomycin-induced currents. - Short Circuit Current Measurements (Chloride Secretion)
- Chloride secretion was measured in T84 cells to investigate whether the CaCC inhibitors identified from screening of HT-29 cells also inhibited the CaCC in a different human intestinal cell line. ATP/carbachol were used to induce calcium-dependent chloride secretion in well-differentiated T84 cell monolayers. T84 cells were seeded at a density of 105 cm−2 on permeable supports (Snapwell, 1.12 cm2 surface area) and grown until confluent. Supports containing confluent cell monolayers were mounted in Snapwell diffusion chambers. Cells were bathed for a 30 min stabilization period in HCO3 −-buffered solution containing (mmol/L): 120 NaCl, 5 KCl, 1 MgCl2, 1 CaCl2, 10 D-glucose, 5 HEPES, and 25 NaHCO3 (pH 7.4), aerated with 95% O2/5% CO2 at 37° C. Monolayers were voltage-clamped at 0 mV (EVC4000 Multi-Channel V/I Clamp, World Precision Instruments), and short-circuit current (Ise) was recorded continuously with agonists/inhibitors added at specified times.
- Application of carbachol followed ATP after a recovery period produced large short-circuit current as shown in
FIG. 7A . Carbachol and ATP-induced short-circuit currents are summarized inFIG. 7B . Initial carbachol-induced currents were similar, as expected, indicated similar chloride secretory activities of the cultures. ATP-induced short circuit-currents were reduced by 38±7% and 78±3% at 10 and 30 μM CaCCinh-A01, respectively, and by 29±11% and 64±3% by 10 and 30 μM CaCCinh-B01. - The aminothiophenes and aminothiazoles identified in the screen and analyzed in the experiments described above did not interfere with agonist-induced cytoplasmic calcium elevation or calmodulin (CaMKII) phosphorylation. As indicated by patch-clamp analysis, the compounds that were tested inhibited CaCC gating. These results confirm that the phenotype-based small molecule screen identified novel chemical classes of inhibitors of CaCC chloride conductance that target the CaCC itself rather than upstream signaling mechanisms and/or any of the other mechanisms tested.
- This Example describes the structure activity relationship of the aminothiophene compounds (i.e., having a structure of formula I or substructures thereof) and aminothiazole compounds (i.e., having a structure of formula II or substructures thereof). SAR analysis was performed on 936 commercially available aminothiophenes (class A analogs) and 944 aminothiazoles (class B analogs). Tables 3 and 4 provide semi-quantitative CaCC inhibition data (from plate reader assay, see Example 1) for 18 active aminothiophenes (class A) and 14 active aminothiazoles (class B).
-
TABLE 3 Structure-Activity of Aminothiophene (Class A) CaCC Inhibitors % inhibi- tion at Compound R1 R2 R3 n 25 μM CaCCinh-A01 t-butyl —OH 1 100 CaCCinh-A02 t-butyl —OH 1 95 CaCCinh-A03 t-butyl —OH 1 50 CaCCinh-A04 t-butyl —OH 1 85 CaCCinh-A05 t-butyl —OH 1 75 CaCCinh-A06 t-butyl —OCH2CH3 1 75 CaCCinh-A07 t-butyl —OCH2CH3 1 98 CaCCinh-A08 t-butyl —OCH2CH3 1 80 CaCCinh-A09 t-butyl —OCH3 1 45 CaCCinh-A10 t-pentyl —OCH2CH3 1 75 CaCCinh-A11 t-butyl —OCH3 1 81 CaCCinh-A12 H —OH 2 15 CaCCinh-A13 H —OH 2 27 CaCCinh-A14 H —OH 2 18 CaCCinh-A15 H —OH 1 20 CaCCinh-A16 t-butyl 1 42 CaCCinh-A17 H —OH 1 07 CaCCinh-A18 t-butyl 1 35 - A common moiety in compounds that exhibited the highest inhibitory activity in each compound class was the presence of a carboxylic acid functional group, which is also present in certain other known chloride channel inhibitors.
- Class A compounds (aminothiophene) that had t-butyl at position R1 conferred the greatest inhibition; inhibition was reduced when R1 was H (e.g., CaCCinh-A12-A15) and reduced when R1 was methyl. While compounds having a cyclohexyl ring system had greater activity than compounds with cyclopentyl and cycloheptyl (varying n) rings (i.e., the ring to which R1 is attached), several cycloheptylthiophenes were active. At R2, hydroxy, methoxy, ethoxy and substituted phenyl amides were identified. Compounds with a methyl ester or an ethyl ester at R2 were active, and certain of these compounds identified also had an alkyl carboxylic acid present at R3 (see, e.g., CaCCinh-A06-A11). With respect to the moiety comprising R3 (—NHC(═O)R3), activity was observed for compounds comprising substituted phenyl, substituted heterocycles, and substituted alkyl. The most active compound that had substituted alkyl at R3 was the analog comprising trans-3-carboxyacrylamido (CaCCinh-A07). The presence of substituted phenyl at R3 in compounds was observed. A variety of compounds with heterocycles at R3 were screened; active compounds comprising a furyl substituent were identified, and the most potent compound identified was (CaCCinh-A01).
-
TABLE 4 Structure-Activity of Aminothiazole (Class B) CaCC inhibitors % inhibition at Compound R7 R8 R9 R10 25 μM CaCCinh-B01 H H 4- methyl 100 CaCCinh-B02 —CH2CO2H H 4- methyl 40 CaCCinh-B03 —CH2CO2H H 4- methyl 60 CaCCinh-B04 —CH2CO2H H 4-methyl 65 CaCCinh-B05 —CH2CO2H H 4- methyl 60 CaCCinh-B06 n-propyl 2-methyl 4- methyl 100 CaCCinh-B07 —CH2CO2H 2-methyl 4-methyl 70 CaCCinh-B08 —CH2CO2H 2-methyl 4-methyl 75 CaCCinh-B09 H H 4-phenoxy 65 CaCCinh-B10 H H 3-CF3 55 CaCCinh-B11 —CH2CO2H H 4-methyl 65 CaCCinh-B12 phenyl H 4-methyl 03 CaCCinh-B13 —CH2CH3 H H 4- methyl 20 CaCCinh-B14 —(CH2)2CO2H H 4-methoxy 18 - With respect to aminothiazole compounds, the substituent at R10 that was observed in a majority of active compounds was a methyl substitution at the 4-position of the aromatic ring (see, e.g., CaCCinh-B01-B06). Certain active analogs of such compounds had an additional methyl substitution at the 2-position (see, e.g., CaCCinh-B07-B09). As observed with aminothiophene compounds, aminothiazole compounds that had a carboxylic acid functional group were most active. Examples of such aminothiazole compounds had carboxy-substituted alkyl at R8 or a carboxy substituted phenyl at R7. At position R8, active compounds contained hydrogen, propyl, or an acetic acid group (—(CH2)nC(═O)OH). At the position R7, a variety of substituted phenyl groups were tolerated. Electron donating substituents produced inactive compounds.
- All the above U.S. patents, U.S. patent application publications, U.S. patent applications, foreign patents, foreign patent applications, and non-patent publications referred to in this specification and/or listed in the Application Data Sheet, are incorporated herein by reference, in their entirety.
- From the foregoing, although specific embodiments of the invention have been described herein for purposes of illustration, various modifications may be made without deviating from the spirit and scope of the invention. Those skilled in the art will recognize, or be able to ascertain, using no more than routine experimentation, many equivalents to the specific embodiments of the invention described herein. Such equivalents are intended to be encompassed by the following claims.
Claims (21)
1. A composition comprising a physiologically acceptable excipient and a compound having the following structure (I):
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, prodrug or stereoisomer thereof,
wherein
R1 is hydrogen or optionally substituted alkyl;
R2 is hydroxy, optionally substituted alkoxy, or optionally substituted phenylamino;
R3 is optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted phenyl, or optionally substituted heterocyclyl; and
n is 0, 1, or 2, and
wherein the compound of structure I comprises at least one —COON.
4-25. (canceled)
26. A composition comprising a physiologically acceptable excipient and a compound having the following structure (II):
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, prodrug or stereoisomer thereof,
wherein R7 is optionally substituted C1-6 alkyl, optionally substituted phenyl, or optionally substituted phenylacyl;
R8 is hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-6 alkyl, or optionally substituted phenyl;
R9 and R10 are the same or different and independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or optionally substituted phenoxy.
27. The composition of claim 26 wherein at least one of R9 and R10 is not hydrogen.
28. The composition of claim 26 , wherein R7 is optionally substituted phenyl and the compound has the following structure (IIa):
wherein R11 and R12 are the same or different and independently hydrogen, hydroxy, carboxy, halo, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or optionally substituted cycloalkyl.
29.-112. (canceled)
113. An isolated epithelial cell comprising (i) a calcium-activated chloride channel and (ii) a recombinant cytoplasmic indicator protein that binds halide.
114. The epithelial cell of claim 113 wherein the epithelial cell is an intestinal epithelial cell or a pulmonary epithelial cell.
115. The epithelial cell of claim 113 wherein the intestinal epithelial cell is an HT-29 cell.
116. The epithelial cell of claim 113 wherein the cytoplasmic indicator protein is a yellow fluorescent protein (YFP) mutant.
117. The epithelial cell of claim 116 , wherein the YFP mutant is YFP-H148Q/I152L.
118. The epithelial cell of claim 113 wherein the calcium-activated chloride channel is TMEM16A.
119. The epithelial cell of claim 118 wherein TMEM16A is human TMEM16A.
120. The epithelial cell of claim 113 wherein the recombinant cytoplasmic indicator protein is introduced into the cell by a recombinant expression vector that is a viral vector.
121. The method of claim 120 wherein the viral vector is a retroviral vector.
122. The method of claim 121 wherein the retroviral vector is a lentiviral vector.
123. A method of identifying an agent that is an inhibitor of a calcium-activated chloride channel comprising:
(a) contacting the isolated epithelial cell of claim 113 and a candidate agent in a test sample to permit interaction between the candidate agent and the cell;
(b) adding to the test sample (i) at least one calcium-elevating agonist and (ii) iodide, wherein binding of the calcium-elevating agonist to the cell increases the level of calcium ion (Ca2) in the cell; and
(c) determining the level of iodide influx in the presence of the candidate agent and comparing the level of iodide influx in the presence of the candidate agent with the level of iodide influx in the absence of the candidate agent, wherein a decrease in the level of iodide influx in the presence of the candidate agent compared with the level of iodide influx in the absence of the candidate agent, indicates that the candidate agent is an inhibitor of the calcium-activated chloride channel.
124. The method of claim 123 wherein the steps of the method are performed in each of a plurality of reaction vessels in a high throughput screening array.
125. A method of determining influx of an anion in the epithelial cell of claim 113 , wherein the anion is halide or NO3 −, said method comprising:
(a) contacting the epithelial cell with the anion in the presence of a calcium-elevating agonist and in the absence of the calcium-elevating agonist, wherein the cytoplasmic indicator protein binds the anion, and wherein binding of the calcium-elevating agonist to the epithelial cell increase the level of calcium ion (Ca2+) in the epithelial cell; and
(b) determining the level of anion influx in the presence of the calcium-elevating agonist and determining the level of anion influx in the absence of the calcium-elevating agonist, and comparing the level of anion influx in the presence of the calcium-elevating agonist to the level of anion influx in the absence of the calcium-elevating agonist, thereby determining influx of the anion in the epithelial cell.
Priority Applications (2)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| US13/601,216 US20130143765A1 (en) | 2007-12-14 | 2012-08-31 | Inhibitors of calcium-activated chloride channels |
| US14/688,365 US9789095B2 (en) | 2007-12-14 | 2015-04-16 | Inhibitors of calcium-activated chloride channels |
Applications Claiming Priority (4)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| US1398807P | 2007-12-14 | 2007-12-14 | |
| PCT/US2008/086600 WO2009079373A2 (en) | 2007-12-14 | 2008-12-12 | Inhibitors of calcium-activated chloride channels |
| US74746810A | 2010-09-15 | 2010-09-15 | |
| US13/601,216 US20130143765A1 (en) | 2007-12-14 | 2012-08-31 | Inhibitors of calcium-activated chloride channels |
Related Parent Applications (3)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| US12/747,468 Continuation US20110015239A1 (en) | 2007-12-14 | 2008-12-12 | Inhibitors of calcium-activated chloride channels |
| PCT/US2008/086600 Continuation WO2009079373A2 (en) | 2007-12-14 | 2008-12-12 | Inhibitors of calcium-activated chloride channels |
| US74746810A Continuation | 2007-12-14 | 2010-09-15 |
Related Child Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| US14/688,365 Continuation US9789095B2 (en) | 2007-12-14 | 2015-04-16 | Inhibitors of calcium-activated chloride channels |
Publications (1)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| US20130143765A1 true US20130143765A1 (en) | 2013-06-06 |
Family
ID=40796103
Family Applications (3)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| US12/747,468 Abandoned US20110015239A1 (en) | 2007-12-14 | 2008-12-12 | Inhibitors of calcium-activated chloride channels |
| US13/601,216 Abandoned US20130143765A1 (en) | 2007-12-14 | 2012-08-31 | Inhibitors of calcium-activated chloride channels |
| US14/688,365 Active US9789095B2 (en) | 2007-12-14 | 2015-04-16 | Inhibitors of calcium-activated chloride channels |
Family Applications Before (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| US12/747,468 Abandoned US20110015239A1 (en) | 2007-12-14 | 2008-12-12 | Inhibitors of calcium-activated chloride channels |
Family Applications After (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| US14/688,365 Active US9789095B2 (en) | 2007-12-14 | 2015-04-16 | Inhibitors of calcium-activated chloride channels |
Country Status (2)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| US (3) | US20110015239A1 (en) |
| WO (1) | WO2009079373A2 (en) |
Cited By (2)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US9790218B2 (en) | 2011-08-05 | 2017-10-17 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Small molecule activators of calcium-activated chloride channels and methods of use |
| US20200369682A1 (en) * | 2018-02-08 | 2020-11-26 | Enyo Pharma | Fused thiophene derivatives and their uses |
Families Citing this family (12)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| KR100980098B1 (en) * | 2008-01-30 | 2010-09-03 | 한국과학기술연구원 | Controlled release of neurotransmitters through anion channels |
| CA2793856C (en) | 2010-04-28 | 2018-07-17 | Astellas Pharma Inc. | Tetrahydrobenzothiophene compound |
| ES2545357T3 (en) | 2010-09-02 | 2015-09-10 | Mayo Foundation For Medical Education And Research | Vesicular stomatitis virus |
| US9951117B2 (en) | 2010-09-02 | 2018-04-24 | Mayo Foundation For Medical Education And Research | Vesicular stomatitis viruses |
| WO2012134965A1 (en) * | 2011-03-25 | 2012-10-04 | The Trustees Of Columbia University In The City Of New York | Chloride channel and chloride transporter modulators for therapy in smooth muscle diseases |
| US8748587B2 (en) | 2011-06-02 | 2014-06-10 | Novartis Ag | Molecules and methods for modulating TMEM16A activities |
| US9045546B2 (en) | 2012-05-31 | 2015-06-02 | Novartis Ag | Molecules and methods for modulating TMEM16A activities |
| WO2018122317A1 (en) | 2016-12-29 | 2018-07-05 | Enyo Pharma | Thiophene derivatives as antiviral agents |
| US11358947B2 (en) | 2017-04-17 | 2022-06-14 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Substituted 2-acylamino-cycloalkylthiophene-3-carboxylic acid arylamides as inhibitors of calcium-activated chloride channel TMEM16A |
| CN108938625B (en) * | 2017-05-27 | 2021-06-29 | 北京大学 | Use and preparation method of 2-arylcarboxamidothiophene-3-carboxylic acid derivatives as ANO1 protein inhibitors |
| EA202190011A1 (en) * | 2018-06-21 | 2021-04-27 | Юсб Байофарма Срл | THIOPHENE DERIVATIVES FOR THE TREATMENT OF IgE DISORDERS |
| CN112322689A (en) * | 2020-10-09 | 2021-02-05 | 吉林医药学院 | Application of FRT cell strain in preparation of preparation or kit for screening histamine H2 receptor modulator |
Citations (5)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US6312682B1 (en) * | 1996-10-17 | 2001-11-06 | Oxford Biomedica Plc | Retroviral vectors |
| US20030064946A1 (en) * | 2000-08-09 | 2003-04-03 | Mcswiggen James | Method and reagent for the inhibition of calcium activated chloride channel-1 (CLCA-1) |
| US6576434B1 (en) * | 1998-03-03 | 2003-06-10 | Genaera Corporation | Methods for identification of agents which modulate chloride channel activity |
| US20040265859A1 (en) * | 1997-11-17 | 2004-12-30 | Pauli Bendicht U. | Calcium-activated chloride channel proteins and their use in anti-metastatic therapy |
| US20100209934A1 (en) * | 2007-10-18 | 2010-08-19 | Snu R&Db Foundation | Method of identifying agents which modulate the activity of calcium-activated chloride channel |
Family Cites Families (14)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US5650489A (en) | 1990-07-02 | 1997-07-22 | The Arizona Board Of Regents | Random bio-oligomer library, a method of synthesis thereof, and a method of use thereof |
| DK0558671T3 (en) | 1990-11-21 | 1999-09-13 | Iterex Pharma Lp | Synthesis of equimolar multiple oligomer mixtures, especially of oligopeptide mixtures |
| US5565324A (en) * | 1992-10-01 | 1996-10-15 | The Trustees Of Columbia University In The City Of New York | Complex combinatorial chemical libraries encoded with tags |
| EP0734530B1 (en) | 1993-12-15 | 1997-11-12 | Combichem, Inc. | Combinatorial libraries and methods for their use |
| US5751629A (en) * | 1995-04-25 | 1998-05-12 | Irori | Remotely programmable matrices with memories |
| EP0774464B1 (en) | 1995-10-17 | 2004-07-28 | Combichem, Inc. | A template for solution phase synthesis of combinatorial libraries |
| US6083706A (en) * | 1997-02-26 | 2000-07-04 | Ciblex Corporation | Inhibitors of leaderless protein export |
| US7675766B2 (en) * | 2000-02-11 | 2010-03-09 | Axon Technologies Corporation | Microelectric programmable device and methods of forming and programming the same |
| DE10017947A1 (en) * | 2000-04-11 | 2001-10-25 | Merck Patent Gmbh | Process for the preparation of benzo-fused heterocycles |
| JP2004538258A (en) * | 2001-03-13 | 2004-12-24 | クイーンズ ユニバーシティ アット キングストン | Antiepileptic agent |
| US7235573B2 (en) * | 2002-09-30 | 2007-06-26 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Methods of treating secretory diarrhea using cystic fibrosis transmembrane conductance regulator protein inhibitors |
| US7696244B2 (en) * | 2003-05-16 | 2010-04-13 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Compounds having activity in increasing ion transport by mutant-CFTR and uses thereof |
| US6798035B1 (en) * | 2003-06-20 | 2004-09-28 | Lsi Logic Corporation | Bonding pad for low k dielectric |
| AU2005228685B2 (en) * | 2004-03-30 | 2010-08-19 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Hydrazide-containing CFTR inhibitor compounds and uses thereof |
-
2008
- 2008-12-12 WO PCT/US2008/086600 patent/WO2009079373A2/en active Application Filing
- 2008-12-12 US US12/747,468 patent/US20110015239A1/en not_active Abandoned
-
2012
- 2012-08-31 US US13/601,216 patent/US20130143765A1/en not_active Abandoned
-
2015
- 2015-04-16 US US14/688,365 patent/US9789095B2/en active Active
Patent Citations (5)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US6312682B1 (en) * | 1996-10-17 | 2001-11-06 | Oxford Biomedica Plc | Retroviral vectors |
| US20040265859A1 (en) * | 1997-11-17 | 2004-12-30 | Pauli Bendicht U. | Calcium-activated chloride channel proteins and their use in anti-metastatic therapy |
| US6576434B1 (en) * | 1998-03-03 | 2003-06-10 | Genaera Corporation | Methods for identification of agents which modulate chloride channel activity |
| US20030064946A1 (en) * | 2000-08-09 | 2003-04-03 | Mcswiggen James | Method and reagent for the inhibition of calcium activated chloride channel-1 (CLCA-1) |
| US20100209934A1 (en) * | 2007-10-18 | 2010-08-19 | Snu R&Db Foundation | Method of identifying agents which modulate the activity of calcium-activated chloride channel |
Non-Patent Citations (1)
| Title |
|---|
| Yoon et al., "Cloning and heterologous expression of a Ca2+-activated chloride channel isoform from rat brain", Biological and Pharmaceutical Bulletin, Volume 29, No. 11, pp. 2168-2173, 2006 * |
Cited By (3)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US9790218B2 (en) | 2011-08-05 | 2017-10-17 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Small molecule activators of calcium-activated chloride channels and methods of use |
| US20200369682A1 (en) * | 2018-02-08 | 2020-11-26 | Enyo Pharma | Fused thiophene derivatives and their uses |
| US11603368B2 (en) * | 2018-02-08 | 2023-03-14 | Enyo Pharma | Fused thiophene derivatives and their uses |
Also Published As
| Publication number | Publication date |
|---|---|
| WO2009079373A3 (en) | 2009-08-06 |
| US9789095B2 (en) | 2017-10-17 |
| US20110015239A1 (en) | 2011-01-20 |
| US20150290175A1 (en) | 2015-10-15 |
| WO2009079373A2 (en) | 2009-06-25 |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| US9789095B2 (en) | Inhibitors of calcium-activated chloride channels | |
| US7973169B2 (en) | Modulators of ATP-Binding Cassette transporters | |
| US9150561B2 (en) | Thiazole derivatives and use thereof | |
| AU2014303330B2 (en) | Method for producing dopaminergic neurons | |
| AU2005210474B2 (en) | Modulators of ATP-Binding cassette transporters | |
| CA2682189C (en) | Thiazole and thiophene analogues, and their use in treating autoimmune diseases and cancers | |
| CA2425259A1 (en) | Modulation of ccr4 function | |
| AU4369700A (en) | Selective npy (y5) antagonists | |
| CN102725284A (en) | Compound suitable for the treatment of synucleopathies | |
| KR20100134063A (en) | Water Soluble Small Molecule Inhibitors of Cystic Fibrosis Transmembrane Conductivity Modulators | |
| KR20060133552A (en) | 2,4-diaminopyrimidine and its use for induction of cardiomyopathy | |
| US20220211855A1 (en) | Therapeutic conjugates | |
| US20100305105A1 (en) | Phenylsulfoxyoxazole compound inhibitors of urea transporters | |
| US11123340B2 (en) | Small-molecule UT-A-selective urea transport inhibitors | |
| WO2005097763A2 (en) | 1,3,4-oxadiazol-2-ones as ppar delta | |
| EP1735303B1 (en) | 1,3,4-oxadiazol-2-ones as ppar delta modulators and their use thereof | |
| KR20060127141A (en) | Furosemide derivatives as modulators of HM74 and its use for the treatment of inflammation | |
| CA2728139A1 (en) | 5-(4-methanesulfonyl-phenyl)-thiazole derivatives for the treatment of acute and chronic inflammatory diseases | |
| US20110053995A1 (en) | Benzenesulfonanilide compound inhibitors of urea transporters | |
| Kress et al. | Synthesis and evaluation of PPARδ agonists that promote osteogenesis in a human mesenchymal stem cell culture and in a mouse model of human osteoporosis | |
| ES2294276T3 (en) | NF-KAPPAB INHIBITORS. | |
| US10160756B2 (en) | Antiviral compounds and methods using same | |
| KR101145693B1 (en) | Oxydecahydronaphthalene modulators of HM74 | |
| US20140378510A1 (en) | Small molecule activators of calcium-activated chloride channels and methods of use | |
| Gao et al. | Excretion of Drugs and Their Metabolites into the Bile |
Legal Events
| Date | Code | Title | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| STCB | Information on status: application discontinuation |
Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION |